Om Part B VJT Bd700 Easa Mel Rev3

Minimum Equipment List (MEL)
This MEL is created for the aircrafts
BD700 – 1A10, - 1A11

(GL6000 fleet and GL5000 fleet)
VistaJet Limited
SkyParks Business Centre

Malta International Airport
Luqa, LQA 4000, Malta
AOC MT-17
This MEL has been created upon latest revision of:
- EASA MMEL Rev. 1, Jun. 28, 2013 and

- TR01, Rev1, July 29, 2013;
- TR02, Rev1, September 30, 2013;
- TR03, Rev1, May 21, 2014
Operation Manual Chapter / Page: 9 / 2 of 314
Part B Date: 10.11.14

Minimum Equipment List BD-700
Revision: 3
Based on MMEL EASA Rev. 1, Jun 28, 2013
Table of Contents
Chapter 9
9 PREAMBLE ......................................................................................................................................................... 4
9.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................................................................... 6
9.2 CONTENTS OF MEL ................................................................................................................................................ 6
9.3 CRITERIA FOR DISPATCH ......................................................................................................................................... 6
9.4 MAINTENANCE ACTION .......................................................................................................................................... 7
9.5 RECTIFICATION INTERVALS .................................................................................................................................... 7
9.6 RECTIFICATION INTERVAL EXTENSIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ORO.MLR.105 (F).............................................. 7
9.6.1 MEL Time Limitation Overrun / Rectification Interval Extension (RIE) ........................................................... 7
9.7 CENTRALISED MESSAGE SYSTEMS ......................................................................................................................... 8
9.8 OPERATIONS OUTSIDE THE SCOPE OF THE MEL ..................................................................................................... 8
9.9 FERRY FLIGHTS ...................................................................................................................................................... 8
9.10 DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................................................................... 8
9.10.1 Column 1 ....................................................................................................................................................... 8
9.10.2 Column 2 ....................................................................................................................................................... 9
9.10.3 Column 3 ....................................................................................................................................................... 9
9.10.4 Column 4 ....................................................................................................................................................... 9
9.11 MEL APPROVAL ................................................................................................................................................... 13
9.12 MEL REVISION ..................................................................................................................................................... 13
9.13 DEFECT DEFERRAL GUIDE .................................................................................................................................... 14
9.14 ATA 100 – LIST.................................................................................................................................................... 15
9.15 (O) & (M) PROCEDURES ....................................................................................................................................... 15
9.15.1 Administration and Control of Operations Manual Part B BD700, CHAPTER 9 (MEL)........................... 16
9.15.2 Record of revisions ...................................................................................................................................... 16
9.16 SECTION 1, LRU / COMPONENT ORIENTATED MEL RELIEF ................................................................... 17
9.17 SECTION 2, MESSAGE ORIENTATED MEL RELIEF .................................................................................. 198
9.17.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................... 199
9.17.2 General: .................................................................................................................................................... 199
9.17.3 How to use the EICAS Message List: ........................................................................................................ 200

Revision: 3
LINKS FOR LRU / COMPONENT ORIENTATED MEL RELIEF
ATA SYSTEM
21 AIR CONDITIONING
22 AUTO FLIGHT
23 COMMUNICATIONS
24 ELECTRICAL POWER
25 EQUIPMENT / FURNISHINGS
26 FIRE PROTECTION
27 FLIGHT CONTROLS
28 FUEL
29 HYDRAULIC POWER
30 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
31 INDICATING / RECORDING SYSTEMS
32 LANDING GEAR
33 LIGHTS
34 NAVIGATION
35 OXYGEN
36 PNEUMATIC
38 WATER/WASTE
45 CENTRAL MAINTENANCE SYSTEMS
46 INFORMATION SYSTEMS
49 AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER
52 DOORS
56 WINDOWS
73 ENGINE FUEL & CONTROLS
74 IGNITION
77 ENGINE INDICATING
78 ENGINE EXHAUST
79 OIL
80 STARTING

Revision: 3
9 Preamble
The following is applicable for operators under Commission Regulation (EU) No 965/2012.
The regulations require that all equipment installed on an aircraft in compliance with the Airworthiness
code and the Operating Requirements must be operative. However, the Regulations also permit the use
of a Minimum Equipment List (MEL) where compliance with certain equipment requirements is not
necessary in the interests of safety under all operating conditions. Experience has shown that with the
various levels of redundancy designed into aircraft, operation of every system or installed component
may not be necessary when the remaining operative equipment can provide an acceptable level of
safety.
The EASA Master Minimum Equipment List (MMEL) is developed by the Type Certificate Holder to
improve aircraft utilization and thereby provide more convenient and economic air transportation for the
public. The EASA MMEL includes those items of equipment related to airworthiness and operating
requirements and other items of equipment which the EASA finds may be inoperative and yet maintain
an acceptable level of safety by appropriate conditions and limitations; it does not contain obviously
required items such as wings, flaps, and rudders.
The MMEL is the basis for development of individual operator MELs which take into consideration the
operator's particular aircraft equipment configuration and operational conditions. An operator's MEL
may differ in format from the MMEL, but cannot be less restrictive than the MMEL. The individual
operator's MEL, when approved permits operation of the aircraft with inoperative equipment.
Equipment not required by the operation being conducted and equipment in excess of the requirements
are included in the MEL with appropriate conditions and limitations. The MEL must not deviate from
Airworthiness Directives or any other Mandatory Requirement It is important to remember that all
equipment related to the airworthiness and the operating requirements of the aircraft not listed on the
MMEL must be operative.
Suitable conditions and limitations in the form of placards, maintenance procedures, crew operating
procedures and other restrictions as necessary are specified in the MEL to ensure that the required level
of safety is maintained.
The MEL is intended to permit operation with inoperative items of equipment for a period of time until
rectification's can be accomplished. It is important that rectifications be accomplished at the earliest
opportunity. In order to maintain an acceptable level of safety and reliability the MMEL establishes
limitations on the duration of and conditions for operation with inoperative equipment.
Rectification Interval Extension, has been taken into account in the development of this MMEL. As
such, and under allowance of those provisions, operators may develop and submit for approval, MEL
procedures to permit one-time extensions to rectification intervals, for inoperative items designated with
B, C, or D rectification intervals.
The MEL provides for release of the aircraft for flight with inoperative equipment. When an item of
equipment is discovered to be inoperative, it is reported by making an entry in the Aircraft Maintenance
Record/Logbook as prescribed by the applicable regulations. The item is then either rectified or may be
deferred per the MEL or other approval means acceptable to the competent Authority prior to further
operation. MEL conditions and limitations do not relieve the operator from determining that the aircraft
is in a condition for safe operation with items of equipment inoperative.
When these requirements are met, an Airworthiness Release, Aircraft Maintenance Record/Logbook
entry, or other approved documentation is issued as prescribed by the applicable regulations. Such
documentation is required prior to operation with any item of equipment inoperative.
Operators are responsible for exercising the necessary operational control to ensure that an acceptable
level of safety is maintained. The exposure to additional failures during continued operation with
inoperative systems or components must also be considered. Wherever possible account has been taken
in this MMEL of multiple inoperative items. However, it is unlikely that all possible combinations of
this nature have been accounted for. Therefore, when operating with multiple inoperative items, the
inter-relationships between those items and the effect on aircraft operation and crew workload must be
considered.

Revision: 3
Operators are to establish a controlled and sound rectification program including the parts, personnel,
facilities, procedures and schedules to ensure timely rectification. This program should identify the
actions required for Maintenance discrepancy messages.
WHEN USING THE MEL, COMPLIANCE WITH THE STATED INTENT OF THE PREAMBLE,
DEFINITIONS AND THE CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS SPECIFIED IN THE MEL IS
REQUIRED.
A new section has been introduced in this EASA MMEL as an alternative to the standard method of
MMEL dispatch relief, as is normally achieved through fault isolation procedures, and subsequent
reference to the dispatch LRU / Component MMEL relief. Standard references to MMEL dispatch
relief are in Section 1.
Following the standard MMEL herein, Section 2 has been developed with the objective of minimizing
the requirement for maintenance personnel to be available, largely allowing flight crews to dispatch
from the displayed CAS (Crew Alerting System) message, without specifically identifying failed LRUs
or components.
As Section 2 is intended as an alternative dispatch relief methodology, the LRU/Component (Section 1)
relief will be retained in order to provide maximum flexibility for relief. Flight crews / operators may
dispatch failures with reference to either Section 1 or Section 2 of this MMEL to the advantage that
either may provide.
It will be recognized in many cases that when comparing dispatch relief provisos for posted CAS
messages in Section 2, to those of the related LRU / Component dispatch relief in Section 1, the
provisos associated with dispatching the CAS message will generally be more restrictive in content and
relief interval. Without the opportunity for fault isolation through maintenance, it must be assumed that
worst-case failure conditions always underlie the posted message - commensurately, dispatch must be
more restrictive.
However, where maintenance personnel are available and fault isolation conducted, relief provisos in
Section 1 may be found to provide fewer or less stringent restrictions upon operations and offer a longer
relief interval.

Revision: 3
9.1 Introduction
This Minimum Equipment List (MEL) is based on the:
- Master Minimum Equipment List EASA (MMEL) Revision 1
dated June 28, 2013;
- TR01, Rev1, July 29, 2013;
- TR02, Rev1, September 30, 2013;
- TR03, Rev1, May 21, 2014;
- GL6000 Dispatch Deviation Guide (DDG) (EASA) Revision 9
dated Aug 29, 2014;
- GL5000 Dispatch Deviation Guide (DDG) (EASA) Revision 8
dated Aug 29, 2014;
- CS-MMEL, 2014-004, 31.01.2014.
And has been considered in the compilation of this MEL.
This MEL takes into consideration VistaJet particular aircraft equipment configuration and operational
conditions, routes being flown and requirements set by the TM-CAD.
This MEL will not deviate from any applicable Airworthiness Directive or any other Mandatory
Requirement and will be no less restrictive than the MMEL.
The MEL is intended to permit operations with inoperative items of equipment for a period of time until
rectifications can be accomplished.
Rectifications are to be accomplished at the earliest opportunity.
MEL conditions and limitations do not relieve the Commander from determining that the aircraft is in a
fit condition for safe operation with specified unserviceabilities allowed by the MEL.
The provisions of the MEL are applicable until the aircraft commences the flight. (The point when an
aircraft begins to move under its own power for the purpose of preparing for take off).
Any decision to continue a flight following a failure or unserviceability which becomes apparent after
the commencement of a flight must be the subject of pilot judgement and good airmanship. The
commander may continue to make reference to and use of the MEL as appropriate.
By approval of the MEL the TM-CAD permits dispatch of the aircraft for revenue, ferry or training
flights with certain items or components inoperative provided an acceptable level of safety is
maintained by use of appropriate operational or maintenance procedures, by transfer of the function to
another operating component, or by reference to other instruments or components providing the
required information.
9.2 Contents of MEL

The MEL contains only those items required by Operating Regulations or those items of airworthiness
significance, which may be inoperative prior to dispatch, provided limitations, and appropriate
procedures are established, used and observed. Equipment obviously basic to aeroplane airworthiness
such as wings, rudders, engines etc. is not listed and must be operative for all flights. It is important to
note that:
ALL ITEMS WHICH ARE RELATED TO THE AIRWORTHINESS OF THE AIRCRAFT AND NOT
INCLUDED ON THE LIST ARE AUTOMATICALLY REQUIRED TO BE OPERATIVE.
9.3 Criteria for dispatch

The decision of the Commander of the flight to have allowable inoperative items corrected prior to
flight will take precedence over the provisions contained in the MEL. The Commander may request
requirements above the minimum listed, whenever in his judgement such added equipment is essential
to the safety of a particular flight under the special conditions prevailing at the time.

Revision: 3
The MEL cannot take into account all multiple unserviceabilities. Therefore, before dispatching an
aeroplane with multiple MEL items inoperative, it must be assured that any interface or inter-
relationship between inoperative items will not result in degradation in the level of safety and/or an
undue increase in crew workload. It is particularly in this area of multiple discrepancies in related
systems, that good judgement, based on the circumstances of the case, including climatic and enroute
conditions, must be used.
9.4 Maintenance Action

Every effort shall be made by Maintenance to correct all technical defects as early as practicable and
that the aeroplane be released from a appropriately approved PART-145 maintenance organisation in
fully operational condition. The Commander must be informed by Maintenance as soon as practicable,
should it be impossible to rectify the inoperative item prior to departure.
Whenever an aeroplane is released by Maintenance for dispatch with items inoperative, the following is
required:
The technical logbook aboard the aeroplane must contain a detailed description of the inoperative
item(s), special advice to the flight crew, if necessary, and information about corrective action taken.
Only qualified personnel of a PART-145 contracted maintenance organisation shall make logbook
entries. Such entries must reveal sufficient details of the malfunction and a time limit must be specified
(date and time or remaining flight hours and/or cycles).
When they are accessible to the crew in flight, the control(s), and/or indicators related to the inoperative
unit(s) or component(s) must be clearly placarded. If inadvertent operation could produce a hazard such
equipment must be rendered inoperative (physically) as given in the appropriate Maintenance
Procedure.
The relevant Operational and Maintenance Procedures are contained in the body of the MEL.
9.5 Rectification Intervals

Inoperative items or components, deferred in accordance with the MEL, must be rectified at or prior to
the rectification intervals established by the following letter designators given in the Category column
of the MEL:
See paragraph 9.10 (Definitions).
9.6 Rectification Interval Extensions in Accordance with ORO.MLR.105 (f).

Rectification Interval Extension, as prescribed in ORO.MLR.105 (f), has been taken into account in the
development of the MMEL. As such, and under allowance of those provisions, operators may develop
and submit for approval, MEL procedures to permit one-time extensions to rectification intervals, for
inoperative items designated with B, C, or D rectification intervals.
9.6.1 MEL TIME LIMITATION OVERRUN / RECTIFICATION INTERVAL EXTENSION (RIE)

Dispatch of the aircraft is not allowed after expiry of the Rectification Interval specified in the MEL,
unless:
- The Rectification Interval is extended in accordance with the “MEL Rectification Interval
extension procedure”;
- The Rectification Interval is extended in accordance with Transport Malta approval;
- The defect has been rectified.
In order to refrain from AOG situations a onetime extension of the applicable rectification interval B, C
or D (Never A) may be permitted for the same duration (maximum) as that specified in the MMEL
provided that such extension is approved by the PCA, QM or nominated Engineer and the Nominated
Postholder On Duty Flight Operations (FOMOD).
The MEL Extension Approval Form CAME 1.1 III (F) shall be completed and carried with the Aircraft
Technical Journey Log. The extension must be entered to the applicable fields of the HIL.

Revision: 3
The engineering approval may be issued by the CAM, QM or nominated engineers. Rectification
interval time extensions and MMEL usage must be kept as short as feasible and may not be used as a
regular scheduling means.
Repair must be organised by MOC (up to Category C) or planning within the time of the new extension.
Rectification Interval Extensions must be reported to the authority within ten calendar days and must be
monitored / recorded by the Quality Manager.
NOTE: Any Extension beyond must be requested and approved by Transport Malta.
9.7 Centralised Message Systems

This aircraft is equipped with a system (EICAS) which provides different levels of systems information
messages (Warning, Caution, Advisory, Status, Maintenance etc.). Any aircraft discrepancy message
that affects dispatch will normally be at status message level or higher. Therefore, system conditions
that result only in a Maintenance Message are not normally addressed in the MEL as they, in
themselves, do not prohibit dispatch of the aircraft. However, maintenance discrepancy messages must
be recorded and corrected in accordance with the approved maintenance programme.
9.8 Operations Outside the Scope of the MEL

In exceptional circumstances, the TM-CAD may exempt VistaJet from compliance with the MEL on an
individual case by case basis, provided such exemption complies with the applicable limitations in the
MMEL.
9.9 Ferry Flights

Ferry flights are flights carrying neither passengers (OM Par A, 8.7.8), nor freight for valuable
consideration, for the purpose of returning the aircraft to a place where it can be repaired. These flights
may be dispatched with less than the equipment specified in this MEL, provided all the equipment
expected to be utilised in flight is operable and any relevant Sections of the Flight Manual are applied.
Permission for such a flight, however, must be granted by the TM-CAD before the flight takes place.
9.10 Definitions
For the purpose of this MEL the following definitions shall apply:
9.10.1 COLUMN 1
- "System & Sequence Numbers" are based on Air Transport Association (ATA) Specification
No. 100 and items are numbered sequentially.
- "Item" means the equipment, system, component, or function listed in the "Item" column.
- Repair Intervals: All users of an MEL must effect repairs of inoperative systems or
components, deferred in accordance with the MEL at or prior to the repair times established by
the following letter designators:
− Category "A": Items in this category shall be repaired within the time interval specified
in the remarks column of the operator's approved MEL, excluding the day the
malfunction was recorded in the Aircraft Maintenance Record/Logbook.
− Category "B": Items in this category shall be repaired within three (3) consecutive
calendar days (72 hours), excluding the day the malfunction was recorded in the Aircraft
Maintenance Record/Logbook.
For example, if it were recorded at 10 a.m. on January 26th, the three-day interval would
begin at midnight the 26th and end at midnight the 29th.
− Category "C": Items in this category shall be repaired within ten (10) consecutive
calendar days (240 hours), excluding the day the malfunction was recorded in the Aircraft
Maintenance Record/Logbook.
For example, if it were recorded at 10 a.m. on January 26th, the 10-day interval would
end at midnight February 5th.

Revision: 3
− Category "D": Items in this category shall be repaired within one hundred and twenty
(120) consecutive calendar days (2.880 hours), excluding the day the malfunction was
recorded in the Aircraft Maintenance Record/Logbook.
The letter designators are inserted adjacent to Column 2.
9.10.2 COLUMN 2
- "Number Installed" is the number (quantity) of items installed in the aircraft. This number
represents the aircraft configuration considered in developing this MMEL. Should the number be
a variable (e.g., passenger cabin items) a number is not required.
- "-" symbol indicates a variable number (quantity) of the item installed.
NOTE: Where the MMEL shows a variable required for dispatch, the MEL must reflect as far as
practicable the actual number installed or an alternate means of configuration control
approved by their National Aviation Authority (NAA).
9.10.3 COLUMN 3
- "Number Required For Dispatch" is the minimum number (quantity) of items required for
operation provided the conditions specified in Column 4 are met.
- "-" symbol indicates a variable number (quantity) of the item required for dispatch.
NOTE: Where the MMEL shows a variable number installed, the MEL must reflect as far as
practicable the actual number installed or an alternate means of configuration control
approved by their National Aviation Authority (NAA).
9.10.4 COLUMN 4
- "Remarks or Exceptions" in this column includes a statement either prohibiting or permitting
operation with a specific number of items inoperative, provisos (conditions and limitations) for
such operation, and appropriate notes.
- "(M)" symbol indicates a requirement for a specific maintenance procedure which must be
accomplished prior to operation with the listed item inoperative. Normally these procedures are
accomplished by maintenance personnel; however, other personnel such as flight crew may be
qualified and authorized to perform certain functions. Flight crews shall not perform (M) actions
without consent and coordination with the maintenance operations control department.
Procedures requiring specialized knowledge or skill, or requiring the use of tools or test
equipment must be accomplished by maintenance personnel (see (M#) below)..
- “(M#)” symbol indicates a requirement for maintenance personnel to accomplish an “(M)”
procedure. Flight crews may not perform these tasks.
- "(O)" symbol indicates a requirement for a specific operations procedure which must be
accomplished in planning for and/or operating with the listed item inoperative. Normally these
procedures are accomplished by the flight crew; however, other personnel may be qualified and
authorized to perform certain functions. The satisfactory accomplishment of all procedures,
regardless of who performs them, is the responsibility of the operator.
- Appropriate procedures are required to be published as part of the operator's manual or MEL.
- These procedures are outlined in the Global Express Operations and Maintenance Procedures. If
a procedure is not covered in the Global Express Operations and Maintenance Procedures, the
procedural requirements can be found in the provisos of the MMEL or in the relevant Airplane
Flight Manual (AFM).
NOTE: The (M) and (O) procedures themselves or symbols indicating their need and reference to
their location are required in the operators’ MEL.
- Alphabetical symbol indicates a proviso (condition or limitation) that must be complied with for
operation with the listed item inoperative.

Revision: 3
- NOTES provide additional information for crewmember or maintenance consideration. Notes

are used to identify applicable material which is intended to assist with compliance, but do not
relieve the operator of the responsibility for compliance with all applicable requirements. Notes
are not a part of the provisos.
- Deleted in the remarks column after a sequence item indicates that the item was previously listed
but is now required to be operative if installed in the aircraft.
ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS
"Administrative Control Item"

means an item listed by the operator in the MEL for tracking and information purposes. It may be
added to an operator's MEL provided no relief is granted, or provided conditions and limitations
are contained in an approved document (i.e., Structural Repair Manual, Airworthiness Directive,
etc.). If relief other than that granted by an approved document is sought for an administrative
control item, a request must be submitted to EASA. If the request results in review and approval,
the item becomes an MMEL item rather than an administrative control item.
"Airplane Flight Manual"
(AFM) is the document required for type approval and approved by EASA. The approved AFM
for the specific aircraft is listed on the applicable Type Approval Data Sheet.
“As required by applicable regulations”
means that the listed item of equipment is subject to certain provisions (restrictive or permissive)
expressed in the applicable legislation. When the equipment is not required, it may be inoperative
for the time specified by its rectification interval category.
“As required by Air Navigation Legislation / Operating Requirements”
The associated item must comply with legal provisions such as the Air Navigation Order or any
other legislation in force during the flight.
“Authority”
The competent regulatory authority according to the country of registry; for an aircraft registered
in the Malta it is the TM-CAD.
"Change bar"
A vertical bar in the margin indicates a change, addition or deletion in the adjacent text for the
current revision of that page only. The change bar is dropped at the next revision of that page.
“Combustible Material”
Is material which is capable of catching fire and burning.
When an MEL item specifies the condition that only non-combustible materials are to be carried, it
is the operator’s responsibility to determine that all material (including containers, packing
material and pallets etc.) in the associated compartments is of non-combustible nature.
If it cannot be determined whether any proposed cargo is non-combustible, it must not be loaded
in compartments where combustible materials are prohibited.
“Commencement of flight”
The point when an aircraft begins to move under its own power for the purpose of preparing for
take off.
“Considered Inoperative”
means that item must be treated for dispatch, taxi and flight purposes as though it were
inoperative. The item shall not be used or operated until the original deferred item is repaired.
Additional actions include: documenting the item on the dispatch release (if applicable),
placarding, and complying with all remarks, exceptions, and related MMEL provisions, including
any (M) and (O) procedures and observing the repair category.
Day of Discovery
is the calendar day an equipment/instrument malfunction was recorded in the Aircraft Maintenance
Logbook and/or Record. This day is excluded from the calendar days or flight days specified in the
MMEL, for the repair of an inoperative item of equipment, and is applicable to all MMEL items in
categories A, B, C, and D.

Revision: 3
"Deactivated" and "Secured"

means that the specified component must be put into an acceptable condition for safe flight. An
acceptable method of securing or deactivating will be established by the operator.
“Dispatch”
The point at which an aircraft first moves under its own power for the purpose of commencing a
flight.
NOTE: The definition above is in accordance with that given in Article 256(1)(a) of the ANO and
it is at the point of despatch that the provisions of the MMEL cease to apply. They come
into effect again when the aircraft next comes to rest at the end of its flight.
“It is not reasonably practical for repair or replace before the commencement of flight / it is
not reasonably practicable for repairs or replacements to be made”
- These statements are intended to cover situations whereby there is a lack of a replacement
part(s),
- inadequate engineering resources or manpower to enable the defect to be rectified.
NOTE: The intention of either of these statements in an MEL is that the aircraft may be
dispatched if there are inadequate available spares or if there are no qualified and
authorised personnel on base to perform the task. The definition is not dependent on
whether there is enough time available to complete the task before the next flight. If the
aircraft is at a maintenance base or any other airport, but the spare(s) or manpower is not
available, then the aircraft may be dispatched. As soon as the aircraft lands at an airport
where spares are available and there are qualified and authorised personnel on base, the
defect must be rectified.
“The aircraft may depart on the flight or series of flights for the purpose of returning
directly to base where repairs or replacements can be made / the aircraft may continue the
flight or series of flights but shall not depart an airport where repairs or replacements can be
made”
- These statements are intended to allow the aircraft to be flown, using the most direct
route, to the
- nearest maintenance base where arrangements for repairs or replacement can be made.
NOTE: Once the aircraft lands at the maintenance base, the aircraft shall not be dispatched until
the defect has been rectified.
Engine Indicating Crew Alerting System (EICAS)
that provides electronic messages refers to a system capable of providing different priority levels
of system information messages (e.g., WARNING, CAUTION, ADVISORY and STATUS). Any
airplane discrepancy message that affects dispatchability will be at the WARNING, CAUTION or
STATUS level.
“ETOPS”
Refers to “Extended Range” operations, which may be defined as “Operation of a two engined
aeroplane over a route that contains a point farther than one hour flying time at the normal one
engined inoperative cruise speed (in still air) from an adequate airport”.
“ER Operations”
as described in this MEL, are those flights conducted over a route that contains a point further than
120 minutes (676nm) flying time at the approved one-engine inoperative cruise speed from an
adequate aerodrome but no greater than 180minutes (1035nm).
"Excess Items"
means those items that have been installed but are redundant to the requirements.
"Extended Overwater Operations"
Means operations over water at a horizontal distance of more than 50 nautical miles from the
nearest shore-line.
"Flight"
For the purpose of a MMEL, a flight is the period of time between the moment when an aircraft
begins to move by its own means, for the purpose of preparing for take off, until the moment the
aircraft comes to a complete stop on its parking area, after the subsequent landing (and not
subsequent take off).

Revision: 3
"Flight Day"
means a 24-hour period (from midnight to midnight) either Universal Coordinated Time (UCT) or
local time, as established by the operator, during which at least one flight is initiated for the
affected aircraft.
“Icing Conditions”
An atmospheric environment that may cause ice to form on the aircraft or in the engine(s).
"Inoperative" means a system and/or a component malfunction to the extent that it does not
accomplish its intended purpose and/or is not consistently functioning normally within its
approved operating limit(s) or tolerance(s).
Inoperative components of an inoperative system:
Inoperative items which are components of a system which is inoperative are usually considered
components directly associated with and having no other function than to support that system.
(Warning/caution systems associated with the inoperative system must be operative unless relief is
specifically authorized per the MMEL).
“Instrument Flight Rules (IFR)”
Means Instrument Flight Rules prescribed by Section 6 of the Rules of the Air Regulations 2007.
“Is not used”
in the provisos, remarks or exceptions for an MMEL item may specify that another item relieved
in the MMEL “is not used.” In such cases, crewmembers should not activate, actuate, or otherwise
utilize that component or system under normal operations. It is not necessary for the operators to
accomplish the (M) procedures associated with the item. However, operational requirements must
be complied with, and an additional placard must be affixed, to the extent practical, adjacent to the
control or indicator for the item that is not used to inform crewmembers that a component or
system is not to be used under normal operations.
“NEF”
Means Non-Essential Equipment and Furnishings. They are those items installed on the aircraft as
part of the original type certification, supplemental type certificate, or other form of alteration that
have no effect on the safe operation of flight and would not be required by the applicable
certification rules or operational rules. They are those items that, if damaged, inoperative, or
missing, have no effect on the aircraft’s ability to be operated safely under all operational
conditions. These non-essential items may be installed in areas including, but not limited to:
- Cargo Areas;
- Crew Rest Areas;
- Flight Deck Area;
- Galley Area;
- Lavatories;
- Passenger Compartment;
- Service Areas.
"Passenger Convenience Items"
means those items related to passenger convenience, comfort or entertainment such as, but not
limited to, galley equipment, movie equipment, ash trays, stereo equipment, overhead reading
lamps, etc.
Placarding:
Each inoperative item must be placarded to inform and remind the crewmembers and maintenance
personnel of the equipment condition.
NOTE: To the extent practical, placards should be located adjacent to the control or indicator for
the item affected; however, unless otherwise specified, placard wording and location will
be determined by the operator.
“System”
System means the group of directly related components which together performs a specified
function, for example ‘RPM indication system’ would include the RPM indicator, tachometer
generator, circuit breaker and associated circuitry.

Revision: 3
"Visual Meteorological Conditions"

(VMC) means the atmospheric environment is such that would allow a flight to proceed under the
visual flight rules applicable to the flight. This does not preclude operating under Instrument Flight
Rules.
“Visible Moisture”
An atmospheric environment containing water in any form that can be seen in natural or artificial
light; for example, clouds, fog, rain, sleet, hail, snow.
“Visual Flight Rules (VFR)”
Means Visual Flight Rules prescribed by Section 5 of the Rules of the Air Regulations 2007.
“VMC and IMC”
The definitions of these terms are those used in Article 255 of the ANO and The Rules of the Air
Regulations 2007. The definition of VMC does not include “VFR-on-top”.
“Secured” and “Deactivated”
Means that the specified component must be put into an acceptable condition for safe flight. An
acceptable method of securing or deactivating will be defined by (O) or (M) procedures.
9.11 MEL Approval

The fleet related MEL is:
- Generated by the Flight Ops department (Related fleet chief);
- Technical content verified by the Engineering department; and
- Checked for compliance by the Quality department.
By signing the Minimum Equipment List Compliance Document the Flight Ops department (FOM),
certifies that the MEL fully complies with all the requirements of ORO.MLR.105 and current MEL
Guidance Material (CSMMEL), whose signature finally releases the MEL document at the revision
stated on the Compliance Document to the Competent Authority for approval.
9.12 MEL Revision

Revision of this MEL shall be conducted by the Flight Operations Department (related FC and/or
FOM/DFOM) within 90 days from the applicability date:
- Whenever the aircraft equipment has changed;
- When the MMEL is revised involving:
− A reduction of the rectification interval;
− Change of an item, only when the change is applicable to the aircraft or type of operations
and is more restrictive;
− For any other reasons which will require a revision of this MEL.
Reduced timescales for the implementation of safety related amendments may be required if the Agency
and/or competent authority consider it necessary.

Revision: 3
9.13 Defect Deferral Guide

Depending on the nature of the defect there are four possibilites listed below which should be adhered
to. In all instances MOC shall be contacted to discuss deferral or rectification options and for logging
and recording of Work Order numbers which will be assigned to each defect for tracking purposes.
1. If the defect is listed in the MEL and no maintenance is available:
In consultation with MOC defer the defect to the HIL log against the MEL ref No. Ensure that a BB
picture of the Technical / Journey Log entry is sent to [email protected] and similarly a picture of the
HIL page is sent to [email protected].
2. If the defect is not listed in the MEL and is necessary for airworthiness requirements:
When these defects are reported in the Technical / Journey Log the aircraft is grounded pending
rectification.
3. If the defect is not listed in the MEL and has no “safety of flight” implications: – these items will
normally relate to galley and cabin passenger comfort or entertainment items that do not affect the
airworthiness and therefore are not covered by the MEL “policy” e.g. broken or scratched
foldaway tables.
These defects should be reported to MOC who will provide crew with CAMP discrepancy / item
number(s). This response number, along with its respective discrepancy, shall be entered in the
Technical / Journey Log and signed by the Commander in the release to service column. HIL entry shall
not be required.
For cabin defects having an impact on safety, crew shall discuss those items with MOC.
4. If the defect is not listed in the MEL and may have a safety of flight implication: –these defects may be
as a result of, but not limited to things like bird strikes damage, ground vehicle “contact” or the
appearance of cracks or corrosion in the airframe.
In these instances it will be the decision of the Part 145 authorized engineer who will make the deferral
decision based on reference to M.A.401 maintenance data and the aircraft manufactures maintenance
manuals. If the defect is deemed, not to affect the “safety of flight” it may then be transferred to the HIL
log by reference to these manuals and a company generated W/O number which will be entered in the
Technical / Journey Log “release to service” column. These defects will generally require an on sight
inspection by the authorized engineer.

Revision: 3
9.14 ATA 100 – List
ATA. SYSTEM PAGE

21 AIR CONDITIONING
22 AUTO FLIGHT
23 COMMUNICATIONS
24 ELECTRICAL POWER
25 EQUIPMENT / FURNISHINGS
26 FIRE PROTECTION
27 FLIGHT CONTROLS
28 FUEL
29 HYDRAULIC POWER
30 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
31 INDICATING / RECORDING SYSTEMS
32 LANDING GEAR
33 LIGHTS
34 NAVIGATION
35 OXYGEN
36 PNEUMATIC
38 WATER/WASTE
45 CENTRAL MAINTENANCE SYSTEMS
49 AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER
52 DOORS
56 WINDOWS
73 ENGINE FUEL & CONTROLS
74 IGNITION
78 ENGINE EXHAUST
79 OIL
80 STARTING
9.15 (O) & (M) Procedures

Operations and Maintenance Procedures are included in the body of the MEL.
An EICAS Message List and associated Operations and Maintenance Procedures are provided in
Section 2.

Revision: 3
9.16 SECTION 1, LRU / COMPONENT ORIENTATED MEL RELIEF
SECTION 1
LRU / COMPONENT
ORIENTATED
MEL RELIEF

Revision: 3
AIRCRAFT: Bombardier BD-700-1A10 / -1A11

(1) System & Sequence Numbers, Item (2) Cat.
(3) Number Installed
(4) Number required for dispatch
21 AIR CONDITIONING
(5) Remarks or Exceptions
20-01 Flow Control Valve (FCV) C 2 1 (O)(M)
Except for ER operations, one may be inoperative
provided:
a) Affected valve is secured CLOSED,
b) Affected air conditioning pack is selected OFF and
considered inoperative, and
c) Opposite air conditioning pack is operative.
d) AUX PRESS system is operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FLOW CONTROL VALVE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Secure the affected flow control valve (FCV) as follows:
(1) Mechanically secure the affected flow control valve in the CLOSED position as follows:
(a) Open the aft equipment compartment door (311BB).
(b) Make sure that manual control lever (item 450) is in the CLOSED position.
NOTE: Refer to Component Maintenance Manual (CMM 21−51−25), Figure 1, items 260 and 450.
(c) Remove the locking screw (item 260) and install it on the manual control lever (item 450).
(d) Close the aft equipment compartment door (311BB).
(2) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the applicable circuit breaker that follows (refer to AMM
TASK24−00−00−863−801):
For the left FCV,

SYSTEM NAME CIRCUIT BREAKER BUS NAME
AIR COND/PRESS L PACK CTL VLV DC ESS
For the right FCV,

AIR COND/PRESS R PACK CTL VLV DC ESS
(3) On the overhead panel, on the BLEED−AIR control panel, select the applicable switch light as follows:
− L PACK to OFF
OR
− R PACK to OFF.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Conduct operations in accordance with AFM NON−NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section 05−04, L−R PACK AUTO FAIL
(Caution).

Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
21-01 Recirculation Fans C 2 1 (M) One may be inoperative.
2 0 (M) Except for ER operations, both may be inoperative

provided both air conditioning packs operate normally.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a RECIRCULATIONS FANS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Isolate the unserviceable recirculation fan(s) as follows:
(1) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the applicable circuit breaker(s) that follow(s) (refer to AMM
TASK 24−00−00−863−801)
For the left fan,
AIR COND/PRESS L RECIRC FAN AC 1
For the right fan,
AIR COND/PRESS R RECIRC FAN AC 4
23-02 AFD Display Fans - Filters C 8 0 One or all fan filters may be damaged or missing.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AFD Display Fans - Filters INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel
23-03 Supplemental Cooling Fans C 2 0 One or both supplemental cooling fans may be
(AFD Displays) inoperative, provided all AFD display fans are operative
for AFD # 1, AFD #2 and AFD #3.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a Supplemental Cooling Fans (AFD Displays) INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. De−activate affected Supplemental Fans via EMS CDU.

Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
30-01 Cabin Pressurization Control
1) AUTO Pressurization Channels C 2 1 (M) Except for ER operations, one may be inoperative
provided:
a) MAN control channels are verified operative,
b) Safety valves are verified operative, and
c) Cabin RATE Indicator, Cabin ALT Indicator, and
Cabin DIFF Pressure Indicator are verified operative.
C 2 0 (O)(M) Except for ER operations both may be inoperative

provided:
a) MAN control channels are verified operative,
b) Safety valves are verified operative,
c) Cabin RATE Indicator, Cabin ALT Indicator, and
Cabin DIFF Pressure Indicator are verified operative,
and
d) Flight is conducted at or below FL250.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AUTO PRESSURIZATION CHANNELS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. If one or both channels are inoperative, do the steps that follow:
(1) Make sure the cabin pressurization can be done in the MAN mode (refer to AMM TASK 21−31−00−710−802).
(2) Do the operational test of the safety valves to make sure both valves are operational (refer to AMM TASK
21−31−09−710−801).
(3) Pressurize the aircraft for maintenance (refer to AMM TASK 21−00−00−862−805). On the EICAS status page,
make sure that the CAB RATE, CAB ALT and differential pressure indications are operating.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
If both channels are inoperative, conduct operations in accordance with AFM, NON−NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section
05−04, Manual Cabin Pressurization Control Procedure.
(Continued on next page....)

Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
30-01 Cabin Pressurization Control cont.
2) MAN Pressurization Channels C 2 1 (M) One MANUAL channel may be inoperative provided:
a) Both automatic cabin pressurization control channels
are operative, and
b) Both Outflow valves are verified operative.
A 2 0 (O) Except for ER operations, both MANUAL channels

may be inoperative for one flight day, provided the flight is
conducted in accordance with AFM for unpressurized flight
configuration at or below 9,000 ft MSL.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a MAN PRESSURIZATION CHANNELS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. If one channel is inoperative, do the steps that follow:
(1) Pressurize the air conditioning system with the auxiliary power unit (refer to AMM TASK 21−00−00−862−801).
(2) On the overhead control panel, on the PRESSURIZATION control panel, set the selection to AUTO mode.
(3) Select the following pushbuttons to make sure the outflow valves open and close:
− EMERG DEPRESS
− OUTFLOW VALVE 1
− OUTFLOW VALVE 2
− DITCHING.
(4) Release the APU supplied conditioned air pressure (refer to AMM TASK 21−00−00−862−802).
3. OPERATIONS (O)
Conduct operations in accordance with AFM NON−NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section 05−04,
Unpressurized Flight Procedure.

Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
30-02 Outflow Valves C 2 0 (O)(M) Except for ER operations, one may be inoperative
OPEN provided:
a) Affected outflow valve is verified open,
b) Flight is conducted in accordance with AFM for an
unpressurized flight configuration at or below 9,000 ft
MSL, and
c) Takeoffs and landings must not be conducted on
runways that may lead to imminent ditching, and.
d) Operations over water beyond a horizontal distance
of more than 50 nautical miles are prohibited.
Forward Valve (# 1 OFV)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a OUTFLOW VALVE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. On the EICAS Status page, make sure that outflow valve 1 position indication is fully open.
B. If valve indication is inoperative or valve cannot be moved to full open position by manual selection of OUTFLOW
VALVE 1 PBA, valve will have to be locked in the full open position for dispatch.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. If take−off and landing runway is not located near any bodies of water, select EMER DEPRESS PBA for take−off,
confirm outflow valve 1 shows open and continue flight at or below FL90 in accordance with AFM NON−NORMAL
PROCEDURES, Section 05−04, Unpressurized Flight Procedure.
NOTE: Regarding AFM LIMITATIONS, Section 02−02, Buoyancy Limitations, the following steps are only applicable if
the aircraft is in excess of the maximum landing weight when taking off or landing near bodies of water and
extended over−water operations.
Scenario 1:
B. If take−off and landing runway is located near any body of water close outflow valve 2 by setting the OUTFLOW VALVE
2 PBA to CLOSED and set one pack to OFF, prior to take−off and while over−flying.
C. To resume unpressurized configuration when flightpath and altitude are clear of potential for unplanned ditching,
de−select the OUTFLOW VALVE 2 PBA.
D. Continue flight at or below FL90 in accordance with AFM NON-NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section 05−04,
Scenario 2:
E. If any body of water is located on the approach to the destination runway, close outflow valve 2 by setting OUTFLOW
VALVE 2 PBA to CLOSED and set one pack to OFF, prior to over−flying.
Aft Valve (# 2 OFV)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a OUTFLOW VALVE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. On the EICAS Status page, make sure that outflow valve 2 position indication is open.
B. Make sure that outflow valve 2 can be closed by selecting the OUTFLOW VALVE 2 PBA to CLOSED and observing the
valve position indication on the EICAS Status page.
NOTE: If outflow valve 2 cannot be selected CLOSED, dispatch is permitted with outflow valve 2 locked OPEN,
provided AFM limitations for buoyancy can be observed ( Refer to AFM LIMITATIONS, Section 02−02,
Buoyancy Limitations). Following concurrence with the flight crew, lock valve in OPEN position

Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
30-02 Outflow Valves cont.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
Outflow Valve 2 Closes With Selection of OUTFLOW VALVE 2 PBA:
NOTE: If valve indication is inoperative or valve cannot be moved to full open position by manual selection of
OUTFLOW VALVE 2 PBA, valve will have to be locked in the open position and dispatch must follow the steps
below for:
− Outflow Valve 2 Locked OPEN.
A. If take−off and landing runway is not located near any bodies of water, select EMER DEPRESS PBA for take−off,
confirm outflow valve 2 shows open and continue flight at or below FL90 in accordance with AFM NON−NORMAL
PROCEDURES, Section 05−04, Unpressurized Flight Procedure.
Scenario 1:
B. If take−off and landing runway is located near any body of water close outflow valve 2 by setting the OUTFLOW VALVE
C. To resume unpressurized configuration when flightpath and altitude are clear of potential for unplanned ditching,
D. Continue flight at or below FL90 in accordance with AFM NON-NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section 05−04,
Scenario 2:
E. If any body of water is located on the approach to the destination runway, close outflow valve 2 by setting OUTFLOW
Outflow Valve 2 Locked OPEN:

A. If take−off and landing runway is not located near any bodies of water, select EMER DEPRESS PBA for take−off and
continue flight at or below FL90 in accordance with AFM NON−NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section 05−04,
31-01 Safety Valves

C 2 0 (O) Except for ER operations, one or both may be
inoperative OPEN provided:
a) Both air conditioning packs operate normally,
b) Operations are conducted unpressurized at or below
9,000 ft MSL,
runways that may lead to imminent ditching, and.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a SAFETY VALVES INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Unpressurized Flight Procedures (Packs Operating)
(1) Conduct operations in accordance with AFM NON−NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section 05−04, Unpressurized
Flight Procedures.
(2) Extended overwater operations are prohibited.
(3) Take-offs and landings are not permitted on runways near bodies of water.

Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
31-02 Auxiliary Pressurization System C 1 0 Except for ER operations, may be inoperative provided
both air conditioning packs are operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put an AUXILIARY PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
51-01 Pack Inlet Temperature Sensor C 2 0 One or both may be inoperative

(PITS)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PACK INLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
51-02 Ram Air Valve C 1 0 (M) Except for ER operations, may be inoperative secured
CLOSED
C 1 0 (O) Except for ER operations, may be inoperative OPEN

provided:
a) RH air conditioning pack is selected OFF and
considered inoperative,
b) LH air conditioning pack is operative, and
c) Pack NORM and MAN control modes are operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a RAM AIR VALVE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Secure the ram air valve in the CLOSED position as follows:
(1) On the EMS CDU, open the circuit breaker that follows (refer to AMM TASK 24−00−00−863−801):
AIR COND/PRESS RAM AIR VLV DC ESS
(2) Open the aft equipment-compartment door (311BB).
(3) Make sure that the ram air valve is in the CLOSED position. If not in the CLOSED position, manually close the ram
air valve.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector located on the electrical-mechanical actuator.
(5) Safety, cap, and secure the electrical connector (refer to WM 20−12−05).
(6) Close the aft equipment-compartment door (311BB).
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. With the ram air valve failed OPEN, do the steps that follow:
(1) Ensure the RH Air Conditioning pack is OFF.
(2) Select TRIM AIR to OFF.

Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
51-03 Pack Inlet Flow Sensor (PIFS) C 2 1 (M) Except for ER operations, one may be inoperative
provided MANUAL mode of both air conditioning packs is
verified operative.
C 2 0 (O)(M) Except for ER operations, both may be inoperative

provided:
a) One pack is selected OFF and considered
inoperative,
b) MANUAL mode of air conditioning is selected for the
remaining pack and verified operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PACK INLET FLOW SENSOR INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. If one pack inlet flow sensor is inoperative, do the steps that follow:
(1) Start the APU (refer to AMM TASK 49−10−00−866−801).
(2) Make sure that the manual (MAN) mode is operative as follows:
(a) On the BLEED−AIR COND control panel, select the left air conditioning pack to on.
(b) On the EICAS AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure the flow control valve (FCV) opens fully.
(c) On the BLEED−AIR COND control panel, move the HOT/COLD toggle switch and make sure the cabin/cockpit
temperature changes accordingly.
(d) On the BLEED−AIR COND control panel, select the left air conditioning pack OFF and the right air conditioning
pack to on.
(e) On the EICAS AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure the flow control valve (FCV) opens fully.
(f) On the BLEED−AIR COND control panel, move the HOT/COLD toggle switch and make sure the cabin/cockpit
(g) On the BLEED−AIR COND control panel, select the right air conditioning pack to OFF.
(3) Shutdown the APU (Normal) (refer to AMM TASK 49−10−00−866−802).
B. If both pack inlet flow sensors are inoperative, do the steps that follow:
(2) Make sure that the manual (MAN) mode is operative as follows:
(a) On the BLEED−AIR COND control panel, select the left air conditioning pack to on.
(b) On the EICAS AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure the flow control valve (FCV) opens fully.
(c) On the BLEED−AIR COND control panel, move the HOT/COLD toggle switch and make sure the cabin/cockpit
(d) On the BLEED−AIR COND control panel, select the left air conditioning pack OFF and the right air conditioning pack
to on.
(e) On the EICAS AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure the flow control valve (FCV) opens fully.
(f) On the BLEED−AIR COND control panel, move the HOT/COLD toggle switch and make sure the cabin/cockpit
(g) On the BLEED−AIR COND control panel, select the right air conditioning pack to OFF.
(3) Shutdown the APU (Normal) (refer to AMM TASK 49−10−00−866−802).
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. If both pack inlet flow sensors are inoperative, do the steps that follow:
(1) Conduct operations in accordance with AFM NON−NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section 05−04, L (R) PACK AUTO
FAIL (Caution).
(2) Select the TRIM AIR OFF.

Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
51-04 Cabin Pressurization Control
1) HIGH C 1 0 May be inoperative failed in HIGH position.
2) LO, NORM C 1 0 LO or NORM positions may be inoperative provided both

packs are operative in the HIGH position.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PACK FLOW CONTROL SELECTION INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
51-05 Ozone Converter C 2 0 Flights are conducted at FL 250 or below.

1. PLACARD
A. Put a OZONE CONVERTERS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
52-01 Air Conditioning Packs C 2 1 (O)(M) Except for ER operations, one may be inoperative
(GL6000 only) provided:
(a) The remaining pack is operated in AUTO mode,
(b) Affected air conditioning pack is selected OFF,
(c) Avionics fan is selected OFF,
(d) Recirculation system is verified operative,
(e) AUX PRESS system is verified operative, and
(f) TRIM AIR is selected OFF, and
(g) Operations are conducted at or below FL 410.
NOTE: If dispatching with right pack operative, ensure
that RAM Air Valve is not failed in OPEN position.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a Put an AIR CONDITIONING PACKS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MINTENANCE (M)
A. If one air conditioning pack is inoperative, for continued operation of the remaining pack in the auto (NORM) mode, do
the steps that follow:
(1) Safety the avionics fan as follows:
(a) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breaker that follows (refer to AMM TASK
24−00−00−863−801
AIR COND/PRESS AVIONICS FAN AC 4
(2) On the overhead panel, on the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, select TRIM AIR to OFF.
(3) Start the engine (refer to AMM TASK 71−00−00−866−806).
(4) Make sure the AUX PRESS and recirculation system is operative as follows:
(a) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, press the AUX PRESS switch light.
(b) On the EICAS AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the HASOV and the TAVs open.
(c) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, press the AUX PRESS switch light.
(d) On the EICAS AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the HASOV and the TAVs close.
(e) On the TEMPERATURE control panel, move the COCKPIT, FWD CABIN and AFT CABIN controls and make
sure the cabin/cockpit temperature changes accordingly.
(5) Shutdown the engine (refer to AMM TASK 71−00−00−866−809).
(6) If the left air conditioning pack is inoperative, do the steps that follow:
(a) On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the RAM AIR SOV is shown in the closed position.
(b) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, press the RAM AIR switch light.
(c) On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the RAM AIR SOV moves to the open position.
(d) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, press the RAM AIR switch light.
(e) On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the RAM AIR SOV moves to the closed position.


Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
52-01 Air Conditioning Packs cont.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
(1) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, select TRIM AIR to OFF.
(2) The affected air conditioning pack is selected OFF.
(3) The remaining air conditioning pack is operated in the auto mode PACK CONTROL switch in NORM).
52-01 Air Conditioning Packs C 2 1 (O)(M) Except for ER operations, one may be inoperative
(a) The remaining pack is operated in AUTO mode,
(b) Affected air conditioning pack is selected OFF,
(c) Avionics fan is selected OFF,
(d) Recirculation system is verified operative,
(e) AUX PRESS system is verified operative, and
(f) TRIM AIR is selected OFF, and
(g) Operations are conducted at or below FL 410.
(h) Av Rack Fan is verified operative.
that RAM Air Valve is not failed in OPEN position.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a Put an AIR CONDITIONING PACKS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MINTENANCE (M)
24−00−00−863−801


Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
(GL5000 only)
2. MINTENANCE (M) cont.
(5) Confirm the operation of the avionics rack fan as follows:
(a) Make sure AV FANS FAIL caution does not show on EICAS.
(b) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breaker that follows (refer to AMM TASK
24−00−00−863−801
AIR COND/PRESS AVIONICS FAN DC 2
(c) Make sure AV FANS FAIL caution does not show on EICAS.
(d) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, set the circuit breaker that follows to IN (refer to AMM TASK
24−00−00−863−802
(e) Make sure AV FANS FAIL caution does not show on EICAS.
(f) Remove the avionics rack access panels.
(g) Make sure there is airflow from all tubes on each shelf at the middle wall.
(h) Install the avionics rack access panels.
3. OPERATIONS (O)

1) Pack AUTO Mode C 2 1 (O) (M) Except for ER operations, one may be inoperative
a) MANUAL mode on unaffected pack is verified
operative,
b) Unaffected pack is operated in AUTO mode,
c) Affected air conditioning pack is selected OFF,
d) Avionics Fan is selected OFF,
e) Recirculation system is verified operative,
f) AUX PRESS system is verified operative,
g) TRIM AIR is selected OFF, and
h) Operations are conducted at or below FL410.
that RAM Air Valve is not failed OPEN.

Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
1) Pack AUTO Mode
(GL6000 only)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a Put a PACK AUTO MODE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. If one air conditioning pack is inoperative, for continued operation of the remaining pack in the auto mode (PACK
CONTROL switch in NORM), do the steps that follow:
24−00−00−863−801):
(3) Start the engine (refer to AMM TASK 71 −00−00−866−806).
(1) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, press the AUX PRESS switch light.
(2) On the EICAS AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the HASOV and the AVs open.
(3) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, press the AUX PRESS switch light.
(4) On the EICAS AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the HASOV and the TAVs close.
(5) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, move the HOT/COLD toggle switch and make sure the cabin/cockpit
(5) Do the operational test of the cabin pressurization system (refer to AMM TASK 21−31−00−710−802) to verify that
the cabin pressurization can be done in the MAN mode.
(6) Shutdown the engine (refer to AMM TASK 71 −00−00−866−809). (7) If the left air conditioning pack is
inoperative, do the steps that follow:
(b) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, press the the RAM AIR switch light.
(d) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, press the the RAM AIR switch light.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. If one air conditioning pack is inoperative, for continued operation of the remaining pack in the auto mode (PACK
CONTROL switch in NORM), do the steps that follow:
(3) The remaining air conditioning pack is operated in the auto mode (PACK CONTROL switch in NORM).


Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
1) Pack AUTO Mode C 2 1 (O) (M) Except for ER operations, one may be inoperative
a) MANUAL mode on unaffected pack is verified
operative,
b) Unaffected pack is operated in AUTO mode,
c) Affected air conditioning pack is selected OFF,
d) Avionics Fan is selected OFF,
e) Recirculation system is verified operative,
f) AUX PRESS system is verified operative,
g) TRIM AIR is selected OFF, and
h) Operations are conducted at or below FL410.
i) Av Rack Fan is verified operative.

that RAM Air Valve is not failed OPEN.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a Put a PACK AUTO MODE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MINTENANCE (M)
24−00−00−863−801
(5) Do the operational test of the cabin pressurization system (AMM21−31−00−710−802) to verify that the cabin
pressurization can be done in the MAN mode.

Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
1) Pack AUTO Mode cont.
(GL5000 only)
2. MINTENANCE (M) cont.
(b) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breaker that follows (refer to AMM TASK
24−00−00−863−801
(c) Make sure AV FANS FAIL caution does not show on EICAS.
(d) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, set the circuit breaker that follows to IN (refer to AMM TASK
24−00−00−863−802
3. OPERATIONS (O)

Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
52-02 Pack Inlet Pressure Sensors (PIPS) C 2 0 (O) One or both may be inoperative provided MANUAL
mode of both air conditioning packs is verified operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a Put a PACK INLET PRESSURE SENSOR INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Verify the operation of the manual mode of the air conditioning system as follows:
(1) Pressurize the air conditioning system with the APU.
(2) On the engine indication and crew alerting system (EICAS), on the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make
sure you get the indications that follow:
For the left air-conditioning system,
REFERENCE POSITION/INDICATION
Shown in green from the L PACK to the FWD, AFT, and
Duct flow lines
CKPT compartments
Left flow control valve Shown in the open position
CKPT zone temperature Stable at 70 to 80 °F (21 to 26 °C)
FWD zone temperature Stable at 70 to 80 °F (21 to 26 °C)
AFT zone temperature Stable at 70 to 80 °F (21 to 26 °C)
For the right air-conditioning system,
Shown in green from the R PACK to the FWD, AFT, and
Duct flow lines
CKPT compartments
Right flow control valve Shown in the open position
CKPT zone temperature Stable at 70 to 80 °F (21 to 26 °C)
FWD zone temperature Stable at 70 to 80 °F (21 to 26 °C)
AFT zone temperature Stable at 70 to 80 °F (21 to 26 °C)


Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
52-02 Pack Inlet Pressure Sensors (PIPS)
(cont.)
3. OPERATIONS (O)
(3) CAUTION: KEEP THE PACK DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE FROM 41DEGREES FAHRENHEIT TO 185
DEGREES FAHRENHEIT (5 DEGREES CELSIUS TO 85 DEGREES CELSIUS).
THE OMPONENTS IN THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM CAN FREEZE OR GET TOO HOT.
THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT.
In the flight compartment, on the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, do the procedures that follow:
For the left air-conditioning system,
PROCEDURE APPLICABLE RESULT
Set the PACK CONTROL rotary switch to the On the EICAS, on the primary page, the
MAN position status (white) message L—R PACK MAN TEMP
shows
Set and hold the left HOT COLD toggle switch to On the EICAS, on the AIR CONDITIONING
the HOT position for 10 seconds synoptic page, the L PACK discharge temperature
increases
Set and hold the left HOT COLD toggle switch to On the EICAS, on the AIR CONDITIONING
the COLD position for 10 seconds synoptic page, the L PACK discharge temperature
decreases
Set the PACK CONTROL rotary switch to the On the EICAS, on the primary page, the
NORM position message L—R PACK MAN TEMP does not
show
For the right air-conditioning system,

PROCEDURE APPLICABLE RESULT
Set the PACK CONTROL rotary switch to the On the EICAS, on the primary page, the status
MAN position (white) message L—R PACK MAN TEMP shows
Set and hold the right HOT COLD toggle switch On the EICAS, on the AIR CONDITIONING
to the HOT position for 10 seconds synoptic page, the R PACK discharge
temperature increases
Set and hold the right HOT COLD toggle switch On the EICAS, on the AIR CONDITIONING
to the COLD position for 10 seconds synoptic page, the R PACK discharge
temperature decreases
Set the PACK CONTROL rotary switch to the On the EICAS, on the primary page, the message
NORM position L—R PACK MAN TEMP does not show
(4) Release the APU—supplied conditioned air—pressure.


Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
53-01 Avionics Exhaust Fan C 1 0 (O) Except for ER operations may be inoperative provided
(GL6000 only) one or both air conditioning packs are operated during
ground operation.
NOTE: Minimize utilization of equipment in the avionics
bay without air conditioning and fans during
engine start and shutdown.
If only one air conditioning pack is operating,

passenger door opening should be minimized.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AVIONICS EXHAUST FAN INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. With the avionics exhaust fan inoperative, do as follows:
(1) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, set the circuit breaker that follows to LOCKED
(AMM24−00−00−863−801):

AIR COND/PRESS AVIONICS FAN AC4
(2) Operate the air conditioning system during ground operations.
53-01 Avionics Exhaust Fan C 1 0 (M) Except for ER operations may be inoperative provided:
(GL5000 only) a) Air conditioning is operated during ground operations,
and
b) AV Rack Fan is confirmed operative.


1. PLACARD
A. Put a AVIONICS EXHAUST FAN INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. With the avionics exhaust fan inoperative, do as follows:
(AMM24−00−00−863−801):


(b) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, set the circuit breaker that follows to OUT
(AMM24−00−00−863−801):

Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
53-01 Avionics Exhaust Fan cont.
(GL5000 only)
2. MAINTENANCE (M) cont.

AIR COND/PRESS AVI RACK FAN DC2
(c) Make sure AV FANS FAIL caution shows on EICAS.

(d) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, set the circuit breaker that follows to IN (AMM24−00−00−863−802):

AIR COND/PRESS AVI RACK FAN DC2
(4) Shut down the air conditioning system.
53-02 Av Rack Fan C 1 0 (M) Except for ER operations may be inoperative provided:
(GL5000 only) a) Air conditioning is operated during ground operations,
and
b) Avionics exhaust fan is confirmed operative.


1. PLACARD
A. Put a AVIONICS RACK FAN INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. With the avionics rackfan inoperative, do as follows:
(AMM24−00−00−863−801):

AIR COND/PRESS Av RACK FAN DC2

(b) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, set the circuit breaker that follows to OUT
(AMM24−00−00−863−801):


Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
53-02 Av RACK Fan cont.
(GL5000 only)

(c) Make sure AV FANS FAIL caution shows on EICAS.

(d) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, set the circuit breaker that follows to IN (AMM24−00−00−863−802):

(4) Shut down the air conditioning system.
60-04 Hot Air Shut Off Valves (HASOV) C 2 1 (M) One may be inoperative CLOSED provided:
a) The affected HASOV is secured CLOSED, and
b) Both air conditioning packs are operative.
C 2 1 Except for ER operations, one may be inoperative OPEN

provided:
a) The Trim Air Valves are operative, and
b) Both air conditioning packs are operative.
C 2 0 (M) Except for ER operations, both may be inoperative

CLOSED provided:
a) Both HASOVs are secured CLOSED,
b) Trim Air system is selected to OFF,
c) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
d) AUX PRESS is selected OFF and is considered
inoperative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a HOT AIR SHUT OFF VALVES INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
60-04 Hot Air Shut Off Valves (HASOV)
cont.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. If one HASOV is inoperative, safety the inoperative HASOV in the CLOSED position as follows:
(1) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the applicable circuit breaker that follows (refer to AMM TAS
24−00−00−863−801):
For the left valve,
AIR COND/PRESS L ECS HASOV DC ESS
OR
For the right valve,
AIR COND/PRESS R ECS HASOV DC ESS
(2) On the EICAS, on the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the indication for the inoperative
HASOV shows CLOSED.
(3) Open the aft equipment−compartment door (311BB).
(4) On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the indication for the inoperative HASOV is amber.
(5) Close the aft equipment−compartment door (311BB).
B. If both HASOVs are inoperative, safety the HASOVs in the CLOSED position as follows:
(1) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the applicable circuit breaker that follows (refer to AMM TASK
24−00−00−863−801):
(2) On the EICAS, on the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the indications for the HASOVs show
CLOSED.
(4) On the HASOVs, ensure that the levers are in the CLOSED position.
(5) On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the indications for the HASOVs show amber.

Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
60-05 Trim Air Valves (TAV) C 3 0 (M) Except for ER operations, all may be inoperative
CLOSED provided:
a) Trim Air Switch is selected OFF,
b) Both air conditioning packs are operative,
c) Both HASOVs are secured CLOSED, and
d) AUX PRESS is selected OFF and considered inop.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a TRIM AIR VALVES INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. If one or two trim air valves are inoperative CLOSED, no action is required.
OR
B. If one or two trim air valves are inoperative OPEN, or if all trim air valves are inoperative, secure both hot air shut off
valves (HASOVs) in the CLOSED position as follows:
NOTE: A trim air valve failed in the open position will result in a very hot area in the aircraft.
(1) On the overhead panel, on the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, confirm AUX PRESS to OFF.
(2) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breakers that follow (AMM24−00−00−863−801):
(4) On the HASOVs, ensure that the levers are in the CLOSED position.
(5) On the EICAS, on the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the indications for the HASOVs show
CLOSED.
(6) Disconnect the electrical connector located on the HASOV.
(7) Safety, cap, and secure the electrical connector (SPM−WM 20−12−05).
(8) On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the indications for the HASOVs show amber.
60-06 Pack Discharge Temperature C 2 0 (M) Except for ER operations, one or both may be
Indication inoperative provided:
a) Both associated automatic temperature controls are
operative, and
b) Pack Control selection switch is set to either LO,
NORM, or HIGH.
NOTE: Associated with loss of PDT indications, pack
MANUAL mode will be inoperative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PACK DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE INDICATION INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Make sure that the automatic temperature function is serviceable.
(1) Use the CAIMS PMAT, SYSTEM DIAG selection and check the following automatic temperature controls are
serviceable:
- ACSC 1A & ASCS 1B for the left pack.
- ACSC 2A & ASCS 2B for the right pack.
(2) Do the operational test of the air conditioning system (refer to AMM TASK 21−52−00−710−801).
(3) Put the PACK CONTROL selector in the LO, NORM or HI position.
NOTE: Associated with loss of PDT indications, pack MANUAL mode will be inoperative.

Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
61-01 Cabin Temperature Control
1) AUTO mode (NORM) C 1 0 (O)(M) AUTO Mode of temperature control may be
inoperative provided:
a) One pack is selected OFF and considered
inoperative,
b) MANUAL Temp Control is verified operative, and
c) Operations are conducted at or below FL350
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AUTO MODE (NORM) INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. If the Auto mode (NORM) of temperature control is inoperative, do the steps that follow:
(2) On the overhead panel, on the BLEED−AIR control panel, select TRIM AIR to OFF.
(3) Make sure the manual temperature control is operative as follows:
(a) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, select one air conditioning pack to on.
(b) On the EICAS AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the flow control valve (FCV) opens.
(c) On the BLEED−AIR control panel, move the HOT/COLD toggle switch and make sure the cabin/cockpit
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. If the Auto mode (NORM) of temperature control is inoperative, do the steps that follow:
(1) Conduct operations in accordance with AFM NON−NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section 05−04, L (R) PACK AUTO
FAIL (Caution).
(2) Select the TRIM AIR OFF.

Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
2) MANUAL mode (MAN) C 1 0 MAN Mode of temperature control may be inoperative
provided:
a) AUTO Mode is operative, and
b) Both Packs are operative.
OR (O)
a) AUTO mode is operative,
b) One pack is selected OFF and considered
inoperative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a MANUAL MODE (MAN) INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Conduct operations in accordance with AFM NON−NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section 05−04, L (R) PACK AUTO FAIL
(Caution).
B. Select TRIM AIR to OFF.

3) Temperature Selectors C 3 0 Any or all may be inoperative.
Cockpit, FWD Cabin, AFT Cabin
1. PLACARD
A. Put a TEMPERATURE SELECTORS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
61-02 Temperature Sensors

1) Ventilated Temperature C 6 3 One element from each sensor may be inoperative.
Sensors ( VENTS) – Sensors
elements
C 6 4 (M) Both elements of any one VENTS sensor may be

inoperative provided all duct temperature indications are
operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a VENTILATED TEMPERATURE SENSORS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. In the flight compartment, on the ELECTRICAL control panel, set the BATT MASTER switch to ON.
B. On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that only one of the three compartment temperature indications
(CKPT, FWD or AFT) shows amber dashes.
C. Ensure all duct temperature indications are operative.
D. In the flight compartment, on the ELECTRICAL control panel, set the BATT MASTER switch to OFF.

Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
61-02 Temperature Sensors (cont.)
2) Duct Temperature Sensors C 6 3 (M) One element from each sensor may be inoperative
(DTS) – Sensors elements
C 6 0 (M) Both elements of any or all DTS sensors may be

(a) Both HASOVs are secured CLOSED, (b) TRIM Air
system is selected OFF,
(c) Both Air Conditioning Packs are operative, and
(d) AUX PRESS is selected OFF and is considered
inoperative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a DUCT TEMPERATURE SENSORS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Verify the DTS sensors as follows:
(1) Connect electrical power to the aircraft (refer to AMM TASK 24−00−00−861−801).
(2) Use a digital thermometer and measure the temperature in the area of each of the three DTS sensors. Record
these values.
(3) On the CAIMS PMAT, SYSTEM DIAG page, note and record the indicated temperature for each of the 4 ASCS
channels
(4) Compare the recorded indications, make sure that there is no more than 1 channel of any given duct is more then
4°C from the digital thermometer reading.
SENSOR LRU CAIMS PAGE CAIMS VALUE DIGITAL THERM.

CKPT DUCT ASCS 2A R ASCS CH A TRIM &
CABIN TEMP SENSOR
DATA
CKPT DUCT ASCS 2B R ASCS CH B TRIM &
CABIN TEMP SENSOR
DATA
FWD DUCT ASCS 1A L ASCS CH A TRIM &
CABIN TEMP SENSOR
DATA
FWD DUCT ASCS 1B L ASCS CH B TRIM &
CABIN TEMP SENSOR
DATA
AFT DUCT ASCS 1A L ASCS CH A TRIM &
CABIN TEMP SENSOR
DATA
AFT DUCT ASCS 1B L ASCS CH B TRIM &
CABIN TEMP SENSOR
DATA
(5) Remove the electrical power from the aircraft (refer to AMM TASK 24−00−00−861−802).

Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
2) Duct Temperature Sensors
(DTS) – Sensors elements (cont.)
B. If both elements of any or all DTS sensors are inoperative, do the steps that follow:
(1) Safety both HASOVs in the CLOSED position as follows:
(a) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breakers that follow (refer to AMM TASK
24−00−00−863−801):
AIR COND/PRESS ECS 1 HASOV DC ESS
AIR COND/PRESS ECS 2 HASOV DC ESS
(b) On the EICAS, on the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the indication for the HASOVs show
CLOSED.
(c) Open the aft equipment−compartment door (311BB).
(d) On the HASOVs, ensure that the levers are in the CLOSED position.
(e) On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the indication for the HASOVs is amber.
(f) Close the aft equipment−compartment door (311BB).

3) Mix Manifold Temperature C 4 1 Three may be inoperative.
Sensor (MMTS) - Sensors elements
1. PLACARD
A. Put a MIX MANIFOLD TEMPERATURE SENSOR INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
62-01 RECIRC “OFF” C 1 0

Switch light
(Light function only)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a RECIRC “OFF” SWITCH LIGHT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
62-02 L Pack “FAIL/OFF” C 2 0

Switch light
1. PLACARD
A. Put a L PACK “FAIL/OFF” SWITCH LIGHT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
62-03 R Pack “FAIL/OFF” C 2 0

Switch light
1. PLACARD
A. Put a R PACK “FAIL/OFF” SWITCH LIGHT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
62-04 TRIM AIR “OFF” C 1 0

Switch light
1. PLACARD
A. Put a TRIM AIR “OFF” SWITCH LIGHT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
62-05 AUX PRESS “ON” C 1 0
Switch light
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AUX PRESS “ON” SWITCH LIGHT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
62-06 RAM AIR “ON” C 1 0

Switch light
1. PLACARD
A. Put a RAM AIR “OFF” SWITCH LIGHT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
62-07 DITCHING “ON” C 1 0

Switch light
1. PLACARD
A. Put a DITCHING “ON” SWITCH LIGHT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
62-08 OUTFLOW VLV 1 “CLOSED” C 1 0

Switch light
1. PLACARD
A. Put a OUTFLOW VLV 1 “CLOSED” SWITCH LIGHT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
62-09 OUTFLOW VLV 2 “CLOSED” C 1 0

Switch light
1. PLACARD
A. Put a OUTFLOW VLV 2 “CLOSED” SWITCH LIGHT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
62-10 Emer Depress “ON” C 1 0

Switch light
1. PLACARD
A. Put a EMER DEPRESS “ON” SWITCH LIGHT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
62-11 Pressurization AUTO/MAN “MAN” C 1 0

Switch light
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PRESSURIZATION AUTO/MAN “MAN” SWITCH LIGHT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

21 AIR CONDITIONING
71-01 Humidifier System C 1 0 (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) System is deactivated,
b) Neither L PACK FAIL or R PACK FAIL Caution
messages are also annunciated,
c) TRIM AIR switch is selected and remains OFF,
d) HASOVs are indicated closed on Synoptic Page, and
e) Extended periods of aircraft in-operation or ground
handling during freezing temperatures must be
avoided to prevent system damage due to possible
freezing of water trapped in the system.
NOTE: Potential freezing is not of concern provided ECS

is operating.
NOTE: Overnight parking in hangar should be considered
where freezing temperatures are forecast.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a HUMIDIFIER SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Optional equipment. Deactivate the humidifier system as follows:
(1) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breaker that follows:

AIR COND/PRESS HUMIDIFIER DC 2
B. In the flight compartment, on the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, set and keep the TRIM AIR switch in the OFF
position.
C. On the primary EICAS display, make sure that the following CAS caution messages do not show:
− L PACK FAIL
− R PACK FAIL.
D. On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the hot−air shutoff valves (HASOVs) show closed.
E. Avoid extended periods of aircraft in−operation or ground handling during freezing temperatures to prevent system
damage due to possible freezing of water trapped in the system.
NOTE: Potential freezing is not of concern provided ECS is operating.
NOTE: Overnight parking in hangar should be considered where freezing temperatures are forecast.

Revision: 3

22 AUTOFLIGHT
10-01 Autopilot System C 2 1 Except for ER operations, one may be inoperative
provided approach procedures are not dependent on its
use and for RVSM operations an automatic altitude control
system is required.
Note 1: An automatic altitude control system is
required to be operative for RVSM operations.
Note 2: Any autopilot function that is operative may be
used.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AUTOPILOT SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
B 2 0 (M) Both may be inoperative provided:

a) Procedures are not dependent on its use,
b) Intended flights do not exceed three hours, and
c) EDM button is placarded “INOP” on flight control
panel, and
d) At least one flight director is confirmed operative on
each side.
NOTE: Automatic Emergency Descent Mode (EDM) is
inoperative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AUTOPILOT SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel. (Applicable for XRS and Vision)
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Put an "INOP" label to the EDM button on the flight control panel.
11-01 AP Quick DISC Buttons

(Control Wheel)
1) Autopilot Disconnect Function C 2 1 One may be inoperative failed CLOSED provided:
a) Autopilot is not used at less than 1.500 feet AGL, and
b) Pilot flying has the operative A/P Quick Disc button.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AP Quick DISC Buttons (Control Wheel) LH or RH INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2) Pitch Trim Disconnect Function C 2 1 One may be inoperative failed CLOSED provided Pilot
flying has the operative A/P Quick Disc button.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PITCH TRIM DISCONNECT FUNCTION LH or RH INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

22 AUTOFLIGHT
11-02 2) Touch Control Switches (TCS) C 2 0
1. PLACARD
A. Put a TOUCH CONTROL SWITCH LH or RH INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
11-03 Take-Off/Go-Around (TOGA) C 2 1 One may be inoperative provided:

Buttons (on Thrust Levers) a) Approach procedures do not require its use, and
b) Pilot flying has the operative buttons.
C 2 0 Both may be inoperative provided:

a) Both Thrust Levers are operated manually for take-off
and go-around, and
b) Autopilot and Flight Director are not used at less than
1.500 feet AGL.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a TAKE−OFF/GO−AROUND BUTTONS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
13-01 Yaw Damper Systems
2) C 2 1
Except for ER operations, one may be inoperative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a YAW DAMPER SYSTEMS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
30-01 Autothrottle System C 2 1
C 2 0 May be inoperative provided Autothrottle is confirmed

disengaged.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AUTO THROTTLE SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

22 AUTOFLIGHT
30-02 Autothrottle Engage / Disengage C 2 1
Switches (on Thrust Lever Stem)
C 2 0 (M) Both may be inoperative provided Autothrottle System

is rendered inoperative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AUTOTHROTTLE ENGAGE/DISENGAGE SWITCHES INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Make the autothrottle systems safe as follows:
(1) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breakers that follow (refer to AMM TASK
24−00−00−863−801):

AFCS A/T CTLR AC 1
AFCS A/T SERVOS DC 1
30-03 Autothrottle Quick Disconnect C 2 1

Buttons (on Thrust Lever Handles)
C 2 0 (M) Both may be inoperative provided the Autothrottle

System is rendered inoperative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AUTOTHROTTLE QUICK DISCONNECT BUTTONS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
1. Make the autothrottle systems safe as follows:
A. In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breakers that follow (refer to AMM TASK
24−00−00−863−801):

AFCS A/T CTLR AC 1
AFCS A/T SERVOS DC 1

Revision: 3

23 COMMUNICATIONS
10-01 Communication Systems
1) VHF C 3 1 Any in excess of one, and not powered by an emergency
bus, may be inoperative provided the flight is conducted
under VFR over routes navigated by reference to visual
landmarks.
C 3 2 Any in excess of two, and not powered by an emergency

bus, may be inoperative.
NOTE: VHF2 is connected to an Emergency Bus
1. PLACARD
A. Put a VHF No 1, or 3 INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
11-01 2) HF C 2 1 (O) Any in excess of one may be inoperative for flight on a

route that requires two Long Range Communication
Systems, provided:
(a) SATCOM air-ground communications with Air
Navigation Service Provider(s) are available for the
intended route,
(b) SATCOM Voice or Data transfer functions are
operative,
(c) Prior to each flight, coordination with the appropriate
Air Navigation Service Provider(s) is established
where INMARSAT codes, or equivalent, are not
available whilst using SATCOM voice function, and
(d) Use operations procedure (O) decribed below.
Note 1: SATCOM is to be used only as a backup to

normal HF communications unless otherwise
authorised by the appropriate ATS facilities.
Note 2: For intended routes, consider the need for ACAS.

Revision: 3

23 COMMUNICATIONS
11-01 Communication Systems
2) HF cont. A 2 1 (O) Any in excess of one may be inoperative for a
maximum of 3 calendar days for flight on a route that
requires two Long Range Communication Systems; use
operations procedure (O) decribed below..
Note 1: When the route enters airspace for
which an In Flight Blind Broadcast Procedure
exists, select the appropriate I.F.B.F. VHF
frequency and apply the procedure.
Note 2: For intended routes, consider the need for
ACARS.
A 2 0 (O) One or more may be inoperative for a maximum of

3 calendar days for flight on a route that requires two Long
Range Communication Systems provided:
(a) SATCOM air-ground communications with Air
Navigation Service Provider(s) for the intended route
(b) SATCOM voice function is operative,
(c) Prior to each flight, coordination with the appropriate
Air Navigation Service Provider(s) is established
where INMARSAT codes, or equivalent, are not
available whilst using SATCOM voice function,
(d) Prior to each flight, permission is obtained from the
appropriate Air Navigation Service Provider(s) to
communicate via SATCOM only, and
(e) Use operations procedure (O) decribed below..
Note 1: When operative, use of SATCOM Data transfer

function should be part of these procedures.
Note 2: When the route enters airspace for
which an In Flight Blind Broadcast Procedure
exists, select the appropriate I.F.B.F. VHF
frequency and apply the procedure.
Note 3: For intended routes, consider the need for
ACARS.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a HF INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. De−activate the HF if it is failed in transmit mode.
B. Get permission from ATC to use conventional VHF or SATCOM communication.
13-01 Satellite Communication System D 1 0 (O) May be inoperative, use operations procedure (O)
(SATCOM) decribed below.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a SATCOM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Use conventional VHF/HF communication.

Revision: 3

23 COMMUNICATIONS
21-01 Datalink System C 1 0 (O) May be inoperative, use operations procedure (O)
(incl. Controller Pilot Data decribed below.
Link Comm / ADS-C)
D 1 0 May be inoperative provided routine procedures do not

require its use.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a DATALINK SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Use conventional VHF/HF communication.
22-01 Selective Call System (SELCAL) C 1 0 (O) May be inoperative, use operations procedure (O)
decribed below.

require its use.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a SELCAL INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Crew must keep listening watch during operation which normally is supported by SELCAL.
32-01 Pre-recorded Announcement and C 1 0 (O) May be inoperative provided, use operations
Boarding Music System procedure (O) decribed below.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PRE-RECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Crew must verbally brief passengers.
40-01 Passenger Address System

1) Passenger Configuration B 1 0 May be inoperative provided:
a) Use operations procedure (O) decribed below,
b) Flight deck / cabin interphone system (two way) with
associated calls (e.g. chimes) is verified operative,
and
c) Required standard safety briefings are given to
passengers using a means that will ensure the
briefings are audible to each passenger.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PASSENGER ADDRESS SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
a) Lavatory Speaker B 2 0 (O) May be inoperative, use operations procedure (O)

decribed below.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a LAVATORY SPEAKER INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Crew must brief passengers verbally.

Revision: 3

23 COMMUNICATIONS
40-01 Passenger Address System cont.
2) Non-Passenger Configuration A 1 0 May be inoperative for non-passenger carrying operations
for one flight day provided:
a) Crewmembers are the only occupants of the aircraft,
and
b) Use operations procedure (O) decribed below.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Crew must brief non-flight deck crew verbally.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PASSENGER ADDRESS SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
4) Crew Rest Facility Bunk C 1 0 (O) May be inoperative provided:

(Global 6000 only) a) Flight deck and Cabin/Crew Rest Facility - Bunk
Interphone system(two-way) with associated calls (e.g.
Chimes) is verified operative,
b) Crew Rest Facility - Bunk drop down oxygen system
is operative,
c) Use operations procedure (O) decribed below, and
d) The Pilot-In-Command is advised that all crew have
been briefed.
D 1 0 (O) (M) May be inoperative provided:

a) Associated Crew Rest Facility – Bunk is not occupied,
and
b) Associated Crew Rest Facility – Bunk is placarded
INOPERATIVE – DO NOT USE.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a INOPERATIVE – DO NOT USE placard on the crew rest facility - bunk.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Crew rest facility − bunk is placarded INOPERATIVE − DO NOT USE
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Standard safety briefings are required to be given to passengers/occupants using a means that will ensure the
briefings/announcements are audible to each passenger/occupant.
B. Pilot-in-command to be advised when all crew have been briefed.
C. Crew rest facility – bunk is not occupied.
40-02 Alerting System (chime / light)

1) Flight Deck Call Light B 1 0 May be inoperative provided the flight deck chime is
operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FLIGHT DECK CALL LIGHT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2) Flight Attendant / Cabin Call Light B 1 0 (O) May be inoperative provided:

a) PA system is operative, and
b) Affected light is not used for lavatory smoke detector
alerting.
c) Use operations procedure (O) decribed below.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FLIGHT ATTENDANT / CABIN CALL LIGHT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

23 COMMUNICATIONS
2) Flight Attendant / Cabin Call Light
2. OPERATIONS (O)
briefings/announcements are audible to each passenger/occupant..
40-02 Alerting System (chime / light) cont.

3) Flight Attendant / Cabin Chime B 1 0 (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) PA system is operative, and
b) Affected light is not used for lavatory smoke detector
alerting.
c) Use operations procedure (O) decribed below.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FLIGHT ATTENDANT / CABIN CHIME INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
briefings/announcements are audible to each passenger/occupant..
40-03 Crewmember Interphone System

1) Flight Compartment/ Cabin, B 1 0 (O) May be inoperative provided:
Cabin/Flight Compartment a) Flight deck door keypad (where installed) is verified to
operate normally,
b) Flight deck door automatic locking system (where
installed) is verified to operate normally,
c) Use operations procedure (O) decribed below, for
communications with the flight deck, and
d) The PA System operates normally.
NOTE: Any station that is operative may be used.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a CREW MEMBER INTERPHONE SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Make sure that the flight−deck door keypad (if installed) operates normally.
B. Make sure that the flight−deck door automatic−locking system (if installed) operates normally.
C. Standard safety briefings are required to be given to passengers/occupants using a means that will ensure the
D. Pilot-in-command to be advised when all crew have been briefed.
E. Make sure that the PA System operates normally.
2) Cabin / Cabin C 1 0 (O) May be inoperative provided:

a) Use operations procedure (O) decribed below for
normal and emergency situations.
b) The PA System operates normally.
1. PLACARD
2. OPERATIONS (O)

Revision: 3

23 COMMUNICATIONS
40-03 Crewmember Interph. System cont.
2) Crew Rest Facility – Bunk C 1 0 (O) May be inoperative provided:

(Global 6000 only) a) The passenger address system is operative,
b) Use operations procedure (O) decribed below, and
c) The Pilot-In-Command is advised that all crew have
been briefed.
D 1 0 (O) (M) May be inoperative provided:

a) Associated Crew Rest Facility – Bunk is not occupied,
and
b) Associated Crew Rest Facility – Bunk is placarded
1. PLACARD
2. OPERATIONS (O)
3. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Crew rest facility bunk is placarded INOPERATIVE − DO NOT USE.
41-01 Flight Compartment to Ground C 1 0 (O) May be inoperative, use operations procedure (O)
Service Interphone System (Nose decribed below.
and Avionics bay)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FLIGHT COMPARTMENT TO GROUND SERVICE INTERPHONE SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the
instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Crew must communicate with Ground Service per VHF or hand signals.
51-01 Flight Compartment Speakers C 2 0 One or both may be inoperative provided:

a) Procedures are not dependent on their use.
b) Headsets are installed and used by each crew
member on flight deck duty, and
c) A spare headset must be readily available for crew
use.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FLIGHT COMPARTMENT SPEAKER/S INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
51-02 Boom Microphones D 3 2 One headset (including boom microphone) must be

operative for each required crewmember on flight deck
duty. Any in excess of those required may be inoperative.
a) Pilot and Co-pilot Boom C 6 4 One headset (including boom microphone) must be
Microphone Push-To-Talk operative for each required crewmember on flight deck
(PTT / R/T) Switches duty. Any in excess of those required may be inoperative.
B 6 2 One boom microphone PTT switch may be inoperative per

side provided they are not failed in transmit state.

Revision: 3

23 COMMUNICATIONS
51-02 Boom Microphones (cont.)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PTT / R/T INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
51-03 Hand Held Microphones C 2 1 One may be inoperative provided associated boom
microphone is operative and is used.
a) Both Boom microphones are operative, and
b) Spare boom microphone is available in flight comp.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a HAND HELD MICROPHONE/s INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
51-04 Headsets D 3 2 Any in excess of one headset (including boom

microphone) for each required crew member on flight deck
duty may be inoperative or missing.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a JUMP SEAT HEADSET INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
71-01 Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) A 1 0 May be inoperative provided:

a) The aeroplane does not exceed 8 further consecutive
flights with the cockpit voice recorder unserviceable,
b) Not more than 72 hours have elapsed since the cock
pit voice recorder was found to be unserviceable, and
c) Any flight data recorder required to be carried is
operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a CVR INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
1) Recorder Indepndent Power C 1 0 (M) May be removed for repair provided the CVR is
Supply (RIPS) installed into tray.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a RECORDER INDEPENDENT POWER SUPPLY INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE
A. In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, set the circuit breaker that follows toLOCKED (AMM24−00−00−863−801):
SYSTEM NAME CIRCUIT BREAKER NAME BUS NAME
ND/RECORD CVR DC ESS
B. Open the aft equipment compartment access−door (311BB).

C. Remove the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) (AMM23−71−01−000−802).
D. Remove Recorder Independent Power Supply (RIPS) (AMM23−71−13−000−801).
E. Install the CVR (AMM23−71−01−400−802).
F. Close the aft equipment compartment access−door (311BB).
G. In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, set the circuit breaker that follows to IN (AMM24−00−00−863−802):
SYSTEM NAME CIRCUIT BREAKER NAME BUS NAME

ND/RECORD CVR DC ESS
2) Datalink message capture C 1 0

1. PLACARD
A. Put a DATALINK MESSAGE CAPTURE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

23 COMMUNICATIONS
81-02 Radio Tuning System
DU – Radio Tuning functions only C 4 3
B 4 0 (O) May be inoperative provided:

a) CTP 1 and CTP 2 radio tuning capability is confirmed
operative, and
b) Prior to each flight, reversionary tuning is confirmed
operative from both CTPs.
NOTE: For inoperative DU functions other than radio
tuning, see MEL item 31-61-03
1. PLACARD
A. Put a DU−RADIO TUNING FUNCTION INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Select the DSPL INHIB mode with the TUNE knob on the reversion switch panel.
B. Make sure that the message DISPLAY TUNING INHIBITED is shown in the Radio Tuning Software Application (RTSA)
window in the Display Units (DU).
C. Make sure that the message DSPL TUNE INHIB is shown in the main tune page and all radio control pages of the
CTPs.
1) Control Tuning Panels (CTP) - NOTE: For inoperative DU functions other than radio
Radio Tuning functions only tuning, see MEL item 31-61-03
1. PLACARD
A. Put a RADIO TUNING FUNCTIONS ONLY INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
a) CTP 1 C 1 0 (O) One may be inoperative provided:

a) CTP 1 selected to OFF,
operative on CTP 2 and DU tuning,
c) Planned destination and alternate airports must have
an approach available other than VOR,
d) Planned operations must not require selection
between MAG and TRUE, or vice versa,
e) CAT II ILS approach is not planned at destination,
and
f) Operations and/or approach minimums do not require
the following functions performed by the affected
crewmember:
− Weather radar ON/OFF
− EVS ON/OFF
− MINIMUMS (MDA / DH) set
− MAG / TRUE heading selection
− BRG 1 & 2 selection
− CRS SEL adjustment
NOTE: Turning CTP to OFF does not impact dedicated
CTP EFIS pushbuttons or BARO−set.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a CTP 1 INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Turn the BRT/OFF switch counter clockwise to OFF on the CTP 1.


Revision: 3

23 COMMUNICATIONS
81-02 Radio Tuning System NOTE: For inoperative CTP functions other than radio
(cont.) tuning, see MEL item 31−61−03.
1) Control Tuning Panels (CTP) -

Radio Tuning functions only (cont.)
b) CTP 2 C 1 0 (O) One may be inoperative provided:

a) CTP 2 selected to OFF,
operative on CTP 1 and DU tuning,
and
the following functions performed by the affected
crewmember:
− Weather radar ON/OFF;
− EVS ON/OFF;
− MINIMUMS (MDA / DH) set;
− MAG / TRUE heading selection;
− BRG 1 & 2 selection;
− CRS SEL adjustment.
NOTE: Turning CTP to OFF does not impact dedicated
CTP EFIS pushbuttons or BARO−set.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a CTP 2 INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Turn the BRT/OFF switch counter clockwise to OFF on the CTP 2.
81-03 Radio Interface Units Channels NOTE: RIU channels 1B and 2B must be operative for
(RIU) dispatch.
1) RIU channel 1A B 1 0 (O) May be inoperative provided:

a) Reversionary tuning of VHF #3 is confirmed operative
from CTP 1, and.
b) DCU 1A is operative.
NOTE: One Datalink and one SELCAL system are
considered inoperative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a RIU CHANNEL 1A INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Verify that Reversionary tuning of VHF #3 is confirmed operative from CTP 1, and.
B. Verify that DCU 1A is operative.

Revision: 3

23 COMMUNICATIONS
81-03 Radio Interface Units Channels

(RIU) NOTE: RIU channels 1B and 2B must be operative for
dispatch.
(cont.)
2) RIU channel 2A B 1 0 (O) May be inoperative provided:

a) Primary tuning of VHF #3 is confirmed operative from
CTP 2, and
b) DCU 2A is operative.
NOTES: One SELCAL system is considered
inoperative.
If aircraft configured for VHF # 2 Data option,
one Datalink channel is also considered
inoperative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a RIU CHANNEL 2A INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Verify that Reversionary tuning of VHF #3 is confirmed operative from CTP 2, and.
B. Verify that DCU 2A is operative.

Revision: 3

24 ELECTRICAL POWER
20-01 Transformer Rectifier Units (TRUs) C 4 3 (M) Except where Extended Range operations are
conducted, one may be inoperative provided:
a) Affected unit is not ESS TRU 1 or ESS TRU 2,
b) All indications for the remaining TRUs operate
normally, and
c) The affected unit is de-activated.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a TRANSFORMER RECTIFIER UNITS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Connect electrical power to the aircraft (refer to AMM TASK 24−00−00−861−801).
B. Make sure that the three remaining TRUs operate normally as follows:
(1) On the ELECTRICAL DC synoptic page, check the indications that follow:
NOTE: The indications for volts and amps on the failed TRU will be zero and the normally green flow lines will be
empty.
(a) Make sure that only one of the TRUs is outlined in amber
(b) Make sure that the ESS TRU 1 and ESS TRU 2 outlines are not in amber.
C. Safety the failed TRU as follows:
(1) Open and tag the applicable circuit breaker of the failed TRU as follows:
For the TRU 1,
LOCATION CB No. NAME ZONE
CCBP A2 TRU 1 222
For the TRU 2,

CCBP A2 TRU 1 222


Revision: 3

24 ELECTRICAL POWER
20-01 Transformer Rectifier Units (TRUs)
cont.
D. For TRU 1 FAIL only do as follows:

(1) Open the circuit breaker that follows:

CCBP E8 ESS TRU 2 222
(2) On the ELECTRICAL DC synoptic page, do the steps that follow:

(a) Make sure that the DC ESS is supplied by TRU 2.
(b) Make sure that the BATT BUS is supplied by TRU 2.
(c) Make sure that DC BUS 2 is OFF.
(3) Close the circuit breaker that follows:

CCBP E8 ESS TRU 2 222
(4)
On the ELECTRICAL DC synoptic page, do the steps that follow:
(a) Make sure that the DC ESS is supplied by ESS TRU 2.
(b) Make sure that the BATT BUS is supplied by ESS TRU 2.
(c) Make sure that DC BUS 2 is supplied by TRU 2
(d) Make sure that DC BUS 1 is supplied by TRU 1.
E. Remove the electrical power from the aircraft (refer to AMM TASK 24−00−00−861−802).
1) TRU Fan (amber TRU box icon) C 4 3 (M) One fan may be failed provided:
a) All other associated parameters are normal, and
periodically monitored,
b) The reason for the amber indication is verified to be
TRU fan failure, and
c) All four TRUs are powering the busses.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a TRU FAN INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Open the forward equipment compartment doors (211AL/212AR).
B. Connect electrical power to the aircraft (refer to AMM TASK 24−00−00−861−801).
C. On the ELECTRICAL DC synoptic page, make sure that only one of the TRUs is outlined in amber.
NOTE: The indications for volts and amps on the failed TRU will be normal and the flow lines will be green.
D. Feel behind the amber indicated TRU and make sure that the fan is inoperative.
E. On the ELECTRICAL DC synoptic page, make sure that all four busses are receiving power from the TRUs.
F. Remove the electrical power from the aircraft (refer to AMM TASK 24−00−00−861−802).
G. Close the forward equipment compartment doors (211AL/212AR).

Revision: 3

24 ELECTRICAL POWER
20-01 Transformer Rectifier Units (TRUs)
(cont.)
2) TRU Volts (V) Indication C 4 3 One TRU Volts indication may be inoperative provided the
affected TRU Load (A) indication is operative and
periodically monitored.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a TRU VOLTS (V) INDICATION INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
3) TRU Load (A) Indication C 4 3 One TRU Load indication may be inoperative provided the
affected TRU volts (V) indications is operative and
periodically monitored.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a TRU LOAD (A) INDICATION INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
20-02 RAT Auto-Deployment B 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided the RAT manual
deployment is verified operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a RAT AUTO-DEPLOYMENT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Do the steps that follow if the RAT AUTO deployment is inoperative:
(1) Do the manual extension of the ram air turbine (RAT) (AMM24−23−01−840−801).
(2) Do the retraction of the ram air turbine (RAT) (AMM24−23−01−840−803).
20-03 RAT Gen Heater A 1 0 May be inoperative for one flight provided APU generator
is operated continuously throughout the flight.
NOTE: Limitations surrounding APU operations must be
observed.
A 1 0 (M) May be inoperative for three flight days provided:

a) APU generator is operated continuously throughout
the flight.
b) RAT is inspected for condensation prior to each
dispatch.
observed.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a RAT GEN HEATER INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
1. Confirm through CAIMS / OMS that no other Electrical Systems Faults / Fails are logged in conjunction with RAT
GEN HEATER.
2. Manually deploy RAT in accordance with Safety Precautions and perform visual inspection for condensation.
3. Where moisture is evident, apply shop air to the air−inlet screens to blow out any water that may have
accumulated.
4. Confirm that the turbine rotates freely.
5. Re−stow RAT.

Revision: 3

24 ELECTRICAL POWER
21-01 Engine Generator Systems C 4 3 One may be inoperative provided:
a) Associated Generator switch is selected to OFF, and
b) APU Generator is operative.
B 4 2 Except for ER operations, one Generator per engine may

be inoperative provided:
a) Associated generator switches are selected to OFF,
b) APU generator is operated continuously throughout
the flight.
observed
1. PLACARD
A. Put a ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEMS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
21-02 GEN 1 FAIL/OFF Switch lights (light C 2 0
function only)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a GEN 1 FAIL/OFF SWITCH LIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

function only)
1. PLACARD

function only)
1. PLACARD

function only)
1. PLACARD
22-01 APU Generator System C 1 0 (O) May be inoperative except for ER operations.
NOTE: APU can be used as a pneumatic source.
Mission planning should ensure availability of
external air cart and / or external electrical cart.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a APU GENERATOR SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATION (O)
A. Ensure mission planning considers availability of external air or electrical cart for engine starting.
22-02 APU GEN FAIL/OFF Switch lights C 2 0

(light function only)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a APU GEN FAIL/OFF SWITCH LIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

24 ELECTRICAL POWER
22-03 RAT GEN FAIL/OFF Switch lights C 2 0
1. PLACARD
A. Put a RAT GEN FAIL/OFF SWITCH LIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
31-01 Battery Temperature Control

System
1) EICAS Indications B 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided the AV BATT caution and
AV BATT °C AV BATT CHGR advisory messages are verified
operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AV BATT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. If the EICAS AV BATT °C indication is inoperative, do the steps that follow:
(1) Open the forward equipment−compartment door (211AL).
(2) Disconnect only the electrical connector A182P2 from the battery (refer to AMM TASK 24−23−01−840−803).
(3) In the flight compartment, on the ELECTRICAL control panel, set the BATT MASTER switch to ON.
(4) On the EICAS ELECTRICAL DC synoptic page, make sure the messages that follow show:
− AV BATT FAIL
− AV BATT CHGR FAIL.
(5) In the flight compartment, on the ELECTRICAL control panel, set the BATT MASTER switch to OFF.
(6) Connect the electrical connector A182P2 to the battery (refer to AMM TASK 24−23−01−840−803).
(8) On the EICAS ELECTRICAL DC synoptic page, make sure the messages that follow are not shown:
− AV BATT FAIL
− AV BATT CHGR FAIL.
(10) Close the forward equipment−compartment door (211AL).
1) EICAS Indications (cont.) B 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided the APU BATT caution
APU BATT °C and AV BATT CHGR advisory messages are verified
operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a APU BATT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
B. If the EICAS APU BATT °C is inoperative, do the steps that follow:
(1) Open the aft equipment compartment door (311BB).
(2) Disconnect only the electrical connector A89P2 from the battery (refer to AMM TASK 24−23−01−840−803).
(4) On the EICAS ELECTRICAL DC synoptic page, make sure the messages that follow show:
− APU BATT FAIL
− APU BATT CHGR FAIL.
(6) Connect the electrical connector A89P2 to the battery (refer to AMM TASK 24−23−01−840−803).


Revision: 3

24 ELECTRICAL POWER
1) EICAS Indications (cont.)
APU BATT °C
2. MAINTENANCE (M) (cont.)
(8) On the EICAS ELECTRICAL DC synoptic page, make sure the messages that follow are not shown:
− APU BATT FAIL
− APU BATT CHGR FAIL.
(10) Close the aft equipment compartment door (311BB).
2) Battery Heaters B 1 0 (O) May be inoperative provided:

Avionics Battery Heater a) Avionics battery charger operates normally,
b) AV BATT °C indication is operative, and
c) Avionics battery temperature is monitored and flight
levels are adjusted to maintain the AV BATT
temperature above 0°C.
NOTE: AV Battery temperature falling below
approximately 0°C may cause loss of charging
and may cause AV BATT FAIL Caution to
illuminate. Battery charging will resume when
sensed temperature returns above this detected
level.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a BATTERY HEATERS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Monitor DC Electrical Synoptic Page and adjust flight levels to ensure AV BATT °C remains above 0°C.
31-02 DC Power Centre (DCPC) - Ground C 1 0 (O) May be inoperative.
Cooling Fan (CAIMS message) NOTE: Ground operations above 30 deg C should be
limited to 30 minutes if the Environmental Control
System is not running.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a DCPC - GROUND COOLING FAN INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
May be inoperative providing ground operations above 30 °C (85 °F) are limited to 30 minutes if the Environmental
Control System (ECS) is not running.

Revision: 3

24 ELECTRICAL POWER
31-03 Electrical Management System -

Control Display Units (EMS CDU)
1) DIM / BRT Control C 2 1 Dimming may be inoperative on one provided display

intensity is adequate.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a DIM / BRT CONTROL INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2) EMS Maint Mode D 2 0 (M) Both may be inoperative provided use maintenance
procedure (M) decribed below.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a EMS MAINT MODE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. If both EMS CDUs are inoperative, do the steps that follow:
(1) In normal operating mode, electrically disconnect the applicable component/system circuit breakers.
(2) Where practical, tape and stow the electrical connector(s).
(3) Placard both EMS CDUs “− − CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DISENGAGED, DO NOT RE−ENGAGE”.
41-01 AC External Power System C 1 0

1. PLACARD
A. Put a AC EXTERNAL POWER SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
41-02 EXT AC ON Switch Light C 1 0

1. PLACARD
A. Put a EXT AC ON SWITCH LIGHT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

24 ELECTRICAL POWER
41-03 Aft External Services Panel
1) All panel functions and C - 0 (M#) One or all may be inoperative provided alternate
indications procedures are established and used.
(excepting APU SHUT-OFF)
D - 0 May be inoperative provided routine procedures do not

require its use.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AFT EXTERNAL SERVICES PANEL INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Alternate procedures are to be developed and used by the operator if one or all panel functions and indications are
inoperative (except APU SHUT−OFF).
2) APU SHUT-OFF (Emergency) C 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided the APU is monitored
Switch from the cockpit during operation.
D 1 0 May be inoperative provided the APU is not used during

ground maintenance
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AFT EXTERNAL SERVICES PANEL INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. May be inoperative provided the APU is monitored from the cockpit during operation.
42-01 EXT DC ON Switch Light C 1 0

1. PLACARD
A. Put a EXT DC ON SWITCH LIGHT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
42-02 DC External Power System C 1 0

1. PLACARD
A. Put a DC EXTERNAL POWER SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

25 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
10-01 Flight Crew Seat B 2 0 (M) Vertical and fore/aft adjustments may be inoperative
Adjustments provided the seat is secured in a position, which meets
individual pilot requirements and emergency egress is not
compromised.
1. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Make the unserviceable pilot’s seat safe as follows:
(1) Manually disengage locks where levers are inoperative.
(2) Move/adjust the seat position to the satisfaction of the pilot.
(3) Make sure the seat is in a locked position and does not compromise emergency egress.
10-02 Chart Holders C 2 0 One or both may be inoperative

1. PLACARD
A. Put a CHART HOLDERS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
10-03 Sun visors C 2 0 Except where required for Head-Up Guidance System
viewing, one or both may be inoperative
1. PLACARD
A. Put a SUN VISORS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
11-01 Observer's/Supernumerary Seat D - - One or more may be inoperative provided the seat is not
(Including associated equipment) required and is correctly stowed.
NOTE:
Associated equipment includes shoulder harness, lap belt,
audio control unit, RT/IC switches and Observer’s Oxygen
System.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a OBSERVER'S/SUPERNUMERARY SEAT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
13-01 Flight Crew Floor-Heaters D 2 0 (M)

1. PLACARD
A. Put a FLIGHT CREW FLOOR-HEATERS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Make the unserviceable systems safe as follows:
24−00−00−863−801):
For the left floor heater,
AIR COND/PRESS L FOOTWARMER DC 1
For the right floor heater,

AIR COND/PRESS R FOOTWARMER DC 2

Revision: 3

20-01 Mid-Cabin Door Indication System C 2 0 (O) May be inoperative provided that prior to each take-off
and landing, the door is verified open.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a MID-CABIN DOOR INDICATION SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
Optional equipment: Visual inspection by Flight or Cabin Crew to ensure that the mid−cabin door is verified open prior to
every take-off and landing.
21-01 Passenger Seat(s) (Including Seat D - - (M) One or more may be inoperative provided:
Backs) a) It does not block or restrict access to an emergency
Exit,
b) It does not restrict any passenger from access to the
aisle, and
c) Affected seat(s) is not used and is blocked and
placarded “DO NOT OCCUPY”.
Note 1: A seat with an inoperative safety belt and/or

shoulder harness is considered inoperative.
Note 2: Affected seat(s) may include the seat(s) behind
and/or the adjacent outboard seat(s).
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PASSENGER SEAT(S) INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Make the inoperative seat safe as follows:
(1) Secure the inoperative seat in the upright position.
(2) Put the seat in a position that does not cause a blockage of the exits.
(3) Put a placard “DO NOT OCCUPY” on the seat.
1) Recline Mechanism D - - (M) May be inoperative provided the seat is secured in the
up-right position.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a RECLINE MECHANISM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Make the inoperative seat safe as follows:
(1) Secure the inoperative seat in the upright position.
(2) Put the seat in a position that does not cause a blockage of the exits.

Revision: 3

22-01 Flight Attendant Seat / Seat B 1 0 (M)(O) When more than one flight attendant is assigned to
Assembly duty or more than one seat or seat assembly is located in
the passenger cabin, one seat or assembly (single or dual
position) may be inoperative provided:
a) Affected seat or seat assembly is not occupied,
b) Affected flight attendant(s) occupies the passenger
seat most accessible to assigned exit,
c) Use operations procedure (O) and/or maintenance
procedure (M) decribed below,
d) Folding type seat is removed, stowed or secured in
the retracted position,
e) Passenger seat(s) assigned to flight attendant is
placarded “FOR FLIGHT ATTENDANT USE ONLY”.
NOTE 1: If the automatic stow feature of a folding seat is
inoperative the seat is considered inoperative.
NOTE 2: A missing or inoperative safety belt (including
shoulder harness) or headrest renders the seat
inoperative.
D 1 0 (M) Seats/ assemblies in excess of requirements and not

assigned to a flight attendant may be inoperative provided
they are not occupied, are placarded and are,
a) Properly stowed, or
b) Secured in the retracted position, or removed..
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FLIGHT ATTENDANT SEAT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Make the unserviceable flight attendant seat safe as follows:
(1) Secure the unserviceable seat in the upright position. Put a DO NOT USE placard on the seat.
OR
(2) Remove the unserviceable seat.
NOTE: If seat is removed, weight and balance data should be considered.
(3) Passenger seat(s) assigned to flight attendant is placarded FOR FLIGHT ATTENDANT USE ONLY.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Make the unserviceable flight attendant seat safe as follows:
(1) Secure the unserviceable seat in the upright position. Put a DO NOT USE placard on the seat.
OR
(2) Passenger seat(s) assigned to flight attendant is placarded FOR FLIGHT ATTENDANT USE ONLY.

Revision: 3

60-01 Life Preservers and Survival
Equipment
1) Torches C 4 2 One or more may be inoperative provided each required

crew member assigned to affected position has an
operative torch.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a TORCH INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2) Portable Protective Breathing D 2 1 (M) Any in excess of those required may be inoperative or
Equipment (PBE) missing provided the inoperative PBE is placarded
inoperative, removed from the installed location, and
placed out of sight so it cannot be mistaken for a
functional unit.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PORTABLE PROTECTIVE BREATHING EQUIPMENT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Put a PBE MISSING placard on the access door or panel where the raft is usually stowed, placard the PBE
“INOPERATIVE” and remove from the installed location and placed out of sight so it cannot be mistaken for a functional unit
3) Life-rafts and Survival ELT(S) D - 0

(M) Any in excess of those required may be missing or
for Extended Overwater Flights
inoperative provided the inoperative equipment is
Standard are 3 rafts on
placarded inoperative, removed from the installed
GL5000
location, and placed out of sight so it cannot be
Standard are 2 rafts on
mistaken for a functional unit.
GL6000
1. PLACARD
A. Put a LIFE-RAFTS AND SURVIVAL ELT(S) INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Put a LIFE RAFT MISSING placard on the access door or panel where the raft is usually stowed, placard the life raft
4) Life Preservers and Survival D - 0 (M) Any in excess of those required may be missing or
Equipment inoperative, provided:
Standard are 15 life jackets on a) Inoperative life jacket is placarded inoperative,
GL5000 removed from the installed location and placed out of
Standard are 17 life jackets on sight so it cannot be mistaken for a functional unit,
GL6000 and
b) Required distribution of operative lifejackets is
maintained.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a LIFE PRESERVERS AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Put a LIFEJACKET MISSING placard on the access door or panel where the jacket is usually stowed, placard the lifejacket
61-02 Emergency Locator Transmitter A 1 0 May be inoperative provided repairs are made within 6
(ELT) further flights or 25 flying hours, whichever occurs first.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

61-03 First Aid Kits 1 1
D 2 1 (O) Any in excess of those required by regulations may be
incomplete or missing provided:
a) Required distribution is maintained, and
b) Procedures are established to alert crew members of
missing or incomplete kits.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FIRST AID KITS INOPERATIVE or INCOMPLETE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Put a FIRST AID KIT INCOMPLETE or MISSING placard on the access door or panel where the kit is usually stowed.
B. Operator to notify the flight crew of the location of the replacement first aid kit.
64-01 Flight Attendant Flashlights /

Flashlight Holder
1) Flashlights C 1 0 (O) May be inoperative or missing provided the flight
attendant assigned to the associated seat has a
flashlight of equivalent characteristics (has a
ruggedized, electrically insulated exterior, uses two
“D” size batteries, and has a shatter- resistant lens
and reflector) readily available.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FLIGHT ATTENDANT FLASHLIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Ensure a replacement flashlight is readily available to the flight attendant.
2) Holders C 1 0 (O)(M) May be inoperative or missing provided alternate

stowage provisions are provided.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FLIGHT ATTENDANT FLASHLIGHTS HOLDE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. If the flashlight holder is unserviceable or missing, put the flashlight so as to readily available.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Operator to notify the crew of the flashlight (holder) change in terms of its location and/or alternate stowage position.

Revision: 3

70-01 Passenger Convenience Items D - 0 Passenger convenience items as expressed in this MEL
are those related to passenger convenience, comfort or
entertainment such as, but not limited to, galley
equipment, movie equipment, ash trays, stereo equipment,
overhead reading lamps Items addressed elsewhere in
this document shall not be included.
(M) and (O) procedures may be required and included in
the air carrier’s appropriate document.
NOTE:
1. Exterior lavatory door ashtrays are not considered
convenience items.
2. Galley equipment restraining devices such as latches,
etc. must be serviceable or the compartment must not
be used for storage and placarded INOPERATIVE -
DO NOT USE.
3. Movie equipment individual screens, if applicable,
must be capable of being stowed.
4. Audio or audio-visual entertainment equipment which
is used as the sole means of providing safety
briefings and demonstrations, is not considered a
passenger convenience item.
70-03 Galley waste Receptacle Access C 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided the container is empty
Doors / Covers and the access is secured to prevent waste introduction
into the compartment.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a GALLEY WASTE RECEPTACLE ACCESS DOORS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Safety the Galley Waste Receptacles Access Doors/Covers as follows:
(1) Make sure that the waste receptacle container is empty.
(2) Safety the container access closed.
70-04 Exterior Lavatory Entry Door or

Entry Area Ashtrays
1) Airplanes with more than one A 2 1

One may be missing on the entire aircraft for ten
lavatory door or entry area
consecutive calendar days.
ashtray
71-01 Baggage Compartment Liners C 2 0 Liner panels may be missing or damaged provided
baggage is not carried in the associated compartment.
NOTE: For ballast purposes, use of bags (made of glass
fibre or kevlar) of sand or ingots of non-magnetic
metals (such as lead) is acceptable.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT LINERS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

75-10 Crew Rest Facilities – Bunk D 1 0 May be inoperative provided regulations do not require its
GL6000 only use.
1) Bunk Main Entry Door C 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided:

a) Crew Rest area is not used, and
b) Bunk entry door is locked closed and placarded
“INOPERATIVE DO NOT ENTER”.
NOTE: These provisions are not intended to prohibit
Crew Rest Area inspections by crewmembers.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a INOPERATIVE – DO NOT ENTER placard on the instrument panel.
C 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided door is removed and

securely stowed inside the crew rest area or removed from
the aircraft.
2) Bunk Restraint System C 1 0 (M) One or more may be inoperative provided:

a) Affected Bunk is placarded “INOPERATIVE DO NOT
USE”, and
b) Procedures are established and used to alert
crewmembers that the bunk restraint system cannot
be used.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a INOPERATIVE – DO NOT USE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Ensure door is locked closed and placarded INOPERATIVE DO NOT ENTER.

Revision: 3


26 FIRE PROTECTION
12-01 APU Fire Detection Systems C 2 1 Except for ER operations one detection loop may be
inoperative provided the fire test is made before each
flight.
C 2 0 Both detection loops may be inoperative provided the APU

is considered inoperative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a APU FIRE DETECTION SYSTEMS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
12-02 APU Fire Extinguishing System C 2 0 May be inoperative provided the APU is considered
inoperative and is not used.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a APU FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
15-01 Baggage Compartment Smoke C 1 0 May be inoperative provided cargo is not carried in the
Detectors associated compartment.
NOTE:
Where fitted for carriage, Unit Load Devices (ULDs -
terminology used by the air transport industry for
containers and loading units that are used for the carriage
of cargo) may be carried in the associated compartment
provided no cargo is carried on or in these devices. For
ballast purposes, use of bags (made of glass fibre or
kevlar) of sand or ingots of non-magnetic metals (such as
lead) is acceptable.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT SMOKE DETECTORS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
16-01 Lavatory Smoke Detection Systems C 1 0 (O)(M) May be inoperative provided:

a) Lavatory is not used by passengers for any purpose,
b) Lavatory waste receptacle is empty,
c) Lavatory door is locked closed and placarded,
“INOPERATIVE DO NOT ENTER”,
d) Access to waste receptacle from outside lavatory
must be secured closed and placarded,
“INOPERATIVE - DO NOT USE”, and
e) Lavatory is used only by crew members.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a LAVATORY SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Make sure that the lavatory with the unserviceable smoke detector system is made safe as follows:
(1) Empty the lavatory waste receptacle.
(2) Lock the lavatory door closed and placard, “INOPERATIVE − DO NOT ENTER”.
(3) Access to waste receptacle from outside lavatory must be secured closed.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Flight crew to inspect the locked lavatory periodically.
B. Lavatory may be used by crew members only.

Revision: 3


26 FIRE PROTECTION
21-01 Engine Fire Detection System A 4 2 One loop per engine may be inoperative for one flight day
provided the Fire Test is made before each flight.
C 4 2 One loop per engine may be inoperative provided:

a) Fire Test is made before each flight, and
b) Operations are conducted not more than
120 minutes from a suitable airport.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a ENGINE FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
23-01 Portable Fire Extinguishers D 4 2 (O)(M) Any in excess of those required may be inoperative
or missing provided:
a) The inoperative fire extinguisher(s) is/are removed
from the passenger cabin, flight deck, and/or class E
cargo compartment that is accessible to
crewmembers during flight, and its location placarded
INOPERATIVE, or it is removed from the installed
location, secured out of sight and the fire extinguisher
and its location are placarded INOPERATIVE, and
b) Required distribution is maintained in the passenger
cabin, flight deck, and each class E cargo
compartment that is accessible to crewmembers
during flight, as applicable, and
c) Procedures are established to alert crewmembers of
missing portable fire extinguishers.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Put an UNSERVICEABLE TAG on the unserviceable portable fire extinguisher and stow it where it cannot be used, until
it can be removed from the airframe at the next available maintenance base.
B. Make sure that the required distribution of serviceable extinguishers is maintained throughout the airplane.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. VJ OCC is responsible to notify the flight crew of the missing portable fire extinguishers.

Revision: 3


27 FLIGHT CONTROLS
11-01 Aileron Control Surface Position C 2 0 (O)(M) Both may be inoperative provided a visual check of
Indications the associated control surface movements is made prior to
each flight.
1. PLACARD
A. PUT A AILERON CONTROL SURFACE POSITION INDICATIONS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Put an AILERON CONTROL SURFACE POSITION INDICATIONS INOPERATIVE placard next to the primary EICAS.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Do a visual check of the aileron control surface movement as follows:
(1) Pressurize hydraulic system No. 3 (refer to AMM TASK 29−10−00−862−803).
NOTE: Two persons are required for the next steps, one to move the pilot’s control wheel in the flight compartment and
the other to view the control surface movement.
(2) Turn the pilot’s control wheel counter-clockwise.
(3) Make sure the left aileron control surface moves up and the right aileron control surface moves down.
(4) Bring the control wheel to the neutral position and verify that the aileron surfaces are in the neutral position.
(5) Turn the pilot’s control wheel full clockwise.
(6) Make sure that the right aileron control surface moves up and the left aileron control surface moves down.
(7) Bring the control wheel to the neutral position and verify that the aileron surfaces are in the neutral position.
(8) Release hydraulic system No. 3 pressure from the aircraft (refer to AMM TASK 29−10−00−862−804).
B. When the RH Aileron Surface Position is unserviceable the turn coordination function will be lost.
12-01 Aileron Trim Indicator C 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided, prior to each flight:,
a) Aileron trim is visually checked for full, free and
correct movement, and
b) Aileron trim is confirmed neutral.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AILERON TRIM INDICATOR INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Do a visual check of the aileron trim surface movement as follows:
(1) Pressurize hydraulic system No. 3 (refer to AMM TASK 29−10−00−862−803).
NOTE: Two persons are required for the next steps, one to move the operate the AIL TRIM control switch on the centre
pedestal in the flight compartment and the other to view the control surface movement.
(2) Operate the AIL TRIM control switch.
(3) Visually check the left and right aileron control surfaces for full, free and correct movement.
(4) Use the AIL TRIM control switch and centre the aileron control surfaces.
(5) Visually check that the aileron control surfaces are centred.
(6) Release hydraulic system No. 3 pressure from the aircraft (refer to AMM TASK 29−10−00−862−804).
20-01 Rudder Pedal Adjustments C 2 0 (M) May be inoperative provided:

a) The rudder pedal adjustment mechanism is not free
to move, and
b) The mechanism has failed such that the rudder
pedals are in a position which meets individual pilot
requirements.

Revision: 3


27 FLIGHT CONTROLS
20-01 Rudder Pedal Adjustments (cont.)

1. PLACARD
A. Put a RUDDER PEDAL ADJUSTMENTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Turn the applicable rudder adjustment handle, make sure the pedals do not move forward or back.
B. Push and pull pedal assembly, make sure there is no excessive play.
C. Remove the applicable access panel (131AL/132AR) (refer to AMM TASK 52−45−05−000−801).
D. Visually inspect the under floor rudder pedal adjustment lever and rudder input mechanism for condition and security.
E. Install the applicable access panel (131AL/132AR) (refer to AMM TASK 52−45−05−400−801).
F. Pressurize hydraulic system No. 3 (refer to AMM TASK 29−10−00−862−803).
G. Step on the rudder pedal, make sure that the rudder moves according to the movement of the pedal. Make sure that the
adjustment mechanism does not move forward or back. Make sure that full rudder deflection is available in both
directions.
H. Release hydraulic system No. 3 pressure (refer to AMM TASK 29−10−00−862−804).
I. Adjust the pilot’s (co-pilot’s) seat to meet the pilot’s (co-pilot’s) requirements.
J. Placard the applicable rudder pedal adjustment INOPERATIVE.
21-01 Rudder Control Surface Position C 1 0 (O)(M) May be inoperative provided a visual check of the
Indication associated control surface movements is made prior to
each flight.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a RUDDER CONTROL SURFACE POSITION INDICATION INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Put a RUDDER CONTROL SURFACE POSITION INDICATION INOPERATIVE placard next to the primary EICAS.
OPERATIONS (O)
Before Flight:
A. Do a visual check of the rudder control surface movement as follows:
(1) Pressurize one or more hydraulic system(s).
NOTE: Two persons are required for the next steps, one to move the rudder pedals in the flight compartment and the
other to view the control surface movement.
(2) Push the pilot’s left rudder pedal until the rudder moves fully left.
(3) Make sure that the rudder control surface moves fully left.
(4) Release the rudder pedal and verify that the rudder control surface is in the neutral position.
(5) Push the pilot’s right rudder pedal until the rudder moves fully right.
(6) Make sure that the rudder control surface moves fully right.
(7) Release the rudder pedal and verify that the rudder control surface is in the neutral position.
(8) Release the hydraulic system(s) pressure.

Revision: 3


27 FLIGHT CONTROLS
31-01 Elevator Surface Position C 2 0 (O)(M) Both may be inoperative provided:

Indications a) Visual inspection of affected control surface for
correct operation is made before each departure, and
b) Aircraft speed is limited to 250 KIAS throughout the
flight.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a ELEVATOR SURFACE POSITION INDICATIONS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Put an ELEVATOR SURFACE POSITION INDICATIONS INOPERATIVE placard next to the primary EICAS.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Do a visual check of the elevator control surface movement as follows:
(1) Pressurize two or more hydraulic system(s).
NOTE: Two persons are required for the next steps, one to move the control wheel in the flight compartment and the
other to view the control surface movement.
(2) Push the pilot’s control wheel to the full forward position.
(3) Make sure the elevator control surfaces move to the full down position.
(4) Bring the control column to the neutral position and verify that the elevator surfaces are in the neutral position
(5) Pull the pilot’s control wheel to the full aft position.
(6) Make sure the elevator control surfaces move to the full up position.
(7) Bring the control column to the neutral position and verify that the elevator surfaces are in the neutral position
(8) Release the hydraulic system(s) pressure.
B. Aircraft speed is limited to 250 KIAS throughout the flight.
41-01 STAB CH 1 “OFF” Switch Light C 1 0

1. PLACARD
A. Put a STAB CH 1 “OFF” SWITCH LIGHT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
41-02 STAB CH 2 “OFF” Switch Light C 1 0

1. PLACARD
A. Put a STAB CH 2 “OFF” SWITCH LIGHT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3


27 FLIGHT CONTROLS
42-01 Horizontal Stabilizer Trim Actuator C 4 3 One RVDT channel may be inoperative provided all flight
(RVDT Channels) control modules are operative.* OR
C 4 3 (M) One RVDT channel may be inoperative in combination

with a flight control module provided it is associated with
the same flight control unit.
All flight control modules are operative assumes MEL relief
has not already been undertaken for Item 27-61-02 –
Flight Control Modules (FCM) Channels.)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a HORIZONTAL STABILIZER TRIM ACTUATOR (RVDT CHANNELS) INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument
panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. To determine the failed RVDT, use the CAIMS PMAT, SYSTEM DIAG selection, and do the steps that follow (refer to
AMM TASK 45−45−00−970−804):
(1) Select 27−00 FLIGHT CONTROLS.
(2) Select computer (FCU 1 or FCU 2).
(3) Select LRU TEST.
(4) Select DISPLAY HORIZ STAB DATA.
(5) Determine the failed RVDT from the HORIZONTAL STAB SYSTEM page.
B. To confirm that the failed Flight Control Module (FCM) and the failed RVDT are associated with same Flight Control Unit
(FCU), use the CAIMS PMAT, ACTIVE FAULTS selection and do the steps that follow:
(1) Select SHOW DETAIL.
(2) Select SHOW SYMPTM.
C. Do a shutdown of the PMAT (refer to AMM TASK 45−45−01−840−801).
51-01 Slat/Flap Control Unit (SFCU)

1) Slat Channels (relief limited to p/n (O)(M) One Slat channel may be inoperative provided:
GT415-5900-13 & sub) a) Both Flap channels are operative, and
b) Aircraft is operated in accordance with AFM
Supplement for SLATS HALFSPEED OR FLAPS
HALFSPEED.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a SLAT CHANNELS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Verify that affected SFCU part number is GT415−5900−13 or subsequent.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Make sure that the FLAP HALFSPD advisory and FLAP FAIL caution CAS messages are not shown.
B. With engines running and aircraft in the normal take−off configuration, confirm that the following indications do not
occur as the throttle levers are advanced to take−off range:
− NO TAKEOFF CAS advisory
− NO TAKEOFF aural warning.
C. Conduct operations in accordance with AFM SUPPLEMENT 13, DISPATCH WITH SLATS HALFSPEED OR FLAPS
HALFSPEED.
NOTE: Slat system will operate at half speed.

Revision: 3


27 FLIGHT CONTROLS
51-01 Slat/Flap Control Unit (SFCU) cont.

2) Flap Channels (relief limited to B 2 1 (O)(M) One Flap channel may be inoperative provided:
p/n GT415-5900-13 & sub) a) Both Slat channels are operative, and
HALFSPEED.
NOTE: Slat or Flap system will operate at half speed and
it will be shown as an advisory message:
“ SLATS HALFSPD” or
“FLAPS HALFSPD” on EICAS.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FLAP CHANNELS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Verify SFCU part number.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
B. Conduct operations in accordance with AFM Supplement 13, DISPATCH WITH SLATS HALFSPEED OR FLAPS
HALFSPEED.
61-01 MFS Surface Proximity Switch C 8 6 (M) One or two on the same MFS pair may be inoperative
Sensors (PSS) provided visual check is made to verify that the surfaces
operate normally prior to take-off.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a MFS SURFACE PROXIMITY SWITCH SENSORS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Before Flight:
A. Use the CAIMS PMAT, SYSTEM DIAG selection, and do the steps that follow (refer to AMM TASK
45−45−00−970−804):
(1) Select 27−00 FLIGHT CONTROLS.
(2) Select Computer (FCU 1 or FCU 2).
(3) Select LRU test − DISPLAY SPOILER DATA.
(4) Identify the number of failed PSS. Make sure that only one PSS or pair of symmetrical PSS are inoperative.
B. Do a shutdown of the PMAT (refer to AMM TASK 45−45−01−840−801).
C. Secure the inoperative PSS as follows:
(1) Gain access to the unserviceable PSS (refer to AMM TASK 27−61−09−000−801).
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector from the unserviceable PSS. Safety, cap and stow the electrical connector
(refer to WM 20−15−05).
(3) Stow the unserviceable PSS spoiler panel (refer to AMM TASK 27−61−09−400−801).
D. Before each flight, do the operation test of the spoilers as follows:
(1) Pressurize hydraulic systems No. 1, No. 2, and No. 3 (refer to AMM TASK 29−10−00−862−801 and AMM TASK
29−10−00−862−803).
(2) Make sure the throttle levers are in the IDLE position.
(3) Set the GLD ARM switch to MANUAL ARM.
(4) Visually confirm that all the spoilers extend.
(5) Visually confirm that the spoilers are in agreement with the positions shown on the EICAS FLIGHT CONTROL
synoptic page.
(6) Release hydraulic systems No. 1, No. 2, and No. 3 pressure (refer to AMM TASK 29−10−00−862−802 and AMM
TASK 29−10−00−862−804).

Revision: 3


27 FLIGHT CONTROLS
61-02 Flight Control Modules (FCM) C 4 3 (O)(M) One channel may be inoperative provided:
Channels a) Affected MFS pair and ground spoilers are verified
retracted before each take off,
b) Remaining MFS and ground spoilers are verified
operative prior to each flight,
c) Airplane is operated at or below FL410, and
d) Aircraft is operated in accordance with AFM
Supplement for DISPATCH WITH ONE PAIR OF
MULTI-FUNCTION FLIGHT AND/OR GROUND
SPOILERS INOPERATIVE.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FCM CHANNELS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Before Flight:
A. Verify the operation and position of the spoilers as follows:
(1) Pressurize hydraulic systems No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3 (refer to AMM TASK 29−10−00−862−801 and AMM TASK
29−10−00−862−803).
(4) Visually confirm that the affected symmetrical MFS pair and ground spoiler (GS) pairs did not extend as per the
Table that follows:
FCM 1A FCM 1B FCM 2A FCM 2B
MFS#4 pair & OTBD MFS#1 pair & OTBD MFS#2 pair & INBD MFS#3 pair & INBD
GS pair GS pair GS pair GS pair
(5)
Make sure that all remaining MFS pairs and GS pairs fully extend.
(6)
Make sure that all MFS and GS spoiler positions are in agreement with the positions shown on the EICAS FLIGHT
CONTROL synoptic page.
(7) Release hydraulic systems No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3 pressure (refer to AMM TASK 29−10−00−862−802 and AMM
TASK 29−10−00−862−804).
B. Deactivate the failed FCM channel. On the EMS CDU, open the applicable circuit breaker, refer to table below (refer to
AMM TASK 24−00−00−863−801):
AFFECTED FLIGHT SYSTEM NAME CIRCUIT BREAKER BUS NAME
CONTROL MODULE
(FCM)
FCM 1A FLT CONTROLS FLT CTL 1CH A DC 1
FCM 1B FLT CONTROLS FLT CTL 1CH B DC 2
FCM 2A FLT CONTROLS FLT CTL 2CH A DC ESS
FCM 2B FLT CONTROLS FLT CTL 2CH B DC ESS


Revision: 3


27 FLIGHT CONTROLS
61-02 Flight Control Modules (FCM)

Channels (cont.)
C. Carry out FCM dormancy check for HST T/O configuration detection as follows:
(1) Configure aircraft for check as follows:
REFERENCE POSITION / INDICATION
WOW On Ground
PARK BRAKE OFF
SLAT /FLAPS TAKE-OFF Range
AILERON TRIM TAKE-OFF Range
RUDDER TRIM TAKE−OFF Range

SPOILERS RETRACTED
TQA Levers Below TAKE−OFF Range
HSTAB TRIM NOT in TAKE−OFF Position
(2) Following deactivation of the affected FCM in step 2., above, from the table below, select the respective row from
the left column and read across to perform sequential de−activation of FCMs, confirming NO TAKE−OFF
Advisory annunciation in each case.

AFFECTED FCM FLT CTL1 CH A FLT CTL1 CH B FLT CTL2 CH A FLT CTL2 CH B
(DC1 Bus) (DC2 Bus) (DC ESS Bus) (DC ESS Bus)
FCM 1A Deactivated Step a) Step b) step c)

FCM 1B Step a) Deactivated Step b) step c)
FCM 2A Step a) Step b) Deactivated step c)
FCM 2B Step a) Step b) step c) Deactivated
(3) Step a)
(a) On the EMS CDU, deactivate the FCM circuit breaker identified at the top of this associated Step a) column.
(b) Advance power levers to T/O position and confirm NO TAKE−OFF Advisory CAS message posts on the
EICAS.
(c) Return power levers below warning threshold. Reactivate circuit breaker at top of column.
(4) Step b)
(a) On the EMS CDU, deactivate the FCM circuit breaker identified at the top of this associated Step b) column.
EICAS.


Revision: 3


27 FLIGHT CONTROLS
61-02 Flight Control Modules (FCM)

Channels (cont.)
(5) Step c)
(a) On the EMS CDU, deactivate the FCM circuit breaker identified at the top of this associated Step c) column.
EICAS.
NOTE: If TAKE−OFF Advisory CAS message does not post, in any of the above cases, dispatch is not permitted.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Conduct operations in accordance with AFM Supplement 15, DISPATCH WITH ONE PAIR OF MULTI−FUNCTION
FLIGHT AND/OR GROUND SPOILERS INOPERATIVE.
62-01 Multi-Function Spoilers (MFS) C 8 6 (O)(M) One surface or one symmetrical pair may be
inoperative:
a) Affected MFS pair is verified retracted before each
take off,
1. PLACARD
A. Put a MULTI-FUNCTION SPOILERS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
BEFORE FLIGHT
Where a spoiler indication error has been fault isolated to the respective spoiler PCU (internal LVDT), the aircraft must be
dispatched in accordance with MEL relief item 27−61−02, Flight Control Modules (FCM) Channels. Failure to dispatch
under Flight Control Modules (FCM) Channels relief will cause CONFIG SPOILERS and NO TAKE−OFF warnings.
(1) Pressurize hydraulic systems No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3 (refer to AMM TASK 29−10−00−862−801 and AMM TASK
29−10−00−862−803).
(4) Visually confirm that only the affected panel or symmetrical pair of panels do not extend and that all remaining
spoilers are fully extended.
(5) Make sure that all the spoiler positions are in agreement with the positions shown on the EICAS FLIGHT
(6) Release hydraulic systems No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3 pressure (refer to AMM TASK 29−10−00−862−802 and AMM
TASK 29−10−00−862−804).
(7) Try to manually lift the affected panel(s). Make sure that they can not be lifted by hand.

Revision: 3


27 FLIGHT CONTROLS
62-01 Multi-Function Spoilers (MFS)

(cont.)
3. OPERATIONS (O)
Before Flight:
Where a spoiler indication error has been fault isolated to the respective spoiler PCU (internal LVDT), the aircraft must be
dispatched in accordance with MEL relief item 27−61−02, Flight Control Modules (FCM) Channels. Failure to dispatch under
Flight Control Modules (FCM) Channels relief will cause CONFIG SPOILERS and NO TAKE−OFF warnings.
(1) Pressurize the No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3 hydraulic systems.
(4) Visually confirm that only the affected panel or symmetrical pair of panels do not extend and that all remaining
spoilers are fully extended.
(5) Make sure that all the spoiler positions are in agreement with the positions shown on the EICAS FLIGHT
B. Conduct operations in accordance with AFM Supplement 15, DISPATCH WITH ONE PAIR OF MULTI−FUNCTION
FLIGHT OR GROUND SPOILERS INOPERATIVE.
62-02 Roll Control Input Module (RCIM) C 4 3 One RVDT channel may be inoperative provided all Multi-
(RVDT Channels) Function spoilers are operative in roll assist mode.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a ROLL CONTROL INPUT MODULE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
62-03 Flight Spoiler Control Lever C 4 3 One RVDT may be inoperative provided all Multi- Function
(RVDTs) spoilers are operative in proportional lift dump mode.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FLIGHT SPOILER CONTROL LEVER INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
62-04 Throttle Lever RVDTs (Ground C 4 3 One throttle lever RVDT may be inoperative.
Spoiler Control)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a THROTTLE LEVER RVDTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
63-01 Ground Spoilers (Inboard or B 4 2 (O)(M) One symmetrical pair of ground spoilers may be
Outboard) inoperative provided:
a) All remaining MFS and remaining GND spoiler pair
surfaces are operative in the GLD modes,
b) Both surfaces of the inoperative pair are verified fully
retracted prior to each flight,
c) Autobrakes are considered inoperative, and

Revision: 3

27 FLIGHT CONTROLS
63-01 Ground Spoilers (Inboard or
Outboard) (cont.)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a GROUND SPOILERS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Before Flight:
A. Secure the unserviceable ground spoiler symmetrical pair in the retracted position as follows:
(1) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the applicable circuit breakers that follow (refer to AMM TASK
24−00−00−863−801):
For the outboard ground spoilers,
FLT CONTROLS FLT CTL 1CH A DC 1
For the inboard ground spoilers,
FLT CONTROLS FLT CTL 1CH A DC ESS
(2) Remove the belly fairing access panel (185BL) (refer to AMM TASK 53−61−19−000−801).
(3) Get access to and disconnect the electrical connector from the applicable ground spoilers selector valve that
follows:
(a) The inboard ground spoilers selector valve (L42P1).
NOTE: The inboard ground spoilers selector valve is nearest the aircraft centreline.
(b) The outboard ground spoilers selector valve (L41P1).
(5) Install the belly fairing access panel (185BL) (refer to AMM TASK 53−61−19−400−801).
(6) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, close the applicable circuit breakers that follow (refer to AMM TASK
24−00−00−863−802):
For the outboard ground spoilers,
For the inboard ground spoilers,
B. Do the operational test of the ground spoilers (refer to AMM TASK 27−63−00−710−801).
(1) Make sure that the unserviceable ground spoiler symmetrical pair of ground spoiler surfaces do not deploy.
(2) Make sure that the other MFS and ground spoilers operated correctly.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
B. Autobrakes are considered inoperative.

Revision: 3

27 FLIGHT CONTROLS
63-02 Ground Spoilers Position Indication C 4 2 (O)(M) Indication for one or for one symmetrical pair may
on EICAS be inoperative provided:
a) Affected ground spoiler actuator connections are
inspected prior to each flight,
b) Affected ground spoiler pair is considered
inoperative, and
c) Aircraft is operated in accordance with AFM
1. PLACARD
A. Put a GROUND SPOILERS POSITION INDICATION ON EICAS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Before Flight:
A. With position indication for one panel or symmetrical pair of panels inoperative, do the steps that follow:
(1) Make sure hydraulic systems No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3 are depressurized (refer to AMM TASK 29−10−00−862−802
and AMM TASK 29−10−00−862−804).
24−00−00−863−801):
FLT CONTROLS SLAT/FLAP CTLR 1 BATT
FLT CONTROLS SLAT/FLAP CTLR 2 DC ESS
(3) Open and tag the circuit breakers that follow:
CCBP E2 SLAT/FLAP PWR 2 222
CCBP G9 SLAT/FLAP PWR 1 222
(4) Inspect the affected ground spoiler actuator piston connection to the spoiler surface and the actuator body pinion
connection to the wing spar for condition and security.
(5) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, close the circuit breakers that follow (refer to AMM TASK
24−00−00−863−802):
FLT CONTROLS SLAT/FLAP CTLR 1 BATT
FLT CONTROLS SLAT/FLAP CTLR 2 DC ESS
(6) Remove the tags and close the circuit breakers that follow:
CCBP E2 SLAT/FLAP PWR 2 222
CCBP G9 SLAT/FLAP PWR 1 222
3. OPERATIONS (O)

Revision: 3

28 FUEL
21-01 Refuel/Defuel Adaptor Cap
1) (GL6000 only) C 1 0 (M) May be inoperative (missing) provided:

a) Refuel/Defuel adaptor is visually checked for
contamination prior to each refuelling,
b) No leakage can be detected after refuelling is
complete, and
c) Aft tank is defueled and remains empty.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a REFUEL/DEFUEL ADAPTOR CAP INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. When you refuel, do the steps that follow:
(1) Do a visual check of the refuel/defuel adaptor for cleanliness. Remove all foreign matter before you connect the
refuelling nozzle.
(2) After the refuelling (centre, left and right tanks) nozzle is disconnected, visually inspect for leakage.
(3) Defuel the AFT tank until all the fuel is removed.
(4) Put a DO NOT REFUEL AFT TANK placard in the refuelling compartment above the refuel/defuel adaptor.
(5) Open the poppet valve and make sure that there is no fuel leak in the aft pipe line.
2) (GL5000 only) C 1 0 (M) May be inoperative (missing) provided:

a) Refuel/Defuel adaptor is visually checked for
contamination prior to each refuelling,
b) No leakage can be detected after refuelling is
complete, and
1. PLACARD
A. Put a REFUEL/DEFUEL ADAPTOR CAP INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. When you refuel, do the steps that follow:
(1) Do a visual check of the refuel/defuel adaptor for cleanliness. Remove all foreign matter before you connect the
refuelling nozzle.
(2) After the refuelling (centre, left and right tanks) nozzle is disconnected, visually inspect for leakage.
21-02 Forward AC Pumps (Boost Pumps) C 2 1 One may be inoperative provided:

a) Aft AC Pump on affected side is operative,
b) DC AUX pump on affected side is operative, and
c) All fuel quantity indications are operative.

a) Both Aft AC pumps are operative,
b) Both DC AUX pumps are operative,
c) All fuel quantity indications are operative, and
d) Wing transfer system is operative. OR

a) Both Aft AC pumps are operative,
b) Both DC AUX pumps are operative,
d) Crossfeed SOV is operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FORWARD AC PUMPS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

28 FUEL
21-04 APU Fuel SOV C 1 0 (M) Except for ER operations, may be inoperative
provided:
a) Valve is deactivated CLOSED, and
b) APU is not used.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a APU FUEL SOV INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. In the flight compartment, on the APU control panel, set the APU switch to OFF.
B. Open the aft equipment−compartment door (311BB).
C. In the aft equipment compartment, make sure the position indicator on the shutoff valve shows CLOSED.
D. If not closed, close and secure the APU fuel SOV as follows:
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector on the APU fuel SOV.
(2) Apply power directly at the valve actuator connector (28 Vdc) between pin B (positive) and pin C (negative).
(a) If the valve cannot be closed electrically, use the mechanical indicator as a lever to close the valve.
(3) Cap and stow the connector.
E. Access the DCPC under the cockpit floor.
F. Open and tag the circuit breaker that follows:
DCPC A5 APU FIRE SOV 130
G. Close access to the DCPC.
H. Close the aft equipment−compartment door (311BB).
I. Make sure that the APU inlet door is fully closed.
21-05 DC AUX Pumps C 2 1 (M) Except for ER operations, one may be inoperative
a) Prior to each dispatch, opposite Centre Transfer
pump is verified operative,
b) Opposite Aft Tank Transfer Pump is operative,
c) Opposite Aft Tank Transfer SOV is operative,
d) Opposite Wing transfer SOV is operative,
e) Crossfeed SOV is operative,
f) Both associated AC Pumps are operative,
g) Affected pump is de-activated, and
h) An extra 1,000 pounds of fuel is carried for the
planned flight.
21-05 DC AUX Pumps C 2 1 (M) Except for ER operations, one may be inoperative
a) Prior to each dispatch, opposite Centre Transfer
pump is verified operative,
b) Opposite Wing transfer SOV is operative,
c) Crossfeed SOV is operative,
d) Both associated AC Pumps are operative,
e) Affected pump is de-activated, and
f) An extra 1,000 pounds of fuel is carried for the
planned flight.

Revision: 3

28 FUEL
21-05 DC AUX Pumps (GL6000 / GL5000)
(cont.)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a DC AUX PUMPS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
MAINTENANCE (M)
A. D e- ac t iv a t e th e a ppl ic a bl e D C A ux pu m p as fol lo w s :
(1) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the applicable circuit breaker that follows (refer to AMM
TASK 24-00-00-863-801):
For the left pump,
FUEL L AUX PUMP DC ESS
For the right pump,
FUEL R AUX PUMP BATT
B. Confirm operation of the center tank transfer pumps as follows:

NOTE: The following is applicable prior to each dispatch only where center tank fuel loading will be required. If
intended flights do not require use of center tank fuel these steps are not required.
(1) During MANUAL refuelling, pause loading when wing tanks reach approximately 10,000 lbs per side.
NOTE: Do not fill wing tanks above 13,000 lbs for this test or the center pumps may not transfer.
(2) Ensure a minimum of 2,500 lbs of fuel is loaded in the center tank.
(3) Connect external AC electrical power to the aircraft (refer to AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
(4) In the flight compartment, make sure that the APU switch is set to OFF.
(5) Maintain throttles at IDLE and select ENG RUN switches to ON. Observe FUEL synoptic page and confirm center
transfer pump on side opposite to failed DC aux pump is not amber and that output flow line is green.
(6) Select ENG RUN switches to OFF.
(7) Confirmation is complete.
(8) Remove the external AC electrical power from the aircraft (refer to AMM TASK 24−41−00−861−802).
C. Complete fueling for mission

Revision: 3

28 FUEL
21-06 Crossfeed Shutoff Valve C 1 0 (M) Except for ER operations, may be inoperative
provided:
a) Valve is secured CLOSED,
b) Both DC AUX Fuel Pumps are operative, and
c) Both Wing Transfer SOVs are operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a CROSSFEED SHUTOFF VALVE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Secure the Crossfeed Shutoff Valve closed as follows:
24−00−00−863−801):
FUEL XFEED SOV C BATT
FUEL XFEED SOV O BATT
(2) Remove the belly fairing access panel (181BB) (refer to AMM TASK 53−61−19−000−801).
(3) On the EICAS control panel, push the FUEL push−button to display the FUEL synoptic page.
(4) On the FUEL synoptic page, make sure the shutoff valve shows in white contour and in the closed position.
(5) On the EICAS primary page, make sure the XFEED VALVE OPEN message does not appear.
(6) On the FUEL control panel, make sure the XFEED SOV switch/light is pushed out.
(7) On the front spar of the centre wing box, make sure the position indicator on the crossfeed SOV shows CLSD.
(8) Install the belly fairing access panel (181BB) (refer to AMM TASK 53−61−19−400−801).
B. Do the operational test of the wing−to−wing manual−transfer system (refer to AMM TASK 28−22−00−710−801).
22-01 Centre Transfer Pumps C 2 1 (O) One pump may be inoperative provided:
a) Opposite DC AUX pump is operative,
b) Opposite W ing transfer SOV is operative,
c) Fuel XFEED valve is verified operative prior to each
dispatch, and
d) Fuel quantity remaining in the main wing tank is
adequate to reach a suitable or alternate destination if
remaining centre pump fails at any time.
C 2 0 One or both may be inoperative provided the centre wing

tank remains empty.
OR
C 2 0 Both may be inoperative provided the remaining fuel in

centre tank is considered as unusable fuel.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a CENTRE TRANSFER PUMPS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

28 FUEL
22-01 Centre Transfer Pumps cont.

2. OPERATIONS (O)
Before Flight
A. Verify the operation of the crossfeed shutoff valve as follows:
(1) Start the engines.
(2) On the EICAS FUEL synoptic page, make sure that the crossfeed shutoff valve shows closed and the adjacent
flow lines are empty.
(3) On the FUEL control panel, push the XFEED SOV switch. Make sure that the switch OPEN light illuminates.
(4) On the EICAS FUEL synoptic page, make sure that the crossfeed shutoff valve shows open and the adjacent flow
lines are green.
(5) On the FUEL control panel, push the XFEED SOV switch. Make sure that the switch OPEN light extinguishes and
the FAIL light is not illuminated.
(6) On the EICAS FUEL synoptic page, make sure that the crossfeed shutoff valve shows closed and the adjacent
flow lines are empty.
(7) Make sure that the XFEED VALVE FAIL Advisory message is not posted on the EICAS.
22-02 Wing Transfer SOV C 2 0 (M) Except for ER operations, one or both may be
a) Affected SOV is secured CLOSED, b) Crossfeed
SOV is operative,
c) Both AC pumps on the same side are operative, and
d) Prior to dispatch, opposite Centre Transfer Pump is
verified operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a WING TRANSFER SOV INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Make the unserviceable XFER SOV safe in the CLOSED position as follows:
(1) Do one of the steps that follows:
(a) Energize the auxiliary ac−power supply (AMM24−22−00−861−801). (b) Connect and energize external
ac power (AMM24−41−00−861−801).
(2) On the FUEL control panel, on the side with the affected SOV, make sure that the L PRI PUMPS or R PRI
PUMPS are OFF.
(3) On the FUEL control panel, make sure that the WING XFER switch is in the OFF position.
(4) On the EICAS FUEL synoptic page, make sure that wing fuel quantity indications are displayed and the
unaffected wing transfer SOV correctly indicates closed.
(5) On the side with the affected SOV, select the ENG RUN switch to ON and make sure that on the FUEL synoptic
page, the DC AUX pump flow line turns green.
(6) Confirm that the wing fuel quantity on the unaffected side does not increase over a 30 second time period. If
opposite wing fuel quantity does not increase, go to step

Revision: 3

28 FUEL
22-02 Wing Transfer SOV cont.
(7) If opposite wing fuel quantity does increase, valve must be manually closed.
(a) Set the ENG RUN switch to OFF.
(b) Manually close the transfer SOV as follows:
1) De−activate the SOV as per step (8).
2) Remove the inboard−wing leading−edge panel 520AL/620AL, as applicable, (AMM57−41−05−000−801).
3) Remove the fixed leading−edge shrouds, as applicable, to get access to the actuator
(AMM57−41−17−000−801).
4) Move the mechanical indicator on the SOV to the CLOSED position.
5) Install the fixed leading−edge shrouds (AMM57−41−17−400−801).
6) Install the inboard−wing leading−edge panel 520AL/620AL, as applicable, (AMM57−41−05−400−801).
(7) Set the ENG RUN switch to OFF.
24−00−00−863−801):
For the left wing transfer SOV,
FUEL ==> XFER SOV C DC ESS

FUEL ==> XFER SOV C DC ESS
For the right wing transfer SOV,

FUEL <== XFER SOV C BATT

FUEL <== XFER SOV C BATT
Before Each Flight:

B. Set one ENG RUN switch to ON. With only one DC AUX pump operating, on the FUEL control panel, select the XFEED
SOV PBA to OPEN. Make sure that on the FUEL synoptic page the SOV opens correctly and the outlet flow lines are
green. Deselect the XFEED SOV PBA to close the SOV.
(1) Set the ENG RUN switch to OFF.
C. Confirm operation of the centre tank transfer pumps as follows:
NOTE: The following is applicable prior to each dispatch only where centre tank fuel loading will be required.
If intended flights do not require use of centre tank fuel these steps are not required.
(1) During MANUAL refuelling, pause loading when wing tanks reach approximately 10,000 lbs per side.
NOTE: Do not fill wing tanks above 13,000 lbs for this test or the centre pumps may not transfer.
(2) Ensure a minimum of 2,500 lbs of fuel is loaded in the centre tank.
(3) Connect and energize external ac power (AMM24−41−00−861−801).
(4) In the flight compartment, make sure that the APU switch is set to OFF.
(5) Maintain throttles at IDLE and select ENG RUN switches to ON. Observe FUEL synoptic page and confirm
centre transfer pump on side opposite to failed DC aux pump is not amber and that output flow line is green.
(6) Select ENG RUN switches to OFF.
(7) Confirmation is complete.
D. Complete fuelling for mission.
NOTE: The AC Primary Pumps do not require verification, as any failure will be evident.

Revision: 3

28 FUEL
22-03 Aft Tank Transfer Pumps C 2 1 (O)(M) One may be inoperative provided:
(GL6000 only) a) Affected pump is deactivated,
b) Associated Aft Transfer SOV is deactivated CLOSED,
c) Opposite Aft Transfer SOV is operative,
d) Opposite DC AUX Pump is operative,
e) Opposite W ing Transfer SOV is operative,
f) Both opposite Fwd and Aft AC pumps are operative,
g) Aft Tank Fuel Quantity Indication is operative, and
h) Planned flight considered the Aft tank fuel as
unusable fuel.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AFT TANK TRANSFER PUMPS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. If one aft tank transfer pump is inoperative, do the steps that follow:
(1) Deactivate the inoperative pump and associated SOV, and make sure opposite SOV is serviceable, as follows:
(a) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the applicable circuit breakers that follow (refer to AMM
TASK 24−00−00−863−801):
For the left aft tank transfer pump and SOV,
FUEL AFT TANK L PUMP AC 2

FUEL AFT TANK L SOV C DC 1
FUEL AFT TANK L SOV O DC 1
For the right aft tank transfer pump and SOV,

FUEL AFT TANK R PUMP AC 3

FUEL AFT TANK R SOV C DC 2
FUEL AFT TANK R SOV O DC 2
(b) In the flight compartment, on the ELECTRICAL control panel, set the BATT MASTER switch to ON.
(c) In the flight compartment, on the FUEL control panel, make sure the AFT XFER switch is in the OFF position.
(d) On the EICAS primary page, make sure the AFT XFER FAIL (caution) message does not show.
(e) On the EICAS primary page, make sure you see the AFT FUEL XFER OFF message.

Revision: 3

28 FUEL
22-03 Aft Tank Transfer Pumps (cont.)
(GL6000 only)
(f) On the FUEL synoptic page, make sure you see the indications that follow:
L AFT XFER PUMP White Contour
R AFT XFER PUMP White Contour
L AFT XFER VALVE Closed
R AFT XFER VALVE Closed
L AFT XFER LINE Empty
R AFT XFER LINE Empty
(g) On the FUEL synoptic page, make sure you have the fuel quantities that follow:
REFERENCE REQUIRED FUEL QUANTITY
LEFT WING TANK Maximum of 12.000lbs (5.443kg)
RIGHT WING TANK Maximum of 12.000lbs (5.443kg)
AFT TANK Maximum of 300lbs (135kg)
(h)If there is not sufficient fuel necessary to do the task, you must do the pressure refuelling (refer to AMM TASK
12−11−01−650−801).
(i) If there is too much fuel in the wings, you must do the suction defueling (refer to AMM TASK
12−11−05−650−801).
(j) In the flight compartment, on the FUEL control panel, turn the AFT XFER switch to ON. Make sure you see the
conditions that follow:
NOTE: If the total quantity of the wing tanks is more than 7 000 lbs (3 175 kgs), you will see the AFT XFER OFF
SCHED (advisory) message on the EICAS primary page.
(k) For the deactivated left aft tank transfer pump and SOV,
R AFT XFER PUMP Green Contour
R AFT XFER VALVE Open
R AFT XFER LINE Green
OR

Revision: 3

28 FUEL
(GL6000 only)
For the deactivated right aft tank transfer pump and SOV,
L AFT XFER PUMP Green Contour
L AFT XFER VALVE Open
L AFT XFER LINE Green
(2) Do the operational test of the wing−to−wing manual−transfer system (refer to AMM TASK 28−22−00−710−801).
B. If both aft tank transfer pumps are inoperative, do the steps that follow:
24−00−00−863−801):

(2) Use the EICAS FUEL synoptic page and make sure that the aft fuel tank is empty.
(3) If the aft tank is not empty, defuel the aft tank (refer to AMM TASK 12−11−05−650−801 or AMM TASK
28−10−00−680−801).
OR

Revision: 3

28 FUEL
(GL6000 only)
OR
C. If both aft tank transfer pumps are inoperative, do the step that follows:
24−00−00−863−801):

3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Plan flight considering the aft tank fuel contents as unusable fuel.
22-04 Aft Tank Transfer SOV C 2 1 (O)(M) One may be inoperative provided:
(GL6000 only) a) Affected SOV is secured CLOSED,
b) Associated Aft Transfer Pump is deactivated,
c) Opposite Aft Transfer Pump is operative,
d) Opposite DC AUX Pumps is operative,
e) Opposite Wing Transfer SOV is operative,
f) Both opposite AC pumps are operative,
g) Aft Fuel Tank Quantity Indication is operative, and
h) Planned flight considered the Aft tank fuel as
unusable fuel.
C 2 0 (M) Both may be inoperative provided the Aft Fuel Tank is

empty.
C 2 0 (M) Both may be inoperative provided:

a) Aft tank SOVs are verified in the CLOSED position,
b) Remaining fuel in Aft tank is considered as unusable
fuel, and
c) AFM table from “AFT XFER FAIL” for Aft tank
unusable fuel is used to determine fuel quantity for
landing.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AFT TANK TRANSFER SOV INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

28 FUEL
22-04 Aft Tank Transfer SOV (cont.)

(GL6000 only)
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. If one aft tank transfer shutoff valve (SOV) is inoperative, do the steps that follow:
(1) Secure the inoperative SOV in the closed position, and make sure the opposite aft transfer pump is serviceable, as
follows:
(a) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the applicable circuit breakers that follow (refer to AMM
TASK 24−00−00−863−801):
For the left aft tank transfer SOV,

For the right aft tank transfer SOV,

F EL AFT TANK R PUMP AC 3

(b) Open the aft equipment−compartment door (311BB).

(c) Visually check that the affected aft tank transfer SOV indicates CLOSED.
(d) Close the aft equipment−compartment door (311BB).
(e) In the flight compartment, on the FUEL control panel, make sure the AFT XFER switch is in the OFF position.
(f) On the EICAS primary page, make sure the AFT XFER FAIL (caution) message does not show.
(g) On the EICAS primary page, make sure you see the AFT FUEL XFER OFF message.
NOTE: AFT XFER FAULT advisory will extinguish.
(h) On the FUEL synoptic page, make sure you see the indications that follow:


Revision: 3

28 FUEL
(GL6000 only)
(i) On the FUEL synoptic page, make sure you have the fuel quantities that follow:
REFERENCE REQUIRED FUEL QUANTITY
LEFT WING TANK Maximum of 12.000lbs (5.443kg)
RIGHT WING TANK Maximum of 12.000lbs (5.443kg)
AFT TANK Maximum of 300lbs (135kg)
(j)If there is not sufficient fuel necessary to do the task, you must do the pressure refuelling (refer to AMM TASK
12−11−01−650−801).
(k) If there is too much fuel in the wings, you must do the suction defueling (refer to AMM TASK
12−11−05−650−801).
(l) In the flight compartment, on the FUEL control panel, turn the AFT XFER switch to ON. Make sure you see the
For the deactivated left aft tank transfer SOV,

L AFT XFER PUMP Amber Contour
R AFT XFER PUMP Green Contour
R AFT XFER LINE Green
NOTE: AFT XFER FAULT advisory will appear.

OR
For the deactivated right aft tank transfer SOV,

L AFT XFER PUMP Green Contour
R AFT XFER PUMP Amber Contour
L AFT XFER LINE Green


Revision: 3

28 FUEL
(GL6000 only)
B. Do the operational test of the wing−to−wing manual−transfer system (refer to AMM TASK 28−22−00−710−801).
C. If both aft tank transfer SOVs are inoperative, do the steps that follow:
(1) Use the EICAS FUEL Synoptic page and make sure that the aft fuel tank is empty.
(2) If the aft tank is not empty, defuel the aft tank (refer to AMM TASK 12−11−05−650−801 or AMM TASK
28−10−00−680−801).
24−00−00−863−801):

OR
D. If both aft tank transfer SOVs are inoperative, do the steps that follow:
(1) Secure the SOVs in the closed position as follows:
(a) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breakers that follow (refer to AMM TASK
24−00−00−863−801):

(b) Open the aft equipment−compartment door (311BB).
(c) Visually check that the aft tank transfer SOVs indicate CLOSED.
(d) Close the aft equipment−compartment door (311BB).
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Plan flight considering the aft tank fuel contents as unusable fuel.

Revision: 3

28 FUEL
22-05 Aft Tank Transfer System C 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided:
(GL6000 only) a) Aft tank SOVs are verified in the CLOSED position,
and
b) AFT fuel tank is empty
C 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided:

a) Aft tank SOVs are verified in the CLOSED position,
and
b) AFM table from “AFT XFER FAIL” for Aft tank
unusable fuel is used to determine fuel quantity for
landing.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AFT TANK TRANSFER SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Make sure that the aft tank transfer SOVs are closed as follows:
(1) On the EICAS FUEL synoptic page, make sure the aft tank transfer SOVs are shown closed.
(3) Visually check that both aft tank transfer SOVs indicate CLOSED.
B. On the EICAS FUEL Synoptic Page, make sure that the aft tank is empty.
C. If the aft tank is not empty, defuel the aft tank (AMM12−11−05−650−801) or (AMM28−10−00−680−801).
OR
3. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Make sure that the aft tank transfer SOVs are closed as follows:
(3) Visually check that both aft tank transfer SOVs indicate CLOSED.
23-01 Manifold Refuel/Defuel Control C 3 0 (M) Any or all may be inoperative CLOSED provided
Valves alternate refuelling procedures are established and used.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a MANIFOLD REFUEL/DEFUEL CONTROL VALVES INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. The manifold refuel/defuel solenoid control valves are failed in the closed position when the respective valve is
commanded open and fuel does not flow into tank.
B. Open and tag the circuit breaker that follows:
ASCA A3 R/D SOL VALVES 310
NOTE: Circuit breaker may be set closed for refuelling operations of unaffected tanks. Circuit breaker is to be set open
before each dispatch.
C. Alternate refuelling procedures for affected tank must be developed and used.

Revision: 3

28 FUEL
23-02 Aft Refuel / Defuel SOV C 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided the SOV is deactivated
(GL6000 only) CLOSED.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AFT REFUEL / DEFUEL SOV INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. The aft refuel/defuel SOV is failed closed when the valve is commanded open and the tank cannot be refuelled.
B. Visually check that the aft refuel/defuel valve indicates CLOSED.
C. If not closed, closing the valve can be attempted as follows:
(1) Power up the REFUEL/DEFUEL panel, select DEFUEL mode and cycle the failed valve toggle switch.
OR
(2) Open and tag the circuit breaker that follows:
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector on the AFT R/D SOL valve.
(5) Connect the electrical connector on the AFT R/D SOL valve.
(6) Remove the tag and close the circuit breaker that follows:
D. If the valve cannot be closed, the valve must be replaced.
E. Open and tag the circuit breaker that follows:
ASCA A4 R/D MOTOR VALVES 310
NOTE: When CB A4 is open, the LH and RH Defuel SOVs, and the AFT Refuel/Defuel SOV are disabled. Under this
condition, the AFT tank refueling will not be operational. The left and right tank, and the center tank single
point refueling is operational.
F. On the primary EICAS display, make sure that the following CAS advisory messages do not show:
- L R/D VALVE OPEN
- R R/D VALVE OPEN
- AFT R/D VALVE OPEN
G. Close the aft equipment-compartment door (311BB).

Revision: 3

28 FUEL
23-03 Defuel SOVs C 2 0 (M) May be inoperative provided the SOV is deactivated
CLOSED.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a DEFUEL SOVS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Open the belly fairing access-panel (181BB).
B. Visually check that the aft refuel/defuel valve indicates CLOSED.
C. If not closed, closing the valve can be attempted as follows:
(1) Power up the REFUEL/DEFUEL panel, select DEFUEL mode and cycle the failed valve toggle switch.
OR
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector on the AFT R/D SOL valve.
(5) Connect the electrical connector on the defuel valve.
NOTE: When CB A4 is open, the LH and RH Defuel SOVs, and the AFT Refuel/Defuel SOV are disabled. Under this
condition, the AFT tank refuelling will not be operational. The left and right tank, and the centre tank single
point refuelling is operational.
D. If the valve cannot be closed, the valve must be replaced.
E. On the primary EICAS display, make sure that the following CAS advisory messages do not show:
- L R/D VALVE OPEN
- R R/D VALVE OPEN
- AFT R/D VALVE OPEN
F. Close the aft equipment-compartment door (311BB).
23-04 Single Point Pressure Refuelling

System
1) Automatic Mode C 1 0 May be inoperative provided manual mode is operative.

1. PLACARD
A. Put a AUTOMATIC MODE SINGLE POINT PRESSURE REFUELLING SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the
instrument panel.
2) Manual Mode C 1 0 May be inoperative provided automatic mode is operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a MANUAL MODE SINGLE POINT PRESSURE REFUELLING SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument
panel.

Revision: 3

28 FUEL
23-05 Forward Tank – Refuel SOV C 1 0
May be inoperative provided the SOV is CLOSED.
(GL6000 only)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FORWARD TANK – REFUEL SOV INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
23-06 External Refuel / Defuel Panel C 1 0 (O) (M) One or all functions may be inoperative provided
alternate means are available to perform required
operations (ie: Flight Compartment Refuel/Defuel Panel or
gravity refuelling)
NOTE: For inoperative panel indications, refer to MEL
Item 28-41-05, Refuel/Defuel Panel Indications,
herein)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a EXTERNAL REFUEL/DEFUEL PANEL INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Use Flight Compartment Refuel/Defuel Panel.
NOTE: For inoperative panel indications, refer to MEL Item 28-41-05, Refuel/Defuel Panel Indications.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Use Flight Compartment Refuel/Defuel Panel.
23-07 Flight Compartment Refuel/Defuel C 1 0 (O) (M) One or all functions may be inoperative provided
Panel alternate means are available to perform required
operations (ie: Flight Compartment Refuel/Defuel Panel or
gravity refuelling)
NOTE: For inoperative panel indications, refer to MEL
Item 28-41-05, Refuel/Defuel Panel Indications,
herein)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FLIGHT COMPARTMENT REFUEL/DEFUEL PANEL INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Use External Refuel/Defuel Panel.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Use External Refuel/Defuel Panel.
24-01 Fuel Recirculation Systems C 2 0 Except for ER operations, one or both may be inoperative
(Including systems’ PBA indications, OFF provided:
EICAS messages) a) Both Recirculation Systems are OFF, and
b) Fuel tank temperature indication on EICAS is
operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FUEL RECIRCULATION SYSTEMS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

28 FUEL
40-01 L-R AUX PUMPS “OFF” Switch C 2 0
lights (light function only)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a L-R AUX PUMPS “OFF” SWITCH LIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
40-02 L-R PRI PUMPS “OFF” Switch C 2 0

lights (light function only)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a L-R PRI PUMPS “OFF” SWITCH LIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
40-03 XFEED SOV “OPEN” Switch lights C 1 0

1. PLACARD
A. Put a XFEED SOV “OPEN” SWITCH LIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
40-04 XFEED SOV “FAIL” Switch lights C 1 0

1. PLACARD
A. Put a XFEED SOV “FAIL” SWITCH LIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
41-01 Fuel Quantity Probes
1) Densitometer C 1 0 (O) May be inoperative, use operations procedure (O)

decribed below.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FUEL QUANTITY DENSITOMETER INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
IMPORTANT: With the densitometer inoperative, EICAS displayed fuel weight can be in error by as much as 3%, reading
either higher or lower. Further, the direction of that error cannot be determined. It is therefore important that these steps be
followed when fuel planning:
A. In order to safely reach destination, the aircraft must be refuelled until the displayed EICAS fuel weight indicates 3%
additional fuel on top of the calculated mission fuel requirements (including reserves). This will address the potential case
of the EICAS display showing more than the actual quantity in the tanks.
B. Prior to departure, the planned landing weight shall be calculated by multiplying the calculated mission fuel requirements
by 1.06 (in other words, multiply the planned EICAS indicated fuel load by 1.03). This will address the potential case of
the EICAS display showing less than the actual quantity in the tanks.
C. For all performance calculations, the fuel on board shall be calculated by multiplying the displayed EICAS fuel weight
(after addition of 3%) by the factor 1.03. This will address the potential case of the EICAS display showing less than the
actual quantity in the tanks.
2) Wing Tank Probes – Probe / C 30 22

(M) One probe per fuel compartment may be inoperative.
Compensators
1. PLACARD
A. Put a WING TANK PROBES INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

28 FUEL
41-01 Fuel Quantity Probes (cont.)
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Make sure that the messages that follow do not show on the EICAS:
− FUEL COMPTR FAIL
− FUEL COMPTR FAULT.
B. On the onboard maintenance system (OMS), do the steps that follow:
(1) In the flight compartment, with the use of the cursor control panel (CCP), select "M" on top of the adaptive flight
display (AFD) 4.
(2) With the use of the CCP, select DOCS/MAINT, then MAINT.
(3) Make sure that the Maintenance Main Menu page is shown on the AFD 4.
(4) With the use of the CCP, select Perform LRU/SYSTEM OPERATIONS.
(5) Make sure that the LRU/SYSTEM OPERATIONS page is shown on the AFD 4.
(6) With the use of the CCP, in the SELECT ATA combo box, make the selection 28−00−00 FUEL SYSTEM.
(7) With the use of the CCP, in the SELECT LRU/SYSTEM combo box, make the selection FMQGC CH A.
(8) With the use of the CCP, select DATA tab, then select CH A LEFT WING FUEL GAUGING SENSORS.
(9) Go to CH A LEFT WING FUEL GAUGING SENSORS pages 2,3,4 and 5.
(10) Make sure that not more than one probe per cell has failed.
(11) With the use of the CCP, select RETURN TO LRU/SYS OPS.
(12) With the use of the CCP, in the DATA tab, make the selection CH A RIGHT WING FUEL GAUGING SENSORS.
(13) Go to the CH A RIGHT WING FUEL GAUGING SENSORS pages 1, 2, 3 and 4.
(14) Make sure that maximum of one probe failure indication per fuel compartment is shown in the related pages in
the ACTIVE FAULTS page.
(15) With the use of the CCP, select RETURN TO LRU/SYS OPS.
3) Centre Tank Probes – Probe / C 4 2

(M)
Compensators
1. PLACARD
A. Put a CENTRE TANK PROBES INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Make sure that the messages that follow are not shown on the EICAS:
display (AFD) 4.
(8) With the use of the CCP, select DATA tab, then select CH A CENTER TANK FUEL GAUGING SENSORS page.
(9) Make sure that maximum of two probe failure indication is shown in the ACTIVE FAULTS page.
(10) With the use of the CCP, make the selection EXIT SUBSYS from the CENTER TANK FUEL GAUGING
SENSOR DATA page.

Revision: 3

28 FUEL
4) Reference Compensator C 1 0 (O) May be inoperative, use operations procedure (O)

decribed below.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FUEL REFERENCE COMPENSATOR INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
IMPORTANT: With the reference compensator inoperative, EICAS displayed fuel weight can be in error by as much as 3%,
reading either higher or lower. Further, the direction of that error cannot be determined. It is therefore important that these
steps be followed when fuel planning:
A. In order to safely reach destination, the aircraft must be refuelled until the displayed EICAS fuel weight indicates 3%
additional fuel on top of the calculated mission fuel requirements (including reserves). This will address the potential case
of the EICAS display showing more than the actual quantity in the tanks.
B. Prior to departure, the planned landing weight shall be calculated by multiplying the calculated mission fuel requirements
by 1.06 (in other words, multiply the planned EICAS indicated fuel load by 1.03). This will address the potential case of
the EICAS display showing less than the actual quantity in the tanks.
C. For all performance calculations, the fuel on board shall be calculated by multiplying the displayed EICAS fuel weight
(after addition of 3%) by the factor 1.03. This will address the potential case of the EICAS display showing less than the
actual quantity in the tanks.
5) Aft Tank Probe / Compensator (M)

C 2 1
(GL6000 only)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AFT TANK PROBE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Make sure that the messages that follow are not shown on the EICAS:
display (AFD) 4.
(8) With the use of the CCP, select the DATA tab, then select CH A AFT TANK FUEL GAUGING SENSORS page.
(9) Make sure that maximum of one probe failure indication is shown in the ACTIVE FAULTS page.
(10) With the use of the CCP, make the selection EXIT SUBSYS from the AFT TANK FUEL GAUGING SENSOR
DATA page.
(11) With the use of the CCP, make the selection RETURN TO LRU/SYS OPS.

Revision: 3

28 FUEL
6) Forward Tank Probe / C 2 1

Compensator
(GL6000 only)
C 2 0 (O) Both may be inoperative provided the Forward Tank is

not used.
NOTE: With both probes failed, the FUEL QTY
DEGRADED Advisory will remain annunciated on
EICAS as long as any fuel remains in the tank.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FORWARD TANK PROBE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Optional equipment. Aircraft to be dispatched with the forward tank empty.
(1) If AUTO refuelling, make sure that no fuel enters the forward tank. Make sure that the total on-board fuel does not
exceed 19,300 kg (42,500 lbs).
(2) If MANUAL refuelling, do not refuel the centre tank.
41-03 EICAS Aft Fuel Tank and Total Fuel C 2 0 (O)(M) Both may be inoperative provided:
Quantity Readouts a) Aft tank remains empty, and
(GL6000 only) b) An in-flight log of fuel in all tanks is maintained.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a EICAS AFT FUEL TANK QUANTITY READOUTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Defuel the Aft Fuel Tank as follows:
(1) Defuel the aft fuel tank (refer to AMM TASK 12−11−05−650−801).
(2) On the external refuel/defuel panel, set the AUTO REFUEL, AFT ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(3) In the flight compartment, on the EICAS status page, make sure that the AFT R/D VALVE OPEN message does
not show.

OPERATIONS (O)
A Refer to Figure 1.
The In−Flight Fuel Log is to be maintained on all tanks during flight.

Revision: 3

28 FUEL
41-03 EICAS Aft Fuel Tank and Total Fuel
Quantity Readouts (cont.)
(GL6000 only)

Revision: 3

28 FUEL
41-04 Wing Bulk Fuel Temperature C 2 1 One may be inoperative provided AFM Non-Normal
Indications on EICAS procedures are followed for the respective conditions of
amber or dashed temperature indication, when the FUEL
TEMP SENSOR message is present during flight.
NOTE: WING FUEL LO TEMP and WING FUEL HI

TEMP caution messages will not operate for the
affected system.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a WING BULK FUEL TEMPERATURE INDICATIONS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
41-05 Fuel System Indications on External

or Flight Compartment
REFUEL/DEFUEL Control Panels
1) Fuel Quantity Fields C 5 0 (M) One or all may be inoperative use maintenance (M)
procedure (M) decribed below to verify fuel quantity.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FUEL QUANTITY FIELDS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2.MAINTENANCE (M)
A- Verify the fuel quantity indication on the EICAS and/or FUEL synoptic page.
2) PRESEL Field C 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided that refuel AUTO mode is
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PRESEL FIELD INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Refuel the aircraft in the manual mode (refer to AMM TASK 12−11−01−650−801) and do the steps that follow:
(1) During the refuelling operation, use the fuel quantity indications on the operative REFUEL/DEFUEL control panel,
EICAS primary page or FUEL synoptic page to make sure that the correct fuel quantity is added.
(2) During refuelling, do the test of the refuel shutoff valves as follows:
(a) On aircraft 9002 − 9035 and pre SB 700−28−002, during refuelling, hold the SHUT OFF TEST switch in the
SHUT OFF TEST position.
(b) On aircraft 9036 and subs and post SB 700−28−002, during refuelling, hold the START/STOP/SOV TEST
switch in the STOP/SOV TEST position.
(c) On the operative REFUEL/DEFUEL control panel, EICAS primary page or FUEL synoptic page, make sure that
fuel flow stops.
(d) On aircraft 9002 − 9035 and pre SB 700−28−002, release the SHUT OFF TEST switch.
(e) On aircraft 9036 and subs and post SB 700−28−002, release the START/STOP/SOV TEST switch.
(4) Continue the refuelling operation in the manual mode (refer to AMM TASK 12−11−01−650−801).

Revision: 3

28 FUEL
41-06 Float Valve – Gravity Refuel C 1 0 May be inoperative provided:
- CTR TANK – a) Single point pressure refuelling is operative and used,
(GL5000 only) in either AUTO or MANUAL modes, and
b) Center Refuel/Defuel control valve is operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FLOAT VALVE − GRAVITY REFUEL INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

29 HYDRAULIC POWER
10-01 Heat Exchanger Bypass Valve C 3 2 One may be inoperative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a HEAT EXCHANGER BYPASS VALVE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
11.01 HYDRAULIC Switches “AUTO” C 3 0 All may be inoperative provided switch(es) are manually
Function (ACMP) selected ON before take-off and landing.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a HYDRAULIC SWITCHES “AUTO” FUNCTION INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
13-01 AC Motor Pump B 2 1 (O) May be inoperative provided:

(ACMP-System #3) a) Affected pump switched OFF,
b) Remaining system 3 AC motor pump is operated
continuously during flight, and
c) All other hydraulic pumps are operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AC MOTOR PUMP INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Set the unserviceable 3A or 3B hydraulic pump switch to OFF.
B. In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the applicable circuit breaker that follows (refer to AMM TASK
24−00−00−863−801): For pump 3A,
HYD HYD PUMP 3A AC 4
For pump 3B,

HYD HYD PUMP 3B AC 1
After Engine Start:

A. Make sure that all other hydraulic pumps are operative as follows:
(1) Check on the EICAS that the HYD EDP 1A FAIL and HYD EDP 2A FAIL messages are not shown.
(2) On the overhead HYDRAULIC control panel, select the three serviceable hydraulic pumps to the ON position.
(3) On the HYDRAULIC synoptic page, make sure that the indications for the three serviceable hydraulic pumps turn
green.
(4) On the HYDRAULIC synoptic page, make sure that the hydraulic pressure is within limits.
(5) On the overhead HYDRAULIC control panel, select the 1B and 2B pumps to the AUTO position.
13-02 RAT Accumulator Pressure Gauge C 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided the accumulator pre-
charge is verified with a calibrated ground equipment
gauge prior to the first flight of each day.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a RAT ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE GAUGE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Before the first flight of each day make sure that the pre-charge on the hydraulic system No. 3 accumulator is serviceable
(refer to AMM TASK 29−13−21−720−801).

Revision: 3

29 HYDRAULIC POWER
30-01 HYD SOV CLOSED Switch Lights C 2 0 One or both may be inoperative provided that the FWSOV
(light function only) indication on the HYDRAULC synoptic page is operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a HYD SOV CLOSED SWITCH LIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
31-01 EICAS Hydraulic Pressure C 3 0 (O) Except for ER operations any or all may be inoperative
Readouts provided the associated pressure switches are operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a EICAS HYDRAULIC PRESSURE READOUTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. On the EICAS make sure that the HYD 1/2/3 LO PRESS message is not displayed.
B. Make sure that on the HYDRAULIC synoptic page that the flow lines turn green as each hydraulic pump is set to ON
(1B, 2B, 3A & 3B).
31-02 Hydraulic Pump Low Pressure C 6 3 (M) Three may be inoperative provided:
Switches a) Associated AC hydraulic pump is selected “ON”,
b) At least one low pressure switch is operative for each
hydraulic system, and
c) All other hydraulic system components are operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a HYDRAULIC PUMP LOW PRESSURE SWITCHES INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
MAINTENANCE (M)
A. On the EICAS HYDRAULIC synoptic page, make sure that the flow lines turn green as each hydraulic pump is set to ON
(1B, 2B, 3A & 3B).
B. On the EICAS, identify if the HYD 1 LO PRESS, HYD 2 LO PRESS and/or HYD 3 LO PRESS message is not displayed
when the hydraulic pumps were started.
C. Stop the hydraulic pumps and release the system pressure.
D. Start both engines (refer to AMM TASK 71−00−00−866−806).
E. On the EICAS HYDRAULIC Synoptic page, make sure that the 1A and 2A engine driven pumps flow lines turn green.
F. On the EICAS, identify if the HYD 1 LO PRESS or HYD 2 LO PRESS message is displayed.
G. Stop both engines (refer to AMM TASK 71−00−00−866−809).
H. Compare the results and make sure that one low pressure switch per system is operative.

Revision: 3

29 HYDRAULIC POWER
31-03 EICAS Hydraulic Reservoir Quantity C 3 0 (M) Except for ER operations may be inoperative provided
Readouts (Systems 1,2,and 3) quantity in associated reservoir(s) is checked on reservoir
(cont.) quantity gauges prior to each flight.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a EICAS HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR QUANTITY READOUTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Before Flight:
A. Inspect the hydraulic reservoirs for the correct fluid level as follows:
(1) Install the ground lock pins in the nose landing gear and main landing gears.
(3) Pressurize the hydraulic system with the unserviceable indication system (refer to AMM TASK
29−10−00−862−801 for systems No. 1 and No. 2 or AMM TASK 29−10−00−862−803) for system No. 3).
(4) Open the applicable access door that follows:
(a) For hydraulic systems No. 1 and No. 2, open the aft equipment−compartment door (311BB).
(b) For hydraulic system No. 3, open the No. 3 hydraulic system servicing door (171AL).
(5) Make sure that the sight glass of the reservoir indicates the correct level within the limits of cool or hot fluid.
(6) Release the hydraulic pressure from the system (refer to AMM TASK 29−10−00−862−802 for system No. 1 and
No. 2 or AMM TASK 29−10−00−862−804) for system No. 3.
(7) Close the applicable access door that follows:
(a) For hydraulic systems No. 1 and No. 2, close the aft equipment−compartment door (311BB).
(b) For hydraulic system No. 3, close the No. 3 hydraulic system servicing door (171AL).
(9) Remove the ground lock pins from the nose landing gear and main landing gears.
31-04 Hydraulic Reservoir Quantity C 3 0 Except for ER operations may be inoperative provided
Gauges (Systems 1,2,and 3) reservoir levels are verified on the EICAS Synoptic Page
prior to each flight.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR QUANTITY GAUGES INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

30 ICE & RAIN PROTECTION
11-01 Wing Anti-Ice System C 1 0 Except for ER operations may be inoperative provided:
a) Operations are not conducted in known or forecast
icing conditions, and
b) Both Ice Detection systems are operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a WING ANTI-ICE SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
1) AUTO Mode C 1 0 (O)(M) May be inoperative provided:

a) MAN mode (ON) is verified operative, and
b) Both Ice Detection systems are operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a WING ANTI-ICE SYSTEM AUTO MODE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Verify the manual mode (ON) of the Wing Anti−Icing System is operative as follows:
(2) On the overhead panel, on the BLEED−AIR control panel, set the ANTI−ICE WING switch to ON.
(3) On the overhead panel, on the BLEED−AIR control panel, set the switches that follow to AUTO:
− L ENG BLEED
− R ENG BLEED
− XBLEED
− WING XBLEED.
(4) Make sure that the messages that follow are not shown on the engine indication and crew alerting system
(EICAS):
− WING A/ICE OVHT
− WING A/ICE LO HEAT
− L/R WING A/ICE FAIL
− WING A/ICE LEAK
− WING A/ICE SENSOR
− WING A/ICE FAULT.
(5) Stop the engine (refer to AMM TASK 71−00−00−866−809).
OPERATIONS (O)
A. Put the wing ANTI−ICE knob to the ON position.
11-02 Wing Anti-Ice Shut Off Valves C 2 0 (M) Except for ER operations one or both may be
(WAIV) inoperative CLOSED
provided:
a) Valves are secured closed,
b) Wing Anti-Ice switch is selected to OFF,
c) Both Ice Detection system are operative,
and
d) Operations are not conducted in known or forecast
icing conditions.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a WING ANTI-ICE SHUT OFF VALVES INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.


Revision: 3

11-02 Wing Anti-Ice Shut Off Valves
(WAIV)
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. With both wing anti−ice shutoff valves inoperative, secure the wing anti−ice shutoff valves CLOSED as follows:
24−00−00−863−801):
For the left WAIV:
BLEED L BMC CH A DC 2
BLEED L BMC CH B DC 1
ICE L WING A/ICE CTL DC ESS
For the right WAIV:
BLEED R BMC CH A DC 2
BLEED R BMC CH B DC 1
ICE R WING A/ICE CTL DC ESS
(2) Remove the belly fairing access panel (185CL/186CR) (refer to AMM TASK 53−61−19−000−801).
(3) Get access to the wing anti−ice shutoff valves, remove the cable attached lockcrews from the tubes. Put the
lockscrews into the housings, through the holes in the manual controls, to lock the valves in the CLOSED position.
NOTE: Removing the lockscrews will vent any residual system pressure. Refer to Figure 1.
(4) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU close the circuit breakers that follow (refer to AMM TASK
24−00−00−863−802):
For the left WAIV:
For the right WAIV:
BLEED R BMC CH A DC 2
BLEED R BMC CH B DC 1
(5) In the flight compartment, on the EICAS BLEED/ANTI−ICE synoptic page, make sure that the valves show
CLOSED.
NOTE: If following manual closure of the valves they continuously indicate OPEN on the BLEED/ANTI−ICE synoptic
page, engine starting will be inhibited. The valves must be replaced. This is a NO DISPATCH condition.
(6) Install the belly fairing access panel (185CL/186CR) (refer to AMM TASK 53−61−19−400−801).
B. In the flight compartment, on the ANTI−ICE control panel, set the WING switch to OFF.

Revision: 3

11-02 Wing Anti-Ice Shut Off Valves
(WAIV) (cont.)

Revision: 3

11-03 WING XBLEED Valve (CBW) C 1 0 (M) Except for ER operations may be inoperative provided:
System a) Affected valve is secured CLOSED,
b) Operations are not conducted in known or forecast
c) Both Ice Detection Systems are operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a WING XBLEED VALVE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Secure the wing cross−bleed valve in the CLOSED position as follows:
24−00−00−863−801):
ICE WAI XBLEED VLV DC ESS
ICE WAI XBLEED CTL DC ESS
(2) Remove the aft outboard belly fairing access panel (186CR) (refer to AMM TASK 53−61−19−000−801).
(3) Manually move the position lever on the valve to the CLOSED position.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector.
(6) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, close the circuit breakers that follow (refer to AMM TASK
24−00−00−863−802):
ICE WAI XBLEED CTL DC ESS
B. Install the aft outboard belly fairing access panel (186CR) (refer to AMM TASK 53−61−19−400−801).
11-05 WING XBLEED switch

1) AUTO (mode unavailable) C 1 0 (O)(M) May be inoperative provided:
a) Wing Anti-Ice Selector switch is operative,
b) Wing Anti-Ice system is verified operative,
c) Switch selections FROM L and FROM R are verified
operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a WING XBLEED SWITCH AUTO INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Do the operational test of the wing anti−icing system (refer to AMM TASK 30−12−00−710−801) to verify that the manual
mode (ON) of the wing anti−icing system is operative. Make sure that the switch selections FROM L and FROM R are
verified operative.

Revision: 3

11-05 WING XBLEED switch (cont.)
1) AUTO (mode unavailable)
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. In the event of a subsequent failure of the WING ANTI−ICE valve, select FROM L or FROM R (as required).
2) FROM L (manual) C 1 0 (O)(M) Except for ER operations may be inoperative

provided:
a) Flight is not conducted in known or forecast icing
conditions,
b) Both ice detection systems are operative, and
c) Wing Cross Bleed Valve is CLOSED.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a WING XBLEED SWITCH FROM L INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Close the wing cross−bleed valve as follows:
(1) Remove belly fairing access panel (186CR) (refer to AMM TASK 53−61−19−000−801).
(2) Manually move and secure the manual control lever in the CLOSED position with the locking pin.
(3) Disconnect, safety, cap and stow the electrical connector for the wing cross−bleed valve (refer to WM 20−12−05).
(4) Install belly fairing access panel (186CR) (refer to AMM TASK 53−61−19−400−801).
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. De-icing to be carried out with wing cross−bleed valve closed.
3) FROM R (manual) C 1 0 (O)(M) Except for ER operations may be inoperative

provided:
conditions,
b) Both ice detection systems are operative, and
c) Wing Cross Bleed Valve is CLOSED.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a WING XBLEED SWITCH FROM R INOPERATIVE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Close the wing cross−bleed valve as follows:
(1) Remove belly fairing access panel (186CR) (refer to AMM TASK 53−61−19−000−801).
(2) Manually move and secure the manual control lever in the CLOSED position with the locking pin.
(3) Disconnect, safety, cap and stow the electrical connector for the wing cross−bleed valve (refer to WM 20−12−05).
(4) Install belly fairing access panel (186CR) (refer to AMM TASK 53−61−19−400−801).
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. De-icing to be carried out with wing cross−bleed valve closed.

Revision: 3

21-01 Cowl Anti-Ice System AUTO Mode C 2 0 (M) May be inoperative provided:
(LH and RH) a) Associated manual mode is operative, and
b) Both Ice Detection Systems are operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a COWL ANTI-ICE SYSTEM AUTO MODE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Start the affected engine (refer to AMM TASK 71−00−00−866−806).
B. On the overhead ANTI−ICE control panel, put the switches that follow to the AUTO position:
− L ENG BLEED
− R ENG BLEED
− L COWL
− R COWL
− WING X−BLEED
− XBLEED.
C. Put the affected engine switch (L COWL or R COWL) to the ON position.
D. Make sure that the affected cowl valve shows open on the BLEED/ANTI−ICE synoptic page.
E. Put the affected engine switch (L COWL or R COWL) to the OFF position.
F. Make sure that the affected cowl valve shows closed on the BLEED/ANTI−ICE synoptic page.
G. On the EICAS, make sure that the ICE DETECTOR FAULT and/or ICE DETECTOR FAIL message(s) are not shown.
H. Stop the affected engine (refer to AMM TASK 71−00−00−866−809).
30-01 Probe Heaters
1) Pitot/ Static Probes B 4 3 (M) Except for ER operations and except where en-route
operations, including RVSM, require its use, one may be
a) ADC 1 and standby system probes heating is
operative,
b) Associated ADC is de-selected via the reversion
switching system,
c) TAT probes of the unaffected ADCs are operative,
d) Operations are not conducted in visible moisture in
any form,
e) Operations are not conducted in known or forecast
icing conditions,
f) Both Ice Detection systems are operative, and
g) Operations are conducted in day VMC conditions
only.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PITOT/ STATIC PROBES INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

30-01 Probe Heaters (cont.)
1) Pitot/ Static Probes

2. MAINTENANCE (M)
B. On the EICAS, make sure that the ICE DETECTOR FAULT and/or ICE DETECTOR FAIL message(s) is not shown.
C. Safety the unserviceable pitot/static probe heater as follows:
(1) For the pitot−static probe 2 heater:
(a) Open and tag the circuit breaker that follows:
CCBP B1 PITOT 2 HT 222
(b) Make sure that the following messages are not shown on the EICAS:
− PITOT 1 HT FAIL
− PITOT 3 HT FAIL
− STBY PITOT HT FAIL.
(2) For the pitot−static probe 3 heater:
CCBP F6 PITOT 3 HT 222
− PITOT 1 HT FAIL
− PITOT 2 HT FAIL
− STBY PITOT HT FAIL.

Revision: 3

30-01 Probe Heaters (cont.)
2) TAT probe B 3 2 (M) Except for ER operations and except where en-route
operations, including RVSM, require its use, one may be
a) Operations are not conducted in visible moisture
where TAT is 10 deg C or lower,
icing conditions,
c) Both Ice Detection systems are operative, and
d) Operations are conducted in day VMC conditions
only.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a TAT PROBE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
B. On the EICAS, make sure that the ICE DETECTOR FAULT and/or ICE DETECTOR FAIL message(s) is not shown.
C. Safety the unserviceable TAT probe heater as follows:
(1) For the TAT probe 1,
CCBP F3 TAT HT 1 222
− TAT HT 2 FAIL
− TAT HT 3 FAIL.

− TAT HT 1 FAIL
− TAT HT 3 FAIL.

CCBP D4 TAT HT 3 222
(b)Make sure that the following messages are not shown on the EICAS:
− TAT HT 1 FAIL
− TAT HT 2 FAIL.

Revision: 3

31-02 Probe Heater Monitor Channels B 2 0 (M) Except for ER operations, one or both may be
(HBMU) inoperative provided:
a) Both Ice Detection systems are operative,
icing conditions,
c) Operations are conducted under day VMC only,
d) En-route operations, do not require its use, and
e) Flights are conducted in accordance with the AFM
Supplement for DISPATCH WITH BRAKE
TEMPERATURE MONITORING SYSTEM
INOPERATIVE.
NOTE: The associated BTMU (both inboard and
outboard) will be inoperative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PROBE HEATER MONITOR CHANNELS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Secure the unserviceable HBMU(s) as follows;
WARNING: DO NOT USE AC ELECTRICAL POWER IF THE HBMU BREAKER(S) IS(ARE) OPENED. THIS WILL TURN
ON THE RELATED AIR DATA PROBE-HEATERS. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS ENGINE INLET AIRFLOW WHEN THE TAT PROBES OPERATE. WHEN
THERE IS NO ENGINE INLET AIRFLOW, THE TAT PROBES CAN BECOME TOO HOT. YOU MUST LIMIT
AC ELECTRICAL POWER TO LESS THAN 5 MINUTES WHEN THE RELATED ENGINE IS NOT IN
OPERATION. THIS WILL HELP TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THETAT PROBES.
NOTE: See the Circuit Breaker Reference Table in step 2.
NOTE: The use of protective covers on the affected probes is not recommended.
24−00−00−863−801):
For HBMU 1 (L PROBE MON FAIL EICAS message shown),
ICE HBMU 1 BATT
For HBMU 2 (R PROBE MON FAIL EICAS message shown),

ICE HBMU 2 BATT
NOTE: Place a placard on the ELECTRICAL control panel or the glareshield, as follows: “WARNING − HBMU # INOP.
AC ELECTRICAL POWER MUST BE LIMITED TO LESS THAN 5 MINUTES, WHEN THE ENGINES ARE NOT
IN OPERATION”.


Revision: 3

31-02 Probe Heater Monitor Channels
(HBMU) (cont.)
MAINTENANCE (M)
B. The following is the Circuit Breaker Reference Table:
For HBMU 1,
CCBP H7 PITOT 1 HT A 222
CCBP F5 PITOT 1 HT B 222
CCBP F6 PITOT 3 HT 222
CCBP F4 L AOA HEAT 222
For HBMU 2,
CCBP B1 PITOT 2 HT 222
CCBP F10 STBY PITOT HT 222
CCBP H9 R AOA HEAT A 222
CCBP F8 R AOA HEAT B 222
CCBP D4 TAT HT 3 222

Revision: 3

40-02 Enhanced Vision System – Ice
Protection
1) EVS Fairing & IR Window heat C 2 0 One or both may be inoperative provided:
DE-ICE / ANTI-ICE Function a) Except for ER operations and operations are not
conducted in known or forecast icing conditions, and
b) Ice detection system is operative.
NOTE: With IR Window heat inoperative, the EVS image
may degrade in high humidity conditions, to the
point of disappearance, as IR Window misting
increases.
D 2 0 (M) One or both may be inoperative provided the IR

Window and EVS fairing are removed as an assembly and
replaced with an approved blanking plate.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a EVS FAIRING & IR WINDOW HEAT DE-ICE / ANTI-ICE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breaker that follows (refer to AMM TASK
24−00−00−863−801):
NAV EVS DC 2
B In the flight compartment, open and tag the circuit breakers that follow:
CCBP G3 EVS FAIRING HEAT 222
CCBP H5 EVS WINDOW HEAT 222
C. Remove the EVS infrared sensor unit (refer to AMM TASK 34−33−03−000−801).
D. Remove the EVS fairing (refer to AMM TASK 53−62−01−000−801).
E. Install an approved blanking plate (GC214−0170) (refer to SRM 53−10−02).
F. Amend Weight and Balance acccordingly.
2) IR Window - DE-MIST Function C 1 0 May be inoperative provided the EVS is not used in lieu of
natural vision below minimums and is only used for
enhanced situational awareness.
C 1 0 May be inoperative provided EVS IR Window heat is

1. PLACARD
A. Put a IR WINDOW - DE-MIST FUNCTION INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

40-02 Enhanced Vision System – Ice
Protection (cont.)
3) EVS Fairing Temperature D 2 1 One may be inoperative.

Sensors
C 2 0 Both may be inoperative provided EVS fairing heat is

1. PLACARD
A. Put a EVS FAIRING TEMPERATURE SENSORS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
4) IR Window Temperature Sensors D 2 1 One may be inoperative.
C 2 0 Both may be inoperative provided EVS IR Window heat is

1. PLACARD
A. Put a IR WINDOW TEMPERATURE SENSORS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
41-01 Windshield and Side Window Anti- C 4 3 (O) Except for ER operations one may be inoperative
Ice Controller Channels provided:
a) Pilot's side window heating is operative, and
icing conditions.
C 4 2 (O) Except for ER operations two may be inoperative

provided:
a) Operations are not conducted in known or forecast
icing conditions,
b) Pilot's side window heating is operative, and
c) Both Ice Detection Systems are operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a WINDSHIELD AND SIDE WINDOW ANTI-ICE CONTROLLER CHANNELS INOPERATIVE placard on the
instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
With one controller channels inoperative, do as follows:
A. In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breaker that follows (refer to AMM TASK 24-00-00-863-
801):
ICE L WINDOW HEAT CTL DC ESS
B. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the CAS caution message L WINDOW HEAT FAIL shows.
C. In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, close the circuit breaker that follows (refer to AMM TASK 24-00-00-863-
802):
D. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the CAS caution message L WINDOW HEAT FAIL does not show.

Revision: 3

41-01 Windshield and Side Window Anti-
Ice Controller Channels (cont.)
2. OPERATIONS (O) (cont.)
With both controller channels inoperative, do as follows:
A. In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breaker that follows (refer to AMM TASK 24-00-00-863-
801):
B. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the CAS caution message L WINDOW HEAT FAIL shows.
C. In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, close the circuit breaker that follows (refer to AMM TASK 24-00-00-863-
802):
D. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the CAS caution message L WINDOW HEAT FAIL does not show.
81-01 Ice Detection Systems C 2 1 (O)(M) Except for ER operations one may be inoperative
provided wing and cowl anti-ice systems are turned ON
when icing conditions as defined in the AFM exist or are
anticipated.
(M) Except for ER operations both may be inoperative

C 2 0 provided operations are not conducted in known or
forecast icing conditions.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a ICE DETECTION SYSTEMS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. One ice detection system is inoperative if the EICAS ICE DETECTOR FAULT message is shown.
B. On the CAIMS PMAT, EXIT MAINT and ACTIVE FAULTS, check for one of the following messages.
MESSAGE SYSTEM
SENSOR LEFT/WIRING Left ice detector system
SENSOR RIGHT/WIRING Right ice detector system
C. In the flight compartment, open and tag the circuit breaker that follows: For the left ice detection system,
CCBP F7 L ICE DETECTOR 220
OR
For the right ice detection system,
CCBP H8 R ICE DETECTOR 220


Revision: 3

81-01 Ice Detection Systems (cont.)
A. Two ice detection systems are unserviceable if the EICAS ICE DETECTOR FAIL message is shown.
B. In the flight compartment, open and tag the circuit breakers that follow:
CCBP F7 L ICE DETECTOR 220
CCBP H8 R ICE DETECTOR 220
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. If icing conditions are encountered, on the overhead ANTI−ICE control panel, put the WING, L COWL and R COWL
anti−ice switches to the ON position.

Revision: 3

INDICATING / RECORDING (4) Number required for dispatch

31
SYSTEMS (5) Remarks or Exceptions
21-01 Clocks C 2 1
C 2 0 Both clocks may be inoperative provided:

a) Correct time is displayed on the FMS, and
b) A reliable and functioning timepiece is readily
available to all flight deck crew members.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a CLOCKS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
31-01 Flight Data Recorder (FDR) A 1 0 May be inoperative provided:

a) The aircraft does not exceed 8 further consecutive
flights with the Flight Data Recorder unserviceable,
and
b) Not more than 72 hours have elapsed since the FDR
was found to be inoperative, and
c) The Cockpit Voice Recorder required to be carried is
operative.
Note1: The FDR is considered to be inoperative when

any of the following conditions exist:
a. Loss of the flight deck recording function is evident to
the flight crew during the pre-flight check, e.g. by
means of a system monitor, or
b. The need for maintenance has been identified by the
system monitors, where available, with the setting of
an indicator and the cause of that setting has not
been determined, or
c. Analysis of recorded data or maintenance actions
have shown that more than 5% of the total number of
individual parameters (variable and discrete),
required to be recorded for the particular aircraft, are
not being recorded properly.
Note2: Where improper recording affects 5% of the

parameters or less, timely corrective action will
need to be taken by the aeroplane operator in
accordance with approved maintenance
procedures.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FLIGHT DATA RECORDER INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
31-01 Flight Data Recorder (FDR) cont. Up to 5% of the required parameters may be inoperative
1) FDR Required Parameters A - - for a maximum of 90 calendar days or until the next
maintenance inspection, whichever occurs first.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FLIGHT DATA RECORDER INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3


31
31-02 Quick Access Recorder (QAR) C 1 0 (O)(M) May be inoperative for Flight Data Monitoring
(FDM) purposes, provided approved alternate procedures,
if appropriate to the FDM programme, are established and
used.
D 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided procedures do not require

its use.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a QUICK ACCESS RECORDER INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. If QAR is inop. data for flight monitoring must be extracted from FDR.
31-03 Pilot Event Marker D 1 0 May be inoperative.

1. PLACARD
A. Put a PILOT EVENT MARKER INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
43-02 Lamp Driver Units (LDU)
1) Channel A C 1 0 May be inoperative provided Channel B is operative.
2) Channel B C 1 0 May be inoperative provided Channel A is operative.
Note: Where BATT BUS is the only source of power,

overhead Fire Handles will not illuminate in
response to FIRE TEST during the AFM Flight
Compartment Safety Check, First Flight of the
Day and prior to APU start. Master Warning and
EICAS Fire Test indications remain normal.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a LAMP DRIVER UNITS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
52-01 Master Warning Switch-lights C 2 1 One may be inoperative provided IAC aural warnings are
(Glareshield light function only) operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a MASTER WARNING SWITCH-LIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
52-02 Master Caution Switch-lights C 2 1 One may be inoperative provided IAC aural warnings are
(Glareshield light function only) operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a MASTER CAUTION SWITCH-LIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
61-01 Display Units

2) B 4 3 Display Unit #4 may be inoperative provided it remains
selected OFF.
NOTE: One display Radio Tuning function is considered

inoperative. (See MEL item 23-81-02)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a DISPLAY UNITS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3


31
61-02 Electronic Checklist Databases C 4 2 Two ECL functions may be inoperative.
C 4 0 All may be inoperative provided at least two IFIS systems

are operative.
OR
C 4 0 All may be inoperative provided paper checklists are

available in the cockpit.
NOTE: Electronic checklist is considered inoperative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a ELECTRONIC CHECKLIST SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
61-03 Control Tuning Panels (CTPs)
1) Display Control C 14 - Any or all display control pushbuttons may be inoperative

Push-buttons / Knobs on one CTP, provided respective selections are operative
(NAV – FMS; - / +; on the respective DU menus.
FULL-HALF / MAP; NOTE: For radio tuning system failures, refer to MEL
IN - HPA / STD) item 23-81-02.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a DISPLAY CONTROL PUSH−BUTTONS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2) BRT / OFF knob – (Dimming C 2 1 (O) May be inoperative provided:

function) a) Display brightness is acceptable to the affected
crewmember, and
b) Reversionary tuning is confirmed operative from the
unaffected CTP.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a CTPs BRT / OFF DIMMING FUNCTION INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATION (O)
A. Turn the BRT/OFF switch counter clockwise to OFF on the affected CTP.
B. Press the ½ button on the unaffected CTP.
C. Make sure that all the radios can be tuned by the unaffected CTP.
D. Press the ½ button on the unaffected CTP.
E. Turn the BRT/OFF switch on the affected CTP clockwise to ON.

Revision: 3


31
61-03 Electronic Checklist Databases
(cont.)
3) TUNE/MENU button C 2 1 (O) May be inoperative provided:

a) Reversionary DU radio tuning is confirmed to be
operative for both sides,
b) DU menus are used for lost CTP MENU functions,
and
the following functions performed
by the affected crewmember:
- Weather radar ON/OFF
- EVS ON/OFF
- MINIMUMS (MDA / DH) set
- MAG / TRUE heading selection
- BRG 1 & 2 selection
- CRS SEL adjustment
1. PLACARD
A. Put a TUNE/MENU BUTTON INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATION (O)
A. Make sure the reversionary DU radio tuning is operative.
61-03 Control Tuning Panels (CTPs)

(cont.)
4) IDENT button C 2 1 (O) May be inoperative provided:

a) IDENT button on the unaffected CTP is confirmed
operative, and
b) Reversionary DU radio tuning is confirmed to be
operative for both sides.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a CTPs IDENT BUTTON INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATION (O)
A. Make sure the reversionary DU radio tuning is operative.
B. Make sure the IDENT button on the unaffected CTP is operative.


Revision: 3


31
5) 1 / 2 button C 2 1 (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) 1 / 2 button on the unaffected CTP is confirmed
operative, and
b) Reversionary DU radio tuning is confirmed to be
operative for both sides.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a CTPs 1 / 2 BUTTON INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATION (O)
A. Make sure the reversionary DU radio tuning is operative for both sides.
B. Make sure the 1/2 button on the unaffected CTP is operative by tuning cross—side radios.
6) TUNE / DATA Knob C 2 1 (O) May be inoperative provided:

a) Affected unit is selected to OFF, and
b) CTP radio tuning is considered inoperative, in
accordance with MEL 23−81−02.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a CTP INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATION (O)
A. Turn the BRT/OFF switch counter clockwise to OFF on the affected CTP.
7) Line Select Keys (LSK) C 14 - Selection of Individual functions may be inoperative on

CTPs provided:
a) Access is available via DU menus,
b) Planned destination and alternate airports must have
c) Planned operations must not require selection
between MAG and TRUE, or vice versa, and
d) CAT II ILS approach is not planned at destination.
NOTE: Where system / function selection is unavailable
through CTP or DU menus, affected function is
1. PLACARD
A. Put a LINE SELECT KEYS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3


31
61-04 Multifunction Keyboard Panel C 2 1 (O) One may be inoperative provided:
(MKP) a) Radio tuning capability is operative on both CTPs,
(incl.alphanumeric keys and Quick b) All functions are confirmed operative on both cursor
Access Keys) control panels, and
c) Operating procedures are not dependent on its use.
NOTE:
ENTER, CAS and MKP Arrow keys are independent
functions of the MKP. Their functions are unaffected during
MKP failure.
A subsequent failure of the second MKP will require that
the Double Stacked Knobs be used for entry of alpha-
numeric characters.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a MULTIFUNCTION KEYBOARD PANEL INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATION (O)
A. MKP functions normally performed by affected crew member must be transferred to opposite crew member, or must
use associated cursor control panel and DU menus.
1) Quick Access
Keys (QAKs)
a) FMS QAKs – C 14 - Individual FMS keys may be inoperative provided:

(D , MSG, FMS, ROUTE, a) Operating procedures do not require their use, and
DEP/ARV, CNC, EXEC ) b) Affected functionality is confirmed available on DUs
thru both Cursor Control Panels.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a MKP …. KEY INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
b) CNS C 2 1 (O) One may be inoperative provided CNS functionality is

confirmed available on DUs thru both Cursor Control
Panels.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a MKP CNS KEY INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATION (O)
A. Make sure that the CNS functionality is available on DUs thru both Cursor Control Panels.
c) CHART C 2 1 (O) One may be inoperative provided CHART functionality

is confirmed available on DUs thru both Cursor Control
Panels.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a MKP CHART KEY INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATION (O)
A. Make sure that the CHART functionality is available on DUs thru both Cursor Control Panels.

Revision: 3


31
61-04 Multifunction Keyboard Panel
(MKP) (cont.)
(incl.alphanumeric keys and Quick
Access Keys)
d) ECL/SYS C 2 1 (O) One may be inoperative provided functionality is

confirmed available on DUs thru both Cursor Control
Panels.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a MKP ECL/SYS KEY INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATION (O)
A. Verify that CNS functionality is confirmed available on DUs thru both Cursor Control Panels.
2) Arrow Keys C 8 0 Any or all may be inoperative provided both cursor control
(Cursor Control) panel track-balls are confirmed operative
1. PLACARD
A. Put a MKP CNS ARROW KEY(s) INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
3) ENTER keys C 2 1 (O) One may be inoperative provided associated Cursor

Control Panel SELECT push-button is confirmed
operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a ENTER KEYS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATION (O)
A. Make sure that the associated Cursor Control Panel SELECT push−button is operative.
4) CAS key C 2 1 One may be inoperative.

1. PLACARD
A. Put a CTP CAS KEY INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
5) LCD readout C 2 1 One entire MKP LCD display may be inoperative provided
keystrokes are legible on MFW
1. PLACARD
A. Put a CTP LCD READOUT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
a) LCD Display segments C - - Individual MKP display segments may be inoperative

provided keystrokes are legible on MFW
1. PLACARD
A. Put a CTP LCD DISPLAY SEGMENTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3


31
61-05 Cursor Control Panel (CCP) B 2 1 (O) Any or all functions of one CCP may be inoperative
provided:
a) Radio tuning capability is operative on both control
tuning panels,
b) DU display radio tuning is confirmed operative on
both sides using MKP arrows and ENTER buttons,
c) All Display Units are operative, and
d) Provided operating procedures are not dependent on
its use.
NOTES:
PTT and DSPL SEL buttons are independent functions in
the CCP and their functionality may not be affected during
internal CCP failure.
Any operative buttons may continue to be used.
Inoperative PTT buttons are associated with MEL Item 23-
51-02, Boom mic.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a CURSOR CONTROL PANEL INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATION (O)
A. Make sure radio tuning on CTP 1 and CTP 2 is operative.
B. Make sure radio tuning on DUs is operative using both MKP arrows and ENTER buttons.
C. In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the applicable circuit breaker that follows:
For CCP 1:
IND/RECORD CCP 1 BATT
For CCP 2:
IND/RECORD CCP 2 DC 1
1) SELECT button C 4 2 One SELECT button per CCP may be inoperative provided
ENTER button is confirmed operative on both MKPs.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a CCP SELECT BUTTON INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3


31
61-04 Cursor Control Panel (CCP)
(cont.)
2) Double-Stack Knobs (DSK) C 2 1 Any or all functions of one DSK knob may be inoperative
provided all functions of associated MKP are operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a CCP DOUBLE-STACK KNOBS BUTTON INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
3) MENU button C 2 0 One or both MENU buttons may be inoperative provided

DU menu selection is confirmed using respective MKP
arrows and ENTER button.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a CCP MENU BUTTON INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
4) Escape (ESC) button C 2 0 One or both may be inoperative.

1. PLACARD
A. Put a CCP ESCAPE (ESC) BUTTON INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
5) Display Select buttons (DSPL C 6 0 Any or all may be inoperative provided arrow keys are
SEL) operative on associated MKP.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a CTP DISPLAY SELECT BUTTONS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
6) Trackball B 2 1 May be inoperative provided:

a) All arrow buttons on both MKPs are confirmed
operative, and
b) All Display Units are operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a TRACKBALL INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
61-06 Reversion Switch Panel (RSP)
1) DU Switches C 4 3 One may be inoperative provided display brightness is

(Dimming function) acceptable to the affected crewmember for the intended
mission.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a RSP DIMMING FUNKTION INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2) DU Switches C 4 3 May be inoperative.

(OFF function) Note: If subsequent manual disabling of affected display
unit is required, circuit breaker must be used.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a RSP DU SWITCHES INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
3) TUNE switch C 1 0
(VHF 2 121.5 function only)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a RSP TUNE SWITCH INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

32 LANDING GEAR
30-01 Landing Gear Retraction System A 1 0 (M) Aircraft may be dispatched for one flight day, provided:
a) All gear doors (not attached to gear leg) close
normally,
b) Approved ground lock-pins are installed (flags
removed) for flight,
c) All weight-on-wheels sensors are operative,
d) Both ice detector probes are operative, e)
Both packs are operative,
f) TAWS (Terrain Modes) is considered inoperative, and
g) Aircraft is operated in accordance with AFM
Supplement for Dispatch With Landing Gear
Retraction System Inoperative.
NOTE: Be prepared for NOSE STEER FAIL Caution upon
touchdown.
With GEAR DISAGREE posted, nosewheel
steering cannot operate, but will not post failure
until wheel spin-up.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a LANDING GEAR RETRACTION SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Before Flight:
A. Make sure that lock pins are installed on the nose and main landing gear.
31-01 Landing Gear Selector Handle Anti- C 1 0 (M) May be inoperative in the LOCKED position (down)
Retraction Mechanism provided downlock release mechanism is verified
operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a LANDING GEAR SELECTOR HANDLE ANTI-RETRACTION MECHANISM INOPERATIVE placard on the
instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Make sure that the anti−retraction mechanism is operative as follows:
(1) Install the lockpin in the nose landing gear.
(2) Install the lockpins in the main landing gear.
(3) In the flight compartment, push the DN LCK REL button and move the selector handle to the up position.
(4) Make sure that the selector handle moves freely.
(5) Move the selector handle to the DN position.
(6) Make sure that the handle moves freely.
(7) Make sure that the handle locks in the DN position.
(8) Remove the lockpins in the nose and main landing gear.
32-01 Nose and Main Gear Door Uplock C 3 0 Any or all may be inoperative provided the
Sensors EICAS gear door indications are operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a NOSE AND MAIN GEAR DOOR UPLOCK SENSORS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

32 LANDING GEAR
43-01 Brake Accumulator on Hydraulic A 1 0 (O) May be inoperative provided:
System #2 a) Both Thrust Reversers are operative,
b) Hydraulic electric pumps 3A, 3B & 2B (ACMP) are
operative,
c) Autobrake is selected to OFF, and
d) Repairs are made within three flight days.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a BRAKE ACCUMULATOR ON HYDRAULIC SYSTEM #2 INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Start both engines (refer to AMM TASK 71−00−00−866−809).
B. Deploy both thrust reversers. Make sure that the thrust reversers deployed correctly.
C. Stow both thrust reversers. Make sure that the thrust reversers stowed correctly.
D. Stop both engines (refer to AMM TASK 71−00−00−866−809).
E. Make sure the electric hydraulic pumps 2B, 3A and 3B are operative as follows:
(1) On the overhead HYDRAULIC control panel, select hydraulic pumps 2B, 3A and 3B to the ON position.
(2) On the HYDRAULIC synoptic page, make sure that the indication for each pump turns green and the hydraulic
pressure is within limits.
F. Autobrake is selected OFF.
43-02 EICAS Brake Pressure Readouts C 2 0 (M) Both may be inoperative provided:
(Cockpit) a) Brake accumulator(s) nitrogen pressure is checked
prior to the first flight of the day,
b) Capability of brake accumulators to retain adequate
hydraulic fluid for brakes is verified prior to the first
flight of the day, and
c) Hydraulic Pressure Indications are operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a EICAS BRAKE PRESSURE READOUTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Operational Test of the No. 3 Hydraulic Pressure Readout
(2) Pressurize the No. 3 hydraulic system to 3000 psi (20684 kPa) (refer to AMM TASK 29−10−00−862−803).
(3) Release the hydraulic pressure to 0 psi (0 kPa) from the No. 3 hydraulic system (refer to AMM TASK
29−10−00−962−804). Release the pressure using the parking brake lever only, not the pilot’s and co−pilot’s brake
pedals.
(4) Check and record the brake accumulator hydraulic pressure on the brake accumulator gauge after 60 minutes.
The brake accumulator pressure must be more than 2100 PSI (14479 kPa).
43-03 Autobrake System C 1 0 May be inoperative provided Autobrake selector switch

remains in the OFF position.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AUTOBRAKE SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

32 LANDING GEAR
43-04 Brake Temperature Monitoring B 1 0 May be inoperative provided operations are conducted in
System (BTMS) accordance with the AFM Supplement for DISPATCH
WITH BRAKE TEMPERATURE MONITORING SYSTEM
INOPERATIVE.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a BRAKE TEMPERATURE MONITORING SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
1) Brake Temperature Sensors C 4 3 One temperature sensor may be inoperative provided

operations are conducted in accordance with the AFM
TEMPERATURE MONITORING SYSTEM INOPERATIVE
1. PLACARD
A. Put a BRAKE TEMPERATURE SENSORS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
45-05 Wheel Speed Transducer Coils C 8 7 (M)

1. PLACARD
A. Put a WHEEL SPEED TRANSDUCER COILS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Make sure that the following messages are not posted on the EICAS:
− NORM BRAKE FAIL
− L INBD BRAKE FAIL
− R INBD BRAKE FAIL
− L OUTBD BRAKE FAIL
− R OUTBD BRAKE FAIL
− BRAKE 50% DEGRADED.
NOTE: BRAKE FAULT message will be posted.
B. Use CAIMS PMAT, SYSTEM DIAG selection to make sure that only one coil failed for all four wheel speed transducers
as follows (refer to AMM TASK 45−45−00−970−804):
(1) Select 32−00 Landing Gear
(2) Select Brake Control Unit
(3) Select LRU test.
(4) Select Channel A Status Pages and then Channel B Status Pages. Make sure only one channel, for one wheel
speed transducer shows a failure by monitoring the status of the wheel speed transducer tests that follow:
(a) DC test
(b) Resistance test
(c) Pulse test.
C. Do a shutdown of the PMAT (refer to AMM TASK 45−45−01−840−801).

Revision: 3

32 LANDING GEAR
43-06 Brake Accumulator Pressure C 2 0 (M) Both may be inoperative provided accumulator pre-
Gauges charge pressure is checked using a suitable pressure
gauge before the first flight of each flight day.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a BRAKE ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE GAUGES INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Before the first flight of each day, do the operational test of the No. 2 and the No. 3 brake accumulator as follows:
(1) In the flight compartment, check on the EICAS, HYDRAULIC synoptic page.
(2) Make sure the No. 2 and No. 3 hydraulic system pressure is less than 50 psi (344.74 kPa). If the indication is more
than 50 psi (344.74 kPa), release pressure using the parking brake lever.
(3) Make sure the pre−charge pressure reads between 420 and 580 psi (2895.79 to 3998.95 kPa).
OR
(4) With suitable pressure test gauge, verify that the pressure at accumulator No. 2 or No. 3 reads between 420 and
580 psi (2895.79 to 3998.95 kPa).
50-01 Nosewheel Steering System C 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided:

a) Solenoid selector valve is not failed open,
b) Nosewheel steering system is selected off,
c) Auto brake system is selected to OFF,
d) Take-off and landing is not conducted from a
contaminated runway, and
e) Operations are conducted in accordance with the
AFM Supplement for DISPATCH WITH
NOSEWHEEL STEERING SYSTEM INOPERATIVE.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a NOSEWHEEL STEERING SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. For aircraft with the nosewheel steering inoperative, make sure of the following:
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE LOCKPIN IS INSTALLED IN THE DOOR MECHANISM OF THE NOSE
LANDING GEAR. THE NOSE LANDING-GEAR DOORS CAN CLOSE ACCIDENTALLY AND
CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT.
(1) Make sure that the No. 3 system gear selector valve is not failed in the open position as follows:
(a) Make sure that the landing gear handle is in the down position.
(b) Gain access to the nose wheel uplock actuator through the nose landing gear wheel well.
(c) With the No. 3 hydraulic system unpressurized, manually position the nosewheel uplock hook to the locked
position.
(d) Pressurize the No. 3 hydraulic system (refer to AMM TASK 29−10−00−862−803).
(e) Verify the nosewheel uplock hook moves to the unlocked position.
(f) Release the pressure from hydraulic system No. 3 (refer to AMM TASK 29−10−00−862−804).
(2) On aircraft with Bombardier SB A700−32−012 or Messier Dowty SB M−DT700−32−016 incorporated, verify that
the solenoid selector valve is not inoperative in the OPEN position as follows:
(a) Disconnect the upper torque link from the lower torque link.
(b) Pressurize the No. 3 hydraulic system (refer to AMM TASK 29−10−00−862−803).
(c) In the flight compartment, on the GND LIFT DUMPING and AUTO BRAKE control panel, set the AUTO BRAKE
switch to OFF.

Revision: 3

32 LANDING GEAR
50-01 Nosewheel Steering System (cont.)
(d) In the flight compartment, on the LANDING GEAR control panel, set the NOSE STEER switch to OFF.
(e) In the flight compartment, on the EICAS primary display, make sure that the message, STEERING INOP, is
shown.
(f) Make sure that the upper torque link moves freely from side to side through the complete range of movement.
(g) Align the upper torque link with the lower torque link.
(h) Release the pressure from hydraulic system No. 3 (refer to AMM TASK 29−10−00−862−804).
(i) Connect the upper torque link to the lower torque link.
(3) On aircraft with Bombardier SB A700−32−012 or Messier Dowty SB M−DT700−32−016 not incorporated, no relief
for an inoperative nosewheel steering system is permitted.

Revision: 3

33 LIGHTS
11-01 Cockpit/ Flight Deck/Flight C - - Individual lights may be inoperative provided remaining
Compartment and Instrument lights are:
Lighting Systems (excluding EFIS) a) Sufficient to clearly illuminate all required
instruments, controls, and other devices for which it is
provided,
b) Positioned so that direct rays are shielded from flight
crew members eyes, and
c) Lighting configuration and intensity is acceptable to
the flight crew.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a COCKPIT/ FLIGHT DECK/FLIGHT COMPARTMENT AND INSTRUMENT LIGHTING SYSTEMS INOPERATIVE
placard on the instrument panel.
13-01 Cockpit Dome Light C 2 0

1. PLACARD
A. Put a Cockpit Dome Light INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
21-01 Cabin Interior Lights C - - May be inoperative provided:

* a) Sufficient lighting is operative for cabin crew to
perform required duties,
b) Lighting configuration at dispatch is acceptable to the
flight crew.
D - - May be inoperative provided passengers are not carried

Note: Reading lights are not included as they are
considered as non-safety related items.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a CABIN INTERIOR LIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
21-02 Entrance Area Lighting D - 0

1. PLACARD
A. Put a ENTRANCE AREA LIGHTING INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
21-03 Stair Lighting Systems D - 0 May be inoperative provided a flashlight is used to

illuminate stairs for night operations.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a STAIR LIGHTING SYSTEMS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

33 LIGHTS
22-01 Passenger Information Signs C - - (O)(M) Passenger Seats, Flight Attendant Seats, or
“Fasten Seat Belts / No Smoking Lavatory from which a sign is not readily legible shall not
(cont.) be occupied and must be blocked and placarded “DO
NOT OCCUPY”.
C - - (M) (O) Passenger Seats, Flight Attendant Seats, or

Lavatory affected by inoperative information signs may be
occupied provided:
a) The PA System is operative and can be clearly heard
throughout the cabin during flight, and
b) Procedures are established and used to alert flight
attendants and notify passengers when seat belts
should be fastened and smoking prohibited.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PASSENGER INFORMATION SIGNS “FASTEN SEAT BELTS / NO SMOKING” INOPERATIVE placard on the
instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Block and placard passenger seats, flight attendant seats, and lavatory DO NOT OCCUPY where the associated
passenger information signs are inoperative.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Crew must advice passengers to ensure that passenger seats, flight attendant seats, and lavatory are not used if the
associated passenger information signs are inoperative.
B. Flight Crew must verbally (i.e. PA) alert flight attendants / cabin hostess and notify passengers when seat belts should
be fastened and smoking prohibited.
C. Flight Crew must make sure that the PA System operates normally.
1) Non-Passenger Carrying A - - (O) May be inoperative for one flight day for non-
Operations passenger carrying operations provided:
a) Crew members are the only occupants of the aircraft,
and
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PASSENGER INFORMATION SIGNS “FASTEN SEAT BELTS / NO SMOKING” INOPERATIVE placard on the
instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Crew must advice additional crew members to ensure that passenger seats, flight attendant seats, and lavatory are not
used if the associated passenger information signs are inoperative.
B. Flight Crew must verbally (i.e. PA) alert and notify additional crew members when seat belts should be fastened and
smoking prohibited.

Revision: 3

33 LIGHTS
22-01 Passenger Information Signs C - - (O)(M) Passenger Seats, Flight Attendant Seats, or
“Fasten Seat Belts / No Smoking Lavatory from which a sign is not readily legible shall not
(cont.) be occupied and must be blocked and placarded “DO
NOT OCCUPY”.
2) Aural Tone Function C - - Aural tone function may be inoperative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PASSENGER INFORMATION SIGNS AURAL TONE FUNCTION INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument
panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
smoking prohibited.
3) Automatic Function C - - (O) Automatic function may be inoperative provided:
a) Manual control function is operative, and
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PASSENGER INFORMATION SIGNS AUTOMATIC FUNCTION INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
OPERATIONS (O)
smoking prohibited.
31-01 Nosewheel Compartment Light D 1 0
1. PLACARD
A. Put a NOSEWHEEL COMPARTMENT LIGHT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
31-02 Avionics Compartment Lights D 6 0

1. PLACARD
A. Put a AVIONICS COMPARTMENT LIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
31-03 APU Compartment Light D 1 0

1. PLACARD
A. Put a APU COMPARTMENT LIGHT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
31-04 Aft Equipment Compartment Light D - 0

1. PLACARD
A. Put a AFT EQUIPMENT COMPARTMENT LIGHT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

33 LIGHTS
31-05 Aft Service Area Lights / Engine D 2 0
Pylon Lights
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AFT SERVICE AREA LIGHTS / ENGINE PYLON LIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
31-06 Main Gear Wheel well Service D 2 0

Lights
1. PLACARD
A. Put a MAIN GEAR WHEEL WELL SERVICE LIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
40-01 Baggage Compartment Lights C - 0 (M) May be inoperative providing adequate alternate
lighting is available.
D - 0 May be inoperative for daylight operations.

1. PLACARD
A. Put a BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Crew to use a torch to illuminate the baggage compartment.
41-01 Landing Lights C 4 0 All may be inoperative provided aircraft is not operated at
night.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a LANDING LIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
1) Nose Gear B 2 1 One may be inoperative provided the same- side wing
landing light, and associated taxi light are operative.
B 2 0 Both may be inoperative provided both wing landing lights

and both taxi lights are operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a NOSE GEAR LANDING LIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2) Wing Landing (Inbd) Lights B 2 1 One may be inoperative provided both nose gear mounted
landing lights and the associated taxi light and are
operative.
B 2 0 Both may be inoperative provided:

a) Both nose gear landing lights are operative, and
b) Both taxi lights are operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a WING LANDING (INBD) LIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

33 LIGHTS
41-02 Taxi / Recognition Lights (Wing C 2 1 One may be inoperative provided the same- side wing and
Outbd) same-side nose gear mounted landing lights are operative.
C 2 0 Both may be inoperative provided both wing and both

gear mounted landing lights are operative.
C 2 0 Both may be inoperative provided aircraft is not operated

at night.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a TAXI / RECOGNITION LIGHTS (WING OUTBD) INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
41-03 Wing-Tip Taxi Lights D 2 0 One or both may be inoperative.

1. PLACARD
A. Put a WING-TIP TAXI LIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
41-04 Pulselite® Landing Lights System D 1 0

1. PLACARD
A. Put a PULSELITE® LANDING LIGHTS SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
42-01 Navigation Lights
1) Wing Tip Position Light Bulbs C 4 2 One bulb may be inoperative at each position.
C 4 0 Any or all may be inoperative provided aircraft is not

operated at night
1. PLACARD
A. Put a NAVIGATION LIGHTS WING TIP POSITION LIGHT BULBS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2) Aft Position Light Bulbs C 2 1
C 2 0 Both may be inoperative provided aircraft is not operated

at night
1. PLACARD
A. Put a NAVIGATION LIGHTS AFT POSITION LIGHT BULBS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
43-01 Anti-Collision Strobe Lights (Wing & C 3 0 Any or all may be inoperative provided aircraft is not
Tail) operated at night.
C 3 0 Any or all may be inoperative provided anti-collision

beacon lights (upper and lower fuselage) are operative
with the BEACON switch in the WHT position.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a ANTI-COLLISION STROBE LIGHTS (WING & TAIL) INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

33 LIGHTS
43-02 Anti-Collision Light Systems
Fuselage Light (Beacon or Strobe C 4 1 (O) Either the upper or the lower fuselage
Type) lights may be inoperative provided all white wing- tip
strobe lights are operative.
C 4 0 (O) One or more may be inoperative for daylight

operations provided all white strobe lights are operative.
NOTE: If the fuselage anti-collision light(s) is/are
inoperative, use operations procedure (O)
decribed below when the aircraft is on the ground
with the engine(s) running.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a ANTI-COLLISION LIGHT SYSTEMS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
OPERATIONS (O)
If fuselage anti-collision lights are inoperative, the white strobe lights will be used (with caution) while the engines are
running on the ground.
45-01 Wing Inspection Lights C 2 0 (O) Both may be inoperative provided:

a) Both Ice Detection Systems are operative,
b) Ground de-icing procedures do not require their use,
and
c) A portable lamp/light of adequate capacity for wing
and/or control surface inspection is available for night
operations in icing conditions.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a WING INSPECTION LIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. On the EICAS, make sure that the ICE DETECTOR FAULT and/or ICE DETECTOR FAIL message(s) is not shown.
B. During flight in icing conditions at night, wing inspection must be performed with adequate alternate lighting.
46-01 Logo Lights D 2 0

1. PLACARD
A. Put a LOGO LIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

33 LIGHTS
50-01 Interior Emergency Lights 1 1 Must be operative.
1) Individual Lights B - - A maximum of one in four consecutive overhead

emergency lights (or light assemblies) may be inoperative.
NOTE: For aeroplanes which have two rows of lights per
aisle (i.e. mounted on the overhead bins) then the
above alleviation is acceptable for each row of
lights but the inoperative lights must not be
directly opposite each other.
2) Crew Rest Facility - Bunk D - - (M) May be inoperative provided:

(GL6000 only) a) Crew Rest Facility – Bunk is not occupied, &
b) Crew Rest Facility – Bunk is placarded
1. PLACARD
A. Put a CREW REST FACILITY BUNK INOPERATIVE − DO NOT USE placard on the crew rest bunk.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Placard the crew rest facility bunk INOPERATIVE − DO NOT USE.
50-02 Floor Proximity Escape Path 1 1 Must be operative

Lighting
a) Individual lights C - - Lights may be inoperative provided:

(a) All lights marking right angle intersection, including
cross aisles and overwing exits, are operative,
(b) Along each aisle axis, all lights within one meter of
lights marking right angle intersections are operative,
and
(c) Along each aisle axis, for a particular lights
configuration, specific lights are operative as agreed
by the Authority.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FLOOR PROXIMITY ESCAPE PATH LIGHTING (INDIVIDUAL LIGHTS) INOPERATIVE placard on the
instrument panel.
51-01 Exterior Emergency Lights B 3 0 May be inoperative provided aircraft is not operated at
night.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a EXTERIOR EMERGENCY LIGHTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

34 NAVIGATION
10-01 Air Data Computer (ADC) B 3 2 (O)(M) One ADC may be inoperative provided:
a) ADC #1 is operative,
b) Reversion Switching System is operative;
c) The four pitot-static probes are functional, including
the probe heaters, and
d) TAT probes of the unaffected ADCs are operative.
NOTE: Transponder and Flight Director/Autopilot must
use same ADC data for RVSM.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AIR DATA COMPUTERS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. With one ADC inoperative, safety the affected ADC as follows:
24−00−00−863−801):
For ADC 2,
IND/RECORD ADC 2 DC 1
For ADC 3,
IND/RECORD ADC 3 DC ESS
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. With one ADC inoperative, conduct operations in accordance with AFM NON NORMAL PROCEDURES,
Section 05−15, ADC 2 (3) DEGRADED or ADC 2 (3) FAIL.
NOTE: Transponder and Flight Director/Autopilot must use same ADC data for RVSM.
11-01 Total Air Temperature System B 3 2 TAT # 2 or TAT # 3 may be inoperative provided the
associated ADC is considered inoperative. (ref. Item 34-
10-01)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a TAT #2 (TAT #3) SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
21-01 Standby Attitude Indicator B 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided:

a) Operations are conducted in day VMC, and
b) Each primary attitude indicator is fed from
independent IRSs
1. PLACARD
A. Put a STANDBY ATTITUDE INDICATOR INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Put STANDBY ATTITUDE INDICATOR INOPERATIVE placard on the Standby Attitude Indicator.

Revision: 3

34 NAVIGATION
22-01 Non-stabilized Magnetic Compass B 1 0 May be inoperative provided three IRS stabilized compass
(Standby Compass) systems are operative.
B 1 0 OR
(O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Any combination of two IRS stabilized compass
systems operate normally, and
b) Aircraft is operated:
1) with dual independent navigation capability, and
2) under positive radar control by ATC during the en-
route flight phase, or one of the navigation
systems is a TSO’d GPS which provides track
information.
C 1 0 May be inoperative for flights that are entirely within areas

of magnetic unreliability provided at least two IRS are
operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a NON-STABILIZED MAGNETIC COMPASS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. May be inoperative provided:
(1) Any combination of two IRS stabilized compass systems operate normally.
(2) The aircraft is operated with dual independent navigation capability and under positive radar control by ATC during
the en-route flight phase or is TSO’d GPS.
OR
B. Maybe inoperative provided:
(1) Flights that are entirely within areas of magnetic unreliability provided at least two IRS stabilized directional gyro
systems are installed and operative.
(2) The IRS stabilized directional gyro systems are used in conjunction with approved Free Gyro Navigation
Techniques.

Revision: 3

34 NAVIGATION
23-01 Flight Director Systems
2)
a) FD Channels C 4 1 Except for ER operations, any combination of channels
may be inoperative provided enroute and/or approach
requirements are met.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEMS FD CHANNELS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
b) Flight Director Modes C - - (O) Except where en route operations or approach

minimums / procedures require their use, individual flight
director modes may be inoperative provided one Altitude
Alerting System is operative.
NOTE 1: Flight director altitude hold mode is required for

RVSM Operations.
NOTE 2: Any flight director mode, which operates
normally, may be used.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FLIGHT DIRECTOR MODES INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
c) EDM C 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided switch is placarded

(Emergency Descent Mode) “INOP” on the flight control panel.
Button
1. PLACARD
A. Put a EMERGENCY DESCENT MODE BUTTON INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
24-01 Integrated Electronic Standby

Instrument (IESI)
1) Attitude / Slip Skid Function A 1 0 (O) May be inoperative, for two flight days provided:
a) Operations are conducted in day VMC with a visual
horizon to avoid the loss of reference in poor contrast
conditions (sea, snow and etc.),
b) Operations are not conducted into known or forecast
over-the-top conditions, and
c) Each primary flight display is fed from independent
IRSs.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a INTEGRATED ELECTRONIC STANDBY INSTRUMENT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Operations to be conducted in Day VMC only.
2) STD (Standard) Button C 1 0 May be inoperative.

1. PLACARD
A. Put a IESI STANDARD BUTTON INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

34 NAVIGATION
24-01 Integrated Electronic Standby
Instrument (IESI) (cont.)
3) + / - Buttons (brightness) B 2 0 Dim / Bright controls may be inoperative provided the

display intensity is adequate.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a IESI + / - BUTTONS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
4) ILS / LOC / GS D - 0
1. PLACARD
A. Put a IESI ILS / LOC / GS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
5) Metric Altitude Display C 1 0 (O) May be inoperative, use operations procedure (O)
Selection decribed below.

require its use
1. PLACARD
A. Put a METRIC ALTITUDE DISPLAY SELECTION INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONAL (O)
A. Use altitude conversion tables acc OM Part A, Chapter 8.3.3.4.
6) Vertical Accelerometer C 1 0 May be inoperative provided all ADC and IRS Systems are
(ISI FAULT Advisory) operative
C 1 0 May be inoperative in combination with a single

inoperative ADC and/or IRS, provided aircraft is not
dispatched into ER operations.
NOTE: Failure of second IRS or ADC will cause loss of all
autopilot function.
31-01 VHF Navigation Systems C 1 0 (O) May be inoperative provided:

(VOR / ILS #1) a) The navigation systems required for each segment of
the intended route are operative, and
b) May be inoperative, when applicable use operational
procedure (O) decribed below.
NOTE: The intended route corresponds on any point on

the route including diversions to reach alternate
aerodromes required to be selected by the
operation rules.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEMS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONAL (O)
A. If required:
(1) Use VOR / ILS #2 or
(2) If weather permits perform an approach which does not require VOR / ILS or
(3) If weather does not permit divert to an alternate airport
31-01 VHF Navigation Systems C 2 2 For RNP approaches BOTH VOR must be operative.
(VOR / ILS)

Revision: 3

34 NAVIGATION
32-01 Head-up Guidance System D 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided approach procedures are
not dependent on its use.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a HEAD-UP GUIDANCE SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. With the Head−Up Guidance System (HGS) inoperative, do the steps that follow:
(1) Secure the combiner in the stowed position.
(2) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breaker that follows (refer to AMM TASK
24−00−00−863−801):
NAV HUD DC 2
B. Set the Head−Up−Display (HUD) Combiner unit to the stowed position (AMM34−32−09−400−801).
32-02 Enhanced Vision System (incl. D 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided EVS fairing and IR
Infrared Sensor Unit) Window heater functions are operative.
NOTE: For loss of IR Window heat functions, see MEL
Item 30-40-02.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a ENHANCED VISION SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Optional Equipment, in the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breaker that follows (refer to AMM
TASK 24−00−00−863−801):
NAV EVS DC 2
NOTE: For loss of IR Window heat functions, see 30−40−02.
32-02 Enhanced Vision System (incl.

Infrared Sensor Unit) (cont.)
1) Infrared Window D 1 0 (M) May be scratched or crazed provided damage limits

are not exceeded.
NOTE: Where the EVS image is adversely affected, the
system is to be considered inoperative.
D 1 0 (M) May be removed with fairing assembly and replaced

with an approved blanking plate.
NOTE: For loss of IR Window heat functions, see MEL
Item 30-40-02.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a EVS INFRARED WINDOW INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

34 NAVIGATION
32-02 Enhanced Vision System (incl.
Infrared Sensor Unit) (cont.)
2) CLEAR Switch D 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided the EVS is considered

inoperative and is not used.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a EVS CLEAR SWITCH INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breaker that follows (refer to AMM TASK
24−00−00−863−801)
NAV EVS DC 2
3) EVS Infrared Image
i) FMS CDU - Infrared Image D 1 0 May be inoperative provided the EVS is not used in lieu of
(except Global Vision) natural vision below minimums and is only used for
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FMS CDU - INFRARED IMAGE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
ii) EVS Infrared Image on Multi- D 4 0 Any or all EVS MFW video may be inoperative provided
Function Window the EVS is not used in lieu of natural vision below
minimums and is only used for enhanced situational
awareness.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FMS CDU - INFRARED IMAGE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
34-01 Synthetic Vision System (SVS) D - 0 NOTES: Any operative SVS functions may continue to
(including Database) be used.
With SVS FAULT Advisory posted, image
height discrepancies between actual and HUD
SVS virtual image will develop as aircraft
descends.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a SYNTHETIC VISION SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

34 NAVIGATION
41-01 Weather Radar System C 1 0 Except for ER operations any system in excess of one
may be inoperative provided procedures do not require
use of inoperative systems.
C 1 0 One or more systems(s) may be inoperative provided the

weather reports or forecasts available to the commander
indicate that cumulo-nimbus clouds or other potentially
hazardous weather conditions, which could be detected by
the system(s) when in working order, are unlikely to be
encountered on the intended route or any planned
diversion there from.
NOTE for Global Vision:

For loss of supplemental WX info / graphics overlays, see
MEL Item 46-20-01 – IFIS.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a WEATHER RADAR SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
41-02 Weather Radar Control Panels C 2 1

1. PLACARD
A. Put a WEATHER RADAR CONTROL PANELS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

34 NAVIGATION
42-01 Terrain Awareness Warning System
(TAWS)
A 1 0 (O) May be inoperative provided:

a) Alternative procedures are established and used,
b) Repairs are made within 2 flight days, or a maximum
of 6 flights, whichever occurs first.
C 1 0 Any in excess of those required may be inoperative.

1. PLACARD
A. Put a TERRAIN AWARENESS WARNING SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATION (O)
A. Operation in daytime VMC only.
Modes 1 thru 4 B 1 0 One or more mode may be inoperative provided that FLTA
and PDA functions are operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a TAWS MODES INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
OPERATIONS (O)
Alternate procedure is to be developed and used.
Test Mode A 1 0 May be inoperative for a maximum of 6 flights or 2

calendar days, whichever occurs first.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a TAWS TEST MODE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
Glide slope Deviation B 1 0 May be inoperative.

(Mode 5)
C 1 0 May be inoperative for day VMC only.

1. PLACARD
A. Put a TAWS GLIDE SLOPE DEVIATION INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
Terrain System Forward Looking B 1 0 May be inoperative provided that:

Terrain Avoidance (FLTA) and a) Mode 1-4 are operative, and
Premature Descent Alert (PDA)
functions b) Approaches procedures do not require its use.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a TERRAIN DISPLAY INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

34 NAVIGATION
42-01 Terrain Awareness Warning System
(TAWS) (cont.)
Advisory Callouts C - 0 (O) May be inoperative provided:

a) Low visibility approaches requiring the use of affected
callouts are not performed, and
NOTE: Check Flight Manual limitations for approach

minima.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a TAWS ADVISORY CALLOUTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
OPERATIONS (O)
A. During approach verify altitudes according approach charts and barometric altimetry.
Windshear Mode C 1 0 (O) May be inoperative, use operations procedure (O)

Reactive Function decribed below.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a TAWS ADVISORY CALLOUTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Flights with reported windshear warning more than moderate are not authorized.
42-02 Surface Management System C - 0 (O) May be inoperative provided SMS is selected OFF
(SMS)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a SURFACE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
OPERATIONS (O)
A. On the TAWS/SMS Control Panel push the RUNWAY OFF switch light.
NOTE: The RUNWAY OFF switch is devoted to the SMS system..

Revision: 3

34 NAVIGATION
43-01 Airborne Collision and Avoidance
System (ACAS)
A - 0 (O) (M) May be inoperative for a maximum of 10 calendar
days provided:
a) ACAS is deactivated, and
b) Operating procedures do not require its use.
C - - (M) Any in excess of those required may be inoperative
provided that it is deactivated.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a ACAS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Make sure that the inoperative TCAS is deactivated and secured as follows:
(1) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breaker that follows (refer to AMM TASK
24−00−00−863−801):
NAV TCAS DC ESS
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Operation procedures must not require ACAS use.
1) Combined Traffic Alert (TA) and C - 1 (O) One may be inoperative on non-flying pilot’s side
Resolution Advisory (RA) Dual provided:
Displays a) TA and RA elements and audio functions are
operative on flying pilot’s side, and
b) TA and RA display indications are visible to the pilot
monitoring.
1. PLACARD
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Perform a TCAS test, initiate from RMU 1 (RMU 2). Make sure that the TA visual and audio functions are operative.
2) Resolution Advisory (RA)
C - 1 (O) One may be inoperative on pilot’s monitoring side.
Display System (s)
C - 0 (O) One or more may be inoperative provided:
a) All Traffic Alert (TA) display elements and voice
command audio functions are operative,
b) TA ONLY mode is selected by the crew, and
c) Operating procedures do not require its use.
1. PLACARD
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Perform a TCAS test, initiate from RMU 1 (RMU 2). Make sure that the TA visual and audio functions are operative.
B On the center pedestal, on the pilot (copilot) RMU, select TA only.
C. Operating procedures must not require the use of Resolution Advisory (RA).

Revision: 3

34 NAVIGATION
43-01 Airborne Collision and Avoidance
System (ACAS) cont.
3) Traffic Alert (TA) C - 0 (O) One or more may be inoperative provided that:
a) RA display and audio functions are operative, and
b) Operating procedures do not require its use.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a ACAS TRAFFIC ALERT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Make sure that the RA visual display and audio functions are operative.
B. Operating procedures must not require the use of Trafic Alert (TA).

Revision: 3

34 NAVIGATION
44-01 Radio Altimeter
2) C 2 1
A 2 0 (O) Both may be inoperative provided:

a) TAWS is considered inoperative,
b) TCAS is considered inoperative, and
c) Landings are conducted in accordance with the Non-
Normal Procedures for Dual Radio Altimeter Failure.
d) Repairs are made within two flight days.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a RADIO ALTIMETER INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. If one radio altimeter is inoperative, do the steps that follow:
24−00−00−863−801):
For radio altimeter 1,
A RAD ALT 1 DC 1
For radio altimeter 2,
NAV RAD ALT 2 DC 2
B. If both radio altimeters are inoperative, do the steps that follow:
24−00−00−863−801):
NAV RAD ALT 1 DC 1
NAV RAD ALT 2 DC 2
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. If autothrottle is used, couple the flight director to the PFD associated with the operative radio altimeter.
B. On the guidance panel, make sure that the CPL pushbutton indicates the side with the operative radio altimeter.
For both radio altimeters inoperative:
C. Conduct operations in accordance with AFM NON−NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section 05−15, DUAL RADIO
ALTIMETER FAILURE.

Revision: 3

34 NAVIGATION
45-01 Inertial Reference Systems (IRS) C 3 2 (O)(M) Except for ER operations one may be inoperative
provided:
a) Independent attitude indication is available at each
pilot’s station,
b) Independent directional compass indication is
available at each pilot’s station, and
c) Standby Attitude Indicator is operative
NOTE: For RNP approaches two IRS must be operative.

1. PLACARD
A. Put a INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEMS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Safety the unserviceable IRS to OFF as follows:
24−00−00−863−801):
NAV IRS 1 FAN DC ESS
NAV IRS 1 PWR A DC ESS
N V IRS 1 PWR B BATT
For IRS 2,
NAV IRS 2 FAN DC 2
NAV IRS 2 PWR A DC 2
NAV IRS 2 PWR B DC ESS
For IRS 3,
NAV IRS 3 FAN DC 1
OPERATIONS (O)
A. Affected IRS mode select switch is selected OFF.
B. On the centre pedestal, REVERSIONARY control panel, select valid source to be displayed on pilot (co-pilot) PFD.
C. Visually check that an operational compass indication is on each pilot’s PFD.
D. Make sure that there is no warning flag on the Standby Attitude Indicator.
47-01 Lightning Detection / Sensor D 1 0 May be inoperative provided it is deselected.

Systems (LDS / LSS)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a LIGHTNING DETECTION / SENSOR SYSTEMS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

34 NAVIGATION
51-01 Marker Beacon System C 2 0 One or more may be inoperative for IFR operations,
provided approach procedure do not require marker fixes
1. PLACARD
A. Put a MARKER BEACON SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
52-01 Automatic Direction Finding (ADF) C 1 0 (O) May be inoperative provided:

System a) The navigation systems required for each segment of
b) Use operations procedure (O) decribed below where
applicable.
NOTE: The intended route corresponds to any point on

operational rules.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDING SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. The intended route must correspond to any point on the route including diversions to reach alternate aerodromes
required to be selected by the operational rules.
53-01 Distance Measuring Equipment C 2 0 (O) May be inoperative provided:

(DME) a) The navigation systems required for each segment of
b) May be inoperative, when applicable use operations
procedure (O) decribed below.
NOTE: The intended route corresponds to any point on
operational rules.
NOTE: For RNP approaches both DME must be
operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a DISTANCE MEASURING EQUIPMENT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. One DME inoperative:
(1) Use operative DME
A. Both DME inoperative:
(1) Inform ATC, request radar support if required
(2) If required use alternative reference waypoints based on GPS

Revision: 3

34 NAVIGATION
54-01 SSR Transponder Note: Mode C function is required to be operative for
RVSM operations.
Note: Transponder and Flight Director/ Autopilot must
use same side ADC data for RVSM operations.
1) Mode A/C Functions C 2 - Except for ER operations any in excess of those required
for the route to be flown may be inoperative.
A 2 0 (O) May be inoperative for a maximum of 5 flights

provided:
a) Permission is obtained from the Air Navigation
Service Provider(s) along the route or any planned
diversion, and
b) Flight is conducted under VFR over routes navigated
by reference to visual landmarks.
NOTE: Mode C function is required to be operative for
RVSM operations
1. PLACARD
A. Put a SSR TRANSPONDER INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2) Mode S Function D 2 0 Any in excess of those required for the intended route,
may be inoperative.
Note1: A SSR transponder with an operative Mode S
function is defined as a transponder which can
provide, at least, Elementary Surveillance
capability.
C 2 0 One or more may be inoperative provided permission is

obtained from the Air Navigation Service Provider(s) when
required for the intended route.
Note1: An SSR transponder with an operative Mode S
function is defined as a transponder which can
provide, at least, Elementary Surveillance
capability.
Note2: Altitude reporting, provided by an SSR
transponder Mode S function, is required for
ACAS II operation. Refer to item 43-01 for flight
with ACAS II inoperative.
Note3: Altitude reporting, provided by an SSR
transponder Mode S function, is required for flight
into RVSM airspace.
1. PLACARD

Revision: 3

34 NAVIGATION
54-01 SSR Transponder (cont.)
3) Enhanced Surveillance Functions D 2 0 One or more Downlinked Aircraft Parameters (DAP’s),

which provide Enhanced Surveillance, may be inoperative
when not required for the intended route.
C 2 0 One or more Downlinked Aircraft Parameters (DAP’s),

which provide Enhanced Surveillance, may be inoperative
when required for the intended route.
1. PLACARD
54-02 Automatic Dependent Surveillance D 2 0 May be inoperative provided operations do not require
– Broadcast (ADS-B Out) System their use.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT SURVEILLANCE – BROADCAST INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
55-01 Global Positioning B 2 0 (O) Except for ER operations and except where operations
Systems (GPS) / Sensors require its use, may be inoperative provided:
b) TAWS Terrain / Obstacle Awareness function is
considered inoperative, and
c) Synthetic Vision System is considered inoperative.
NOTE: For RNP approaches BOTH GPS / Sensors must

be operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a GLOBAL POSITIONING SENSORS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. TAWS Terrain / Obstacle Awareness function is considered inoperative.
B. Navigation must be verified by conventional navigation means.
61-01 Flight Management Systems (FMS) C 3 1 Except for ER operations FMS 2 and/or FMS 3 may be
inoperative provided operating procedures do not require
their use.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (FMS) INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
1) Navigation Data Bases C 3 0 (O) One or more may be inoperative for the intended route
where conventional (non-RNAV) navigation is sufficient,
provided:
a) Current aeronautical information (e.g. charts) is
available for the entire route and for the aerodromes
to be used, and
b) Navigation database information is disregarded.

Revision: 3

34 NAVIGATION
61-01 Flight Management Systems (FMS)
1) Navigation Data Bases (cont.)
C 3 1 Any in excess of one may be inoperative. The operative

database must be up-to-date for routes, departures,
arrivals and approach procedures that require the use of
navigation database for RNAV, and provided this up-to-
date database is readily available to the flight crew
member(s) responsible for navigation.
A 3 0 (O) One or more may be out of date for a maximum of 10

calendar days provided:
a) Area Navigation (RNAV) departure, arrival and
approach procedures do not depend on the data
amended in the current database cycle,
b) Before each flight, current aeronautical information is
used to verify the database Navigation Fixes, the co-
ordinates, frequencies, status (as applicable) and
suitability of Navigation Facilities required for the
intended route, and
c) Radio navigation aids, which are required to be flown
for departure, arrival and approach procedures and
which have been amended in the current database
cycle, are manually tuned and identified.
A 3 0 (O) One or more may be out of date for a maximum of 10

calendar days provided:
a) Conventional (Non- RNAV) departure, arrival and
approach procedures, when available, or ANSP
assistance are used as an alternative to RNAV
procedures which have been amended in the current
database cycle,
b) Before each flight, current aeronautical information is
used to verify the database Navigation Fixes, the co-
ordinates, frequencies, status (as applicable) and
suitability of Navigation Facilities required for the
intended route, and
c) Radio navigation aids, which are required to be flown
for departure, arrival and approach procedures and
which have been amended in the current database
cycle, are manually tuned and identified.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a NAVIGATION DATA BASES NOT CURRENT placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Make sure current aeronautical information is available for entire flight.
B. Disregard navigation database information.
C. Before each flight use current aeronautical information to verify status and suitability of navigation facilities used to
define route of flight.
D. Manually tune navigation radios and identify navigation aids during flight.

Revision: 3

34 NAVIGATION
61-02 Data Loader C 1 0
1. PLACARD
A. Put a DATA LOADER INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
RVSM Operations
The following equipment is required
for operations in RVSM Airspace:
Autopilot - 2 1
Altitude Alerting System - 2 1
ATC Transponder Mode C - 2 1
Micro-Air Data Computer (MADC) - 3 2
Pitot Probe Heater - 4 2 Two must be operational on the two pitot probes linked to
the two MADC in use and displayed on PFD.

Revision: 3

35 OXYGEN
12-01 Flight Crew Oxygen Pressure
1) Ground Service Panel C 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided EICAS readout or all
Pressure Gauge bottle pressure gauges are operative and checked prior to
each flight.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a GROUND SERVICE PANEL PRESSURE GAUGE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Before Flight
A. Verify flow of oxygen to each mask.
B. In the flight compartment, make sure that EICAS Oxygen System pressure is within limits before each flight (refer to
AMM TASK 12−13−01−610−801). OR
C. On the bottle pressure gauges, make sure that the oxygen system pressure is within limits before each flight (refer to
AMM TASK 12−13−01−610−801).
2) Bottle Pressure Gauges C 4 0 (M) Any or all may be inoperative provided:

a) EICAS readout is verified normal, and
b) Bottle SOV levers are verified open.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a BOTTLE PRESSURE GAUGES INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Before Flight
A. Make sure that the EICAS Oxygen System pressure is within limits before each flight (refer to AMM TASK
12−13−01−610−801).
B. Remove the applicable forward equipment−compartment access panel (131AL/132AR) (refer to AMM TASK
52−45−05−000−801).
C. Make sure that the Bottle Shut Off Valve Levers are in the ON position.
D. Install the applicable forward equipment−compartment access panel (131AL/132AR) (refer to AMM TASK
52−45−05−400−801).
3) EICAS Readout B 1 0 (M) Except for ER operations may be inoperative provided:

a) Ground Service Panel pressure gauge or all bottle
pressure gauges are operative and checked prior to
each flight, and
b) Minimum en-route altitude does not exceed
10,000 ft above MSL.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a EICAS READOUT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Before Flight
A. Verify flow of oxygen to each mask.
B. Check the oxygen ground−servicing−panel pressure gauge. Make sure that the oxygen system pressure is within limits
before each flight (refer to AMM TASK 12−13−01−610−801).

Revision: 3

35 OXYGEN
12-02 Oxygen Pressure Switch C 4 3 (M) One may be inoperative provided:
a) EICAS pressure indication is operative, and
b) Pressure on all bottle gauges are operative and
checked prior to each flight.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a OXYGEN PRESSURE SWITCH INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Before Flight
A. Do the checks that follow:
(1) In the flight compartment, make sure that the EICAS readout is serviceable.
(2) Remove the applicable forward equipment−compartment access panel (131AL/132AR) (refer to AMM TASK
52−45−05−000−801).
(3) On the regulator with the unserviceable pressure switch, make sure that the valve lever is in the ON position.
(4) Make sure that the pressures on all the bottle gauges are serviceable and check before each flight (refer to AMM
TASK 12−13−01−610−801).
(5) Install the applicable forward equipment−compartment access panel (131AL/132AR) (refer to AMM TASK
52−45−05−400−801).
12-03 Indicator Overboard Discharge C 1 0 May be missing provided:

a) EICAS Oxygen readouts are serviceable,
b) Oxygen pressure switch is operative, and
c) Ground service panel pressure gauge is operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a INDICATOR OVERBOARD DISCHARGE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

35 OXYGEN
20-01 Protective Breathing Equipment D 2 1 (O)(M) Any in excess of those required may be inoperative
(PBE) or missing provided:
a) Required distribution of operative units is maintained
throughout the aircraft;
b) The inoperative protective breathing equipment unit is
removed from the passenger cabin and its location
placarded “INOPERATIVE”, or it is removed from its
installed location, secured out of sight and the
protective breathing equipment unit and its installed
location are placarded “INOPERATIVE”, and
c) Procedures are established to alert crew members of
inoperative or missing equipment.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PROTECTIVE BREATHING EQUIPMENT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Safety the inoperative protective breathing equipment as follows:
(1) Put an INOPERATIVE tag on the PBE and its installed location. Remove the inoperative PBE from the aircraft.
OR
(2) Put an INOPERATIVE tag on the PBE and its installed location. Put the PBE out of sight.
B. Ensure that required number of operating units is maintained throughout the aircraft.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. MOC to notify the flight crew of the location of the inoperative or missing PBE.
21-01 Passenger Oxygen System B 1 0 (O) Except for ER operations, may be inoperative
provided:
a) All components of cabin pressurization system are
operative,
b) Minimum enroute altitude does not exceed 13,000 ft
above MSL,
c) Both Air Conditioning Packs are operative,
d) Operations are conducted at or below FL250,
e) Portable oxygen units capable of delivering two liters
per minute for 30 minutes are available for 10 % of
the passengers, and
f) Operations procedures are established to ensure that
passengers are appropriately briefed to
accommodate revised equipment.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PASSENGER OXYGEN SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
1) System TEST / RESET Switch C 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided alternate procedures are
(relief limited to Bombardier established and used to verify system operation.
Completion Center
installations)
B 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided Passenger Oxigen is

1. PLACARD
A. Put a PASSENGER OXYGEN SYSTEM TEST / RESET SWITCH INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

35 OXYGEN
21-01 Passenger Oxygen System (cont.)
1) System TEST / RESET Switch

(relief limited to Bombardier
Completion Center
installations) (cont.)
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Optional equipment. Remove the lower section of the co−pilot bulkhead (FS280 R/H) panel 222ERW
(AMM25−12−13−000−801).
B. Get access to the OXYGEN TEST switch (S112).
C. In the flight compartment, on the PASSENGER OXYGEN control panel, set the CLOSED/NORMAL/OVERRIDE
selector to NORMAL.
D. In the flight compartment, on the PASS SIGNS/EMER LIGHTS control panel, set the NO SMKG switch to OFF.
E. Set the SEAT BLTS switch to OFF.
F. Connect electrical power to the aircraft (AMM24−00−00−861−801).
G. In the flight compartment, on the CABIN control panel, press the POWER PBA.
(1) Make sure that the OFF legend extinguishes.
H. Make sure that there is no oxygen message on the EICAS display.
I. Turn all the cabin lights off by using the galley touchscreen.
J. Turn all the cabin speakers on by using the galley touchscreen.
K. Turn the forward bulkhead monitor on by using the galley touchscreen.
L. Plug a headphone into any passenger control panel audio jack.
M. Turn the DVD player on by using the galley touchscreen.
N. Insert a DVD into the DVD player and press play.
O. Select DVD as the audio source for the cabin speakers by using the galley touchscreen.
(1) Make sure that the entertainment audio is audible in the cabin speakers.
P. Select DVD as the video source for the forward bulkhead monitor by using the galley touchscreen.
(1) Make sure that video is displayed on the forward bulkhead monitor.
Q. Install a jumper between pins 2 and 3 of the OXYGEN TEST switch.
(1) Make sure that the PASSENGER OXY ON advisory message is displayed on the EICAS
(2) Make sure that the NO SMOKING ordinance signs come on.
NOTE: The lavatory NO SMOKING signs will always be ON when aircraft power is ON and circuit breaker A3, ORD
SIGNS, on Cockpit Circuit Breaker Panel 2 (CCBP2) is closed.
(3) Make sure that the FASTEN SEAT BELTS ordinance signs come on.
(4) Make sure that the RETURN TO SEAT ordinance signs come on in both lavatories.
(5) Make sure that the entertainment audio mutes in the headphone and cabin speakers.
(6) Make sure that the six table/reading lights come on in the left and right hand PSUs.
(7) Make sure that two tone high/low chimes are heard.
(8) Make sure that the ordinance signs are displayed at the bottom of the forward bulkhead monitor for ten seconds.
(9) Make sure that FREQUENCY CONVERTER FAIL is displayed on the galley touchscreen.


Revision: 3

35 OXYGEN
21-01 Passenger Oxygen System (cont.)
1) System TEST / RESET Switch

(relief limited to Bombardier
Completion Center
installations) (cont.)
R. Remove the jumper between pins 2 and 3 on the OXYGEN TEST switch.
NOTE: This step should not cause a change in the cabin.

(1) Make sure that the PASSENGER OXY ON advisory message is no longer displayed on the EICAS.
S. Momentary short pins 4 and 5 on the OXYGEN TEST switch.
(1) Make sure that the NO SMOKING ordinance signs turn off.
NOTE: The lavatory NO SMOKING signs will always be ON when aircraft power is ON and circuit breaker A3, ORD
SIGNS, on Cockpit Circuit Breaker Panel 2 (CCBP2) is closed.
(2) Make sure that the FASTEN SEAT BELTS ordinance signs turn off.
(3) Make sure that the RETURN TO SEAT ordinance signs turn off in both lavatories.
(4) Make sure that the entertainment audio resumes in the headphone and cabin speakers.
(5) Make sure that the six table/reading lights turn off in the left and right hand PSUs.
(6) Make sure that FREQUENCY CONVERTER FAIL is still displayed on the galley touchscreen.
T. Clear the FREQUENCY CONVERTER FAIL message on the touchscreen.
U. Remove electrical power from the aircraft (AMM24−00−00−861−802)
V. Install the lower section of the co−pilot bulkhead (FS280 R/H) panel 222ERW (AMM25−12−13−400−801).
21-02 Passenger Oxygen System – B - 0 Except for ER operations, may be inoperative provided:
Automatic Presentation System a) Manual deployment system (OVERRIDE)is operative,
and
b) Operations are conducted at or below FL 300, and
c) Minimum en route altitude does not exceed 10,000 ft
MSL.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PASSENGER OXYGEN SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
21-03 Passenger Service Units (PSUs) B - - (O)(M) Individual PSUs may be inoperative with no flight
altitude restriction provided:
a) Affected seats, and banks of seats are blocked and
placarded to prevent occupancy,
b) No more than two consecutive banks of seats and
their adjacent banks of seats have an inoperative
PSU, and
c) Units within lavatories and at assigned flight attendant
locations are operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a OXIGEN PASSENGER SERVICE UNITS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Secure the unserviceable PSU as follows:
(1) If the door does not remain closed, use adhesive tape to secure it.
(2) Rope, tie, or otherwise block the seats with the unserviceable units against passenger use.
(3) Placard the blocked off seats or lavatory NOT TO BE OCCUPIED.

Revision: 3

35 OXYGEN
21-03 Passenger Service Units (PSUs)

(cont.)
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Passengers to be briefed on oxygen mask access.
B. Units within lavatories and those assigned to flight attendant locations must be operative.
21-04 Therapeutic Oxygen (First Aid) D 1 0 (M) Any bottle in excess of those required may be
System inoperative provided the inoperative equipment is
placarded inoperative, removed from the installed location
(if portable) and placed out of sight so it cannot be
mistaken for a functional unit.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a THERAPEUTIC OXYGEN SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. For any inoperative bottle in excess of those required, do as follows:
(1) Placard the bottle INOPERATIVE.
(2) Remove the bottle from its installed location (if portable) and place out of view.

Revision: 3

36 PNEUMATICS
11-01 Bleed Pressure Transducer C 2 0 (M)
(BPT)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a BLEED PRESSURE TRANSDUCER INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Check the Intermediate Port Pressure Transducer (IPPT) as follows:
(1) Start the engines (refer to AMM TASK 71−00−00−866−806).
(2) Load the pneumatic system as follows:
(a) Press in the air conditioning L PACK and R PACK switchlights.
(b) Put the WING ANTI−ICE knob to the ON position.
(3) On the EICAS BLEED/ANTI−ICE synoptic page, make sure that both engines HP valve is shown open.
(4) Advance the engine throttles until both engines HP valve is shown closed on the BLEED/ANTI−ICE synoptic page.
(5) Bring the engine throttles to the idle position.
B. Check the Pack Inlet Pressure Sensors (PIPS) as follows:
(1) Use the EICAS CTRL PNL system select switch to display both BLEED/ANTI−ICE and AIR CONDITIONING
synoptic pages.
(2) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, set the circuit breakers that follow to OUT (refer to AMM TASK
24−00−00−863−801):
BLEED L ENG HP VLV DC ESS
BLEED R ENG HP VLV DC ESS
(3) On the BLEED/ANTI−ICE synoptic page, make sure that the bleed pressure shown is approximately 9 PSI.
(4) On the overhead panel, press out the L PACK and R PACK switchlights.
(5) On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the flow control valves (FCV) are shown in the closed
position.
(6) On the overhead panel, press in the air conditioning L PACK and R PACK switchlights.
(7) On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the flow control valves (FCV) are shown in the closed
position.
(8) Advance the engine throttles until the bleed air pressure shown on the BLEED/ANTI−ICE synoptic page is above
15 PSI. Make sure that the FCV is shown in the open position on the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page.
NOTE: The engine throttles must be advanced to obtain more than 15 PSI indication in less then 20 seconds.
(9) Bring the engine throttles to the IDLE position.
(10) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, set the circuit breakers that follow to IN (refer to AMM TASK
24−00−00−863−802):
BLEED L ENG HP VLV DC ESS
BLEED R ENG HP VLV DC ESS
(11) On the overhead panel, press out the air conditioning L PACK and R PACK switchlights.
(12) Put the WING ANTI−ICE knob to the OFF position.
C. Stop the engines (refer to AMM TASK 71−00−00−866−809).

Revision: 3

36 PNEUMATICS
11-02 Fan Air Valve (FAV) C 2 1 (O)(M) Except for ER operations, one may be inoperative
failed in OPEN position provided:
a) Associated Air Conditioning Pack is selected OFF
and considered inoperative,
b) Opposite Air Conditioning Pack is operative,
c) Opposite bleed system is operative, and
d) Cross Bleed Valve is verified operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a FAN AIR VALVE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. If one FAV is inoperative in the OPEN position, make sure the wing cross bleed valve is operative (refer to AMM TASK
30−11−00−710−802).
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Conduct operations in accordance with AFM NON−NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section 05−05, L (R) PACK AUTO FAIL.
B. Select the TRIM AIR to OFF.
11-03 HP Ground Connection C 1 0 (M) May be inoperative failed in CLOSED position.

1. PLACARD
A. Put a HP GROUND CONNECTION INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Make sure that the HP pressure ground connection is failed in the closed position as follows:
(1) Open the ground air servicing connection door (311DB).
(2) Inspect the mechanical integrity of the HP ground air servicing ground connection.
(4) At the HP ground connection, make sure that there is no air leakage.
(5) Stop the APU (refer to AMM TASK 49−10−00−866−802).
(6) Close the ground air servicing connection door (311DB).
12-01 Bleed Leak Detection Loops C 18 9 Except for ER operations either loop A or loop B may be
inoperative provided redundant loop in the same zone is
operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a XX INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
1) Wing Anti-Ice Leak C 12 6 (M) Except for ER operations one loop in each section
may be inoperative provided:
a) Power-up BIT test is performed on system prior to
each dispatch into icing, and
b) Cause of W ING ANTI-ICE FAULT Advisory message
is confirmed by maintenance.
C 12 0 Except for ER operations both loops on each section may

be inoperative provided:
a) Aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing
conditions, and
b) Both Ice Detection Systems are operative.

Revision: 3

36 PNEUMATICS
12-01 Bleed Leak Detection Loops (cont.)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a BLEED LEAK DETECTION LOOPS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. The cause of the WING ANTI−ICE FAULT Advisory message is to be confirmed by maintenance personnel to make
sure that no section has encountered a dual loop failure..
2) Trim Air Leak C 2 1 Except for ER operations, one loop may be inoperative.
C 2 1 (M) Except for ER operations, both loops may be

a) Trim air switch is selected OFF,
b) Both HASOVs are secured CLOSED, and
c) Both air conditioning packs are operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a BLEED AIR TRIM AIR LEAK INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. With both bleed leak detection loops inoperative, secure the HASOV’s closed as follows:
(1) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breakers that follow (refer to AMM
TASK24−00−00−863−801):
(2) Open the APU access door (321BB) (refer to AMM TASK 52−43−00−010−801).
(3) On the EICAS, on the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the indication for both HASOV’s are
CLOSED. If the HASOV’s are not closed, do the step that follows:
(a) On the affected HASOV(s), manually move the lever to the CLOSED position.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector. Safety, cap and secure the connector (refer to WM 20−12−05).
(5) Close the APU access door (321BB) (refer to AMM TASK 52−43−00−040−801).
(6) Make sure that the TRIM AIR switch/light is selected OFF.

Revision: 3

38 WATER / WASTE
10-01 Potable Water Systems C - - (O)(M) May be inoperative provided:
a) Tank is drained and inspected to ensure no leakage,
and
b) Procedures are established to deactivate applicable
system components to prevent its use or servicing.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Tank is drained and inspected to ensure there is no leakage.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Procedures are established and used by the operator to deactivate applicable system components to prevent its use or
servicing.
30-01 Lavatory W aste System C 2 1 (O)(M) May be inoperative provided:

(two lavatories) a) Waste is drained and system is inspected for
leakage,
b) Procedures are established to deactivate system
components,
c) The Pilot-In-Command will determine if flight duration
is acceptable with lavatory unusable, and
d) Lavatory door is locked closed Lavatory door is
locked closed and placarded INOPERATVE - DO
NOT ENTER, and
e) There is at least one serviceable lavatory on the
aircraft.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a LAVATORY WASTE SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. If more then one lavatory, do the steps that follow to the inoperative lavatory;
(1) Waste is drained, and system is inspected for leakage in accordance with the air carrier’s appropriate document.
(2) Associated components are deactivated, or isolated in accordance with the air carrier’s appropriate document.
(3) Procedures are established and used by the operator to ensure that the inoperative lavatory is not serviced.
(4) Lock the lavatory door closed and placard, “INOPERATIVE − DO NOT ENTER”.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Flight crew to inspect the locked lavatory periodically.
B. The Pilot In Command will determine if flight duration is acceptable with lavatory unusable.

Revision: 3

CENTRAL MAINTENANCE (4) Number required for dispatch

45
SYSTEM (5) Remarks or Exceptions
45-01 Central Maintenance System
2) Onboard Maintenance System C 1 0

(OMS)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a ONBOARD MAINTENANCE SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

10-01 Electronic Flight Bags
1) Class 1 & 2 EFB C 3 0 (M)(O) May be inoperative, use operations procedure (O)
decribed below where operating procedures are
dependent upon the use of the affected EFB.
NOTE: Any EFB function which operates normally may
be used.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a EFB INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Secure EFB and hardware by alternate means or remove from aircraft
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Crew will ensure suitable equipment and/or documentation is available and used
2) Class 2 EFB
(a) Mounting Device C 2 1 (O) (M) Any in excess of one may be inoperative provided
the affected EFB is secured by an alternative means.
C 2 0 (O) (M) May be inoperative provided:

a) The associated EFB is used in accordance with Class
1 EFB stowage criteria, and
b) Use operations procedure (O) decribed below where
operating procedures are dependent upon the use of
the affected EFB
1. PLACARD
A. Put a EFB MOUNTING DEVICE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Crew will ensure suitable equipment and/or documentation is available and used.
3. MAINTENANCE (M)
Secure EFB and hardware by alternate means or remove from aircraft.
(b) Data Connectivity C 2 1 (O) (M) Any in excess of one may be inoperative provided
an alternative means of data connectivity is used.
C 2 0 (O) (M) May be inoperative, use operations procedure (O)

decribed below where operating procedures are
dependent upon the use of the affected EFB
NOTE: Any function, programme or document, which
operates normally, may be used
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Crew will ensure suitable equipment and/or documentation is available and used
3. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. A suitably approved connectivity method will be provided or the EFB removed.

Revision: 3

3) Power Connection for C 2 1 (O) (M) Any in excess of one may be inoperative provided
Class 1 and 2 EFB an alternative power source is available and can be used
for the planned duration of use of the affected EFB
C 2 0 (O) (M) May be inoperative provided alternate procedures
are established and used.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a EFB POWER CONNECTION INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Crew will ensure that prior departure the affecter EFB is sufficient charged.
3. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Deactivate the affected item and establish alternate means, as applicable.
20-01 Integrated Flight Information System C 2 0 Any or all functions may be inoperative provided alternate
(IFIS) source(s) of current approved flight documentation and
navigation charts are available.
NOTES: Any current and operative functions may continue
to be used.
Depending upon operational certification, inoperative IFIS
systems may impact dispatch with paperless cockpit.
Absence of all IFIS will render SMS Target Runway
Identification inoperative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a INTEGRATED FLIGHT INFORMATION SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
1) Document reader function C 1 0 Any or all functions may be inoperative or out of currency
(Electronic AFM, QRH, etc.) provided alternate source(s) of current approved flight
documentation and navigation charts are available.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a IFIS DOCUMENT READER FUNCTION INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2) Electronic Charts C - 0 Any or all individual charts databases may be may be

inoperative or out of currency provided:
a) They are not used to define route of flight, and
b) Alternate source(s) of current approved flight
documentation and navigation charts are available.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a IFIS ELECTRONIC CHARTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
3) Database Applications C - 0 Any or all individual databases may be may be inoperative

(Supplemental Wx Info / or out of currency provided:
Graphic Overlays, (XM a) Procedures do not require their use, and
Weather, Universal Weather,
etc.) b) They are not used to define route of flight.
NOTE: Any current and operative functions may continue

to be used.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a IFIS DATABASE APPLICATIONS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

30-01 Information Management System A - 0 One or all functions may be inoperative provided:
(IMS) a) Datalink printer operation is confirmed,
b) IMS power remains de-activated, and
c) Repairs are made within 48 days.
NOTE: Not available updating of FMS database and IFIS

database items such as flight plans, user
checklists, and etc. refers to FMS Navigation
Databases (34-61-01).
1. PLACARD
A. Put a INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

49 APU
10-01 Auxiliary Power Unit C 1 0 (M) Except for ER operations, may be inoperative provided
(APU) the inlet door is secured CLOSED.
NOTE: Mission flight planning should ensure availability
of alternate means for engine starting (ie: ground
air cart).
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AUXILIARY POWER UNIT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Secure the APU Air Inlet Door CLOSED as follows:
ASCA B5 APU DOOR 311
(3) Refer to Figure 1.
Turn the manual crank on the back of the door actuator to manually close the door.
NOTE: The manual crank has a 0.25 inch hexagon head.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector from the APU door actuator.
(5) Safety, cap and stow the connector (refer to WM 20−12−05).
(7) In the flight compartment, on the EICAS, make sure that the APU DOOR message is not shown.
B. If the APU is inoperative and no ground external electric power is available (i.e. aircraft battery power only), do the steps
that follow:
(1) Temporarily secure the left flow control valve (FCV) in the CLOSED position as follows:
NOTE: Failure to close the left FCV before an engine start will result in a hung start or a hot start.
(a) In the flight compartment, on the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, make sure of the selections that follow:
(a) The L PACK switch/light is OFF.
(b) The XBLEED control knob is in the CLSD position.
(b) Open the aft equipment-compartment door (311BB).
(c) Disconnect the sensing line between the left air conditioning pack and the left FCV at the top of the FCV.
(2) Use an external ground air cart and start the left engine.
(3) Once the left engine has stabilized, do the steps that follow:
(a) Select the L ENG BLEED control knob to OFF.
(b) Shutdown and remove the ground air supply.
(c) Check the disconnected sensing line to make sure that there is no air coming out of it.
(d) Connect and tighten the sensing line to FCV.
(e) Select the L ENG BLEED control knob to AUTO.
(f) Select the L PACK to ON.
(g) Check the sensing line to FCV connection to make sure that there are no bleed air leaks.
(h) Close the aft equipment-compartment door (311BB).
(4) Select the XBLEED control knob to AUTO.
(a) Start the right engine using engine cross bleed (NORMAL PROCEDURES, CROSS BLEED ENGINE START,
FCOM 04−05).

Revision: 3

49 APU
10-01 Auxiliary Power Unit
(APU) (cont.)

Revision: 3

49 APU
14-01 APU Air Intake Door linear actuator C 1 0 (M) Except for ER operations, may be inoperative fully
OPEN provided:
a) APU is operated continuously during flight, and
b) AFM performance corrections for APU ON are
applied.
A 1 0 Aircraft may be dispatched for one flight day, with APU

inlet door partially - OPEN provided APU wind-milling
RPM is monitored per AFM Non-Normal Procedure for
APU DOOR FAIL Caution.
C 1 0 (M) Except for ER operations, may be inoperative

CLOSED provided:
a) APU intake door is secured CLOSED, and
b) APU is considered inoperative
1. PLACARD
A. Put a APU AIR INTAKE DOOR LINEAR ACTUATOR INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Secure the APU Air Inlet door CLOSED as follows:
(3) Turn the manual crank on the back of the door actuator to manually close the door.
NOTE: The manual crank has 0.25 inch hexagon head.
(7) In the flight compartment, on the EICAS, make sure that the APU DOOR message is not shown.
B. Safety the APU Air Inlet door OPEN (more than 25 degrees) as follows.
(3) Turn the hex head screw on the back of the door actuator to open the door.
NOTE: The manual crank has a 0.25 inch hexagon head.
(7) In the flight compartment, on the EICAS Secondary Display make sure that APU Door digital readout shows 25
degrees or more.

Revision: 3

49 APU
52-01 APU LCV (Load Control Valve) C 1 0 (M) Except for ER operations, may be inoperative provided
it is secured CLOSED.
NOTE: The APU is still available as a source of electrical
power if required.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a APU LOAD CONTROL VALVE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Secure the LCV CLOSED as follows:
(1) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breakers that follow (AMM24−00−00−863−801):
APU APU FADEC PWR 1 BATT
APU APU OIL HEAT AC 4
APU APU START BATT
(2) Open the APU access door (321BB) (AMM52−43−00−010−801).

(3) Make sure that the LCV visual position indicator is in the CLOSED position.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector from the torque motor section of the valve.
(5) Safety, cap and stow the electrical connector (SPM−WM 20−12−05).
(6) Close the APU access door (321BB) (AMM52−43−00−410−801).
(7) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, close the circuit breakers that follow (AMM24−00−00−863−802):
APU APU FADEC PWR 1 BATT
APU APU OIL HEAT AC 4
APU APU START BATT
61-01 APU Subsystems Any or all may be inoperative as indicated by “APU

FAULT” advisory message on ground provided the APU is
operative (start and shutdown normally).
1. PLACARD
A. Put a APU SUBSYSTEMS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
1) EGT Thermocouple C 2 1 Except for ER operations, may be inoperative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a EGT THERMOCOUPLE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2) Speed Sensor C 2 0 Except for ER operations, may be inoperative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a APU SPEED SENSOR INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

49 APU
52-01 APU Subsystems (cont.)
3) Fuel Filter C 1 0
1. PLACARD
A. Put a APU FUEL FILTER INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
4) Oil Filter C 1 0 APU may be operated with Impending oil filter bypass
indicated provided:
a) APU is used only for in-flight emergency and
b) Engines are started by an external power source.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a APU OIL FILTER INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
5) APU Generator Oil Filter C 1 0

1. PLACARD
A. Put a APU GENERATOR OIL FILTER INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
6) Hour Meter C 1 0
1. PLACARD
A. Put a APU HOUR METER INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
7) Start Counter C 1 0
1. PLACARD
A. Put a APU START COUNTER INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
8) Sump Oil Heater C 1 0 Except for ER operations, may be inoperative provided

that a minimum of three engine generators are operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a APU SUMP OIL HEATER INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
9) Dual Ignition Box Channels C 2 1 Except for ER operations, one channel may be
inoperative.
NOTE: With one channel inoperative, delayed APU light-
off may be observed.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a DUAL IGNITION BOX CHANNELS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
90-01 APU Oil Quantity Indication System C 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided oil quantity is visually
verified before each departure.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a APU OIL QUANTITY INDICATION SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Before Flight
A. If the APU oil quantity indication system is unserviceable, do a check of the oil level before each flight (refer to AMM
TASK 12−14−09−610−801).

Revision: 3

52 DOOR
11-01 Passenger Door Power Assist B 1 0 May be inoperative provided:
System a) Door is verified manually operative (open-able and
close-able) without any interference,
b) No counter-balance tensator springs are broken,
c) A caution placard is affixed adjacent the door handle
on the inside and outside of the aircraft, and
d) Ground crews are used to assist door handling during
opening and closing.
NOTE: Door weight is in excess of 350 lbs. Without

ground crew assistance, any subsequent
component failure may cause door to drop at a
rate adequate to incur damage or injury.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PASSENGER DOOR POWER ASSIST SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Before Flight:
A. Make sure that you can manually open, close and lock the passenger door as follows:
(1) The rope wound around the pulley (clockwise − looking forward) at the aft end of the torque shaft must be
sufficiently loose to be brought into the interior of the aircraft.
(2) Release the handrail latch before you pull the rope. This will rotate the torque shaft and raise the door with the
normal cables.
(3) When the door is fully raised, it can be lowered into the frame and locked, when you push the handle fully down.
GL6000
On aircraft pre SB 700−52−021 or SB 700−52−022 and 9002 to 9095, make sure that the mechanical indicator
is visible through a window cut-out in the internal handle cover.
(a) A safe indication is shown by the alignment of two green lines.
(b) An unsafe door is indicated when the handle exposes a red fixed plate.
On aircraft post SB 700−52−021 or SB 700−52−022 and 9096 and subs, a safe indication is shown by the
alignment of the three red lines.
GL5000
(4) A safe indication is shown by the alignment of the three red lines.


Revision: 3

52 DOOR
11-01 Passenger Door Power Assist
System (cont.)
Figure 1

Revision: 3

52 DOOR
11-02 Passenger Door - Folding Step C 1 0 May be inoperative provided folding step travels to full
Actuator deploy and stow positions using assistance of door
internal spring.
C 1 0 (O) (M) May be inoperative in the stowed position provided

alternate procedures are used for embarking and
disembarking.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PASSENGER DOOR - FOLDING STEP ACTUATOR INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. With the folding step inoperative in the stowed position or able to be moved to the stowed position, no further
maintenance action is necessary.
B. With the folding step inoperative in other than the fully stowed position, do the steps that follow:
DCPC B6 PAX DOOR MOTOR 130
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector from the actuator.

(4) Remove the master link from the actuator chain.
(5) Remove the chain from the actuator.
DCPC B6 PAX DOOR MOTOR 130
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Alternate procedures are to be established and used by operator to embark and disembark passengers.

Revision: 3

52 DOOR
70-01 Passenger Door Indication System C 1 0 (O)(M) Except for ER operations, may be inoperative
provided prior to each flight:
a) Door is CLOSED and all 10 door stops are visually
verified to be properly aligned,
b) Inner handle is verified STOWED,
c) Flag indicator indicates SAFE,
d) External handle is verified STOWED,
e) External pressure vent flap is verified FLUSH.
f) AUTO mode of cabin pressurization is considered
inoperative,
g) Cabin pressure MAN control channels are verified
operative,
h) Safety valves are verified operative,
i) Cabin RATE Indicator, Cabin ALT indicator, and
and
j) Flights are conducted at or below FL250.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a PASSENGER DOOR INDICATION SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Before Flight
A. Before each flight make sure that the passenger door is closed as follows:
(1) Door is closed and all 10 door stops are visually verified to be properly aligned.
(2) Make sure that the internal handle is stowed.
(3) Make sure that the external handle is stowed.
(4) Make sure that the external pressure vent flap is flush with the door skin.
(5) On aircraft pre SB 700−52−021 or SB 700−52−022 and 9002 to 9095, make sure that the mechanical indicator is
visible through a window cut-out in the internal handle cover.
(a) A safe indication is shown by the alignment of two green lines.
(b) An unsafe door is indicated when the handle exposes a red fixed plate.
(6) On aircraft post SB 700−52−021 or SB 700−52−022 and 9096 and subs, a safe indication is shown by the
alignment of the three red lines in the handle area.
B. Connect electrical power to the aircraft (refer to AMM TASK 24−00−00−861−801).
C. Make sure the cabin pressurization can be done in the MAN mode (refer to AMM TASK 21−31−00−710−802).
D. Make sure the safety valves are operational (refer to AMM TASK 21−31−09−710−801).
E. Pressurize the aircraft for maintenance (refer to AMM TASK 21−00−00−862−805). On the EICAS status page, make
sure that the CAB RATE, CAB ALT and differential pressure indications are operating.
F. Remove the electrical power from the aircraft (refer to AMM TASK 24−00−00−861−802).
3. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Conduct operations in accordance with AFM, NON−NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section 05−04, Manual Cabin
Pressurization Control Procedure.

Revision: 3

52 DOOR
70-02 Aft Equipment Bay Door Indication C 1 0 (O) May be inoperative provided prior to each flight,
System affected door is verified CLOSED, LATCHED and
LOCKED.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AFT EQUIPMENT BAY DOOR INDICATION INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
Before Flight
A. Make sure that the Aft Equipment−Compartment Door (311BB) is confirmed CLOSED, LATCHED and LOCKED.
70-03 Overwing Emergency Exits C 1 0 (O)(M) Except for ER operations, may be inoperative
Indication System provided prior to each flight:
(a) Affected door is verified CLOSED, LATCHED and
LOCKED,
(b) External push plate is verified FLUSH,
(c) AUTO mode of cabin pressurization is considered
inoperative,
(d) Cabin pressure MAN control channels are verified
operative,
(e) Safety valves are verified operative,
(f) Cabin RATE Indicator, Cabin ALT indicator, and
and
(g) Flights are conducted at or below FL250.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a OVER-WING EMERGENCY EXITS INDICATION SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Before Flight
A. Make sure that the Over-wing Emergency Exit is confirmed CLOSED, LATCHED and LOCKED.
B. Make sure that the external push plate is confirmed flush.
C. Make sure the cabin pressurization can be done in the MAN mode (refer to AMM TASK 21−31−00−710−802).
D. Make sure the safety valves are operational (refer to AMM TASK 21−31−09−710−801).
E. Pressurize the aircraft for maintenance (refer to AMM TASK 21−00−00−862−805). On the EICAS status page, make
sure the CAB RATE, CAB ALT and differential pressure indications are operating.
3. OPERATIONS (O)

Revision: 3

52 DOOR
70-04 Baggage Compartment C 1 0 (O)(M) Except for ER operations, may be inoperative
Door Indication System provided prior to each flight:
(a) Affected door is verified CLOSED, LATCHED and
LOCKED,
(b) External push plate is verified FLUSH
(c) AUTO mode of cabin pressurization is considered
inoperative,
(d) Cabin pressure MAN control channels are verified
operative,
(e) Safety valves are verified operative,
(f) Cabin RATE Indicator, Cabin ALT indicator, and
and
(g) Flights are conducted at or below FL250.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR INDICATION SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Before Flight
A. Make sure that the Baggage Compartment Door is confirmed CLOSED, LATCHED and LOCKED.
NOTE: Verify the mechanical safe indication through a window cut-out in the internal handle cover.
B. Make sure that the external handle is confirmed STOWED.
C. Make sure that the external pressure vent flap is confirmed FLUSH.
D. Make sure the cabin pressurization can be done in the MAN mode (refer to AMM TASK 21−31−00−710−802).
E. Make sure the safety valves are operational (refer to AMM TASK 21−31−09−710−801).
F. Pressurize the aircraft for maintenance (refer to AMM TASK 21−00−00−862−805). On the EICAS status page, make
sure the CAB RATE, CAB ALT and differential pressure indications are operating.
3. OPERATIONS (O)
70-05 Refuel/Defuel Door Indication C 1 0 (O) May be inoperative provided prior to each flight,
LOCKED.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a XX INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
OPERATIONS (O)
Before Flight
Make sure that the Refuel/Defuel Door is confirmed CLOSED, LATCHED and LOCKED.
70-06 Aft Hydraulic Door Indication C 1 0 (O) May be inoperative provided prior to each flight,
LOCKED.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a AFT HYDRAULIC DOOR INDICATION SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
Before Flight
A. Make sure that the Aft Hydraulic door is confirmed CLOSED, LATCHED and LOCKED.

Revision: 3

56 WINDOWS
10-01 Windshields (Face ply) A 2 1 (M) The face-ply of one windshield may be cracked
provided:
a) Cracks are sealed with an approved adhesive tape,
b) Tape and face ply are checked for integrity prior to
each flight,
c) The windshield anti-ice system (windshield
temperature controller system) is operative,
d) Flight into known or forecast icing conditions,
precipitation, or other conditions which could cause
fogging or misting is avoided,
e) View through the affected windshield is acceptable to
the affected crewmember,
f) Airspeed is limited to 280 KIAS, when at or below
8.000 ft. MSL, and
g) Repairs are made within two flight days.
NOTE: Windshield heat should continue to be applied.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a WINDSHIELDS FACE PLY INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Make sure that the windshield has no loose pieces. Do a general visual inspection of the windshield (refer to AMM
TASK 56−10−01−210−801).
(1) If loose pieces exist, the windshield must be replaced.
(a) Remove the windshield (refer to AMM TASK 56−10−01−000−801).
(b) Install the windshield (refer to AMM TASK 56−10−01−400−801).
B. Seal any cracks with an approved tape (SPM−MM 51−90−00−930−802).
A. Make sure that the tape does not obstruct the pilot’s view.
C. Make sure that the windshield anti−ice system (windshield thermal control system) is operative (refer to AMM TASK
30−41−00−710−803).
Before Flight: Check the tape and the face ply for integrity before each flight.

Revision: 3

73 ENGINE AND FUEL CONTROL
21-01 Engine FADEC Faults A 2 0 May be dispatched with FADEC faults provided repairs are
made in accordance with times established by engine
manufacturer.
No extensions are allowed.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a ENGINE FADEC FAULTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
21-02 Engine Electronic Controller C 2 0 Both EPR Control modes may be inoperative provided:
(EPR Control Modes) a) Both L ENGINE and R ENGINE N1/EPR switches are
selected to N1, and
b) Flights are conducted in accordance with the AFM
Supplement for DISPATCH IN ALTERNATE
CONTROL (N1) MODE.
NOTE: Autothrottle system will be inoperative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a ENGINE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
31-01 EICAS Fuel Flow Readouts B 2 1 May be inoperative provided:

a) EICAS Aft Fuel Tank and Total Fuel Quantity
Readouts are operative.
b) FMS fuel remaining indication system is considered
inoperative and not used, and
c) EICAS Fuel Used indications are considered
inoperative and not used.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a EICAS FUEL FLOW READOUTS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
31-02 EICAS Fuel Used Readout C 2 0 One or both may be inoperative provided:
a) EICAS Aft Fuel Tank and Total Fuel Quantity
Readouts are operative, and
b) EICAS Fuel Flow Readouts are operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a EICAS FUEL USED READOUT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
32-01 Engine Fuel Temperature C 2 1 (M) One may be inoperative provided icing inhibitor is
Indications (on the FUEL added to the fuel.
Synoptic Page)
1. PLACARD
A. Put a ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE INDICATIONS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Ensure appropriate quantity and type of approved icing inhibitor is added to the fuel (AMM 12−11−01−660−801) or
(AMM 12−11−09−660−801).

Revision: 3

74 IGNITION
10-01 Ignition Systems B 4 3 (O) Except for ER operations one may be inoperative
provided engine cowl anti-ice operates normally on the
associated engine.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a ENGINES IGNITION SYSTEMS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Start the affected engine (refer to AMM TASK 71−00−00−866−806).
B. Select the affected engine cowl ANTI−ICE switch to ON (L COWL or R COWL).
C. Make sure the affected engine cowl message that follows is not shown on the EICAS.
− L COWL A/ICE FAIL
− R COWL A/ICE FAIL.
D. On the EICAS display, make sure CAI icon shows in green for the affected engine.
E. Select the affected engine cowl ANTI−ICE switch to OFF (L COWL or R COWL).
F. Stop the engine (refer to AMM TASK 71−00−00−866−809).
30-01 Ignition “ON” Switch light (light C 1 0 (M) May be inoperative provided no fault messages
function only) displayed for both FADEC systems and the Stall
Protection Computer.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a IGNITION “ON” SWITCH LIGHT INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Start the SPS test on the EMS CDU and make sure that two IGN Icons show on the EICAS display.

Revision: 3

31-01 Engine Vibration Indication B 2 0 May be inoperative provided:
a) Both Ice Detection Systems are operative,
icing conditions,
c) Operations are not conducted more than 60 minutes
from a suitable airport, and
d) No deleterious engine vibration trend had been
observed on the affected channel(s) immediately
prior to failure.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a ENGINE VIBRATION INDICATION INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.

Revision: 3

78 EXHAUST
31-01 Thrust Reverser Systems C 2 1 (M) One may be inoperative provided:
a) Inoperative Thrust Reverser is deactivated, stowed
and locked in the forward thrust position, and
b) Operations are conducted in accordance with AFM
performance data and AFM Supplement for
OPERATION ON CONTAMINATED RUNW AYS.
NOTE: Under condition of one thrust reverser inoperative,
where AFM Non-Normal Procedures reference
values With or Without Thrust Reversers, the
values Without Thrust Reversers are to be used.
C 2 0 (M) Both may be inoperative provided:

a) Inoperative Thrust Reversers are deactivated, stowed
and locked in the forward thrust position, and
b) Operations are conducted in accordance with AFM
performance data and AFM Supplement for
OPERATION ON CONTAMINATED RUNW AYS.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a THRUST REVERSER SYSTEMS INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. If one thrust reverser is inoperative, deactivate the unserviceable thrust reverser in the stowed position (refer to AMM
TASK 78−30−00−040−802).
OR
B. If both thrust reversers are inoperative, deactivate the unserviceable thrust reversers in the stowed position (refer to
AMM TASK 78−30−00−040−802).

Revision: 3

79 OIL
12-01 Remote Oil Fill System C 1 0 (M) Part or all of the system may be inoperative provided
that the affected engine(s) oil level is/are checked and
filled manually, prior to each flight.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a REMOTE OIL FILL SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Before Flight:
A. Ensure engine oil tank levels have been verified on the oil tank sight gauges within the permissible time interval (refer to
AMM TASK 12−14−01−610−801).
B. If found low, engine oil tank levels must be refilled manually to the oil tank full level as viewed on the full level sight
gauge.
30-01 Engine Oil Quantity Indication B 2 0 (M) Both may be inoperative provided:
System a) The engine oil quantity is verified on the engine oil
quantity gauge prior to each engine start, and
b) Operations are not conducted more than 120 minutes
from a suitable airport.
NOTE: After dispatch (10 min.) the caution message “L-R
OIL LO QTY” will appear on EICAS.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a ENGINE OIL QUANTITY INDICATION SYSTEM INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
Before Engine Start:
A. Ensure engine oil tank levels have been verified on the oil tank sight gauges within the permissible time interval (refer to
AMM TASK 12−14−01−610−801).
34-01 Impending Oil Filter Bypass A 2 1 (M) One may be inoperative provided:
Indication a) A daily check of the oil filter pop-up indicator is made,
and
b) Repairs are made within three flight days.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a IMPENDING OIL FILTER BYPASS INDICATION INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Remove and examine the oil filter element for metal contamination (EMM TASK 79−21−02−220−801).
B. Verify the magnetic chip detectors as follows:
(1) Detailed inspection of the front−bearing−chamber magnetic chip detector (refer to AMM TASK
79−21−04−220−801).
(2) Detailed Inspection of the rear−bearing−chamber magnetic chip detector (refer to AMM TASK
79−21−04−220−802).
(3) Detailed Inspection of the accessory gearbox magnetic chip detector (refer to AMM TASK 79−21−04−220−803).
B. Contact RRD and report the event.
C. For next two flight days, prior to first flight, do a visual inspection of the oil filter popup indicator to make sure that it is
not in the extended position (EMM TASK 79−34−02−210−801).

Revision: 3

80 STARTING
11-01 Starter Air Valve (SAV) C 2 1 (O)(M) One may be inoperative CLOSED provided:
a) Use operations procedure (O) / maintenance procedure
(M) decribed below, and
b) APU Is operative.
1. PLACARD
A. Put a STARTER AIR VALVE INOPERATIVE placard on the instrument panel.
2. MAINTENANCE (M)
A. Manual Operation of the Starter Air Valve
(1) Open the applicable centre cowl door (432EB/442EB).
WARNING: BE CAREFUL IF YOU MUST DO WORK ON HOT COMPONENTS. USE HIGH TEMPERATURE
PROTECTIVE GLOVES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING. THE TEMPERATURE OF THE STARTER
EXHAUST CAN BE 424 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT (200 DEGREES CELSIUS), OR MORE. IF YOU
DO NOT DO THIS, YOU CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.
(2) On the signal from the ground safety man, manually move the valve until the mechanical position indicator of the
SAV is in the OPEN position.
(3) After the start, on the signal from the ground safety man, manually move the valve until the position indicator is in
the CLOSED position.
(4) Close the applicable centre cowl door (432EB/442EB).
3. OPERATIONS (O)
Before Engine Start:
A. Perform a Manual Start as follows:
(1) For the engine to be started:
(a) IGNITION ..........................ON
IGN icon appears vertically above the N2 readout.
(b) ENG START .....................L CRANK or R CRANK
(c) Tell the ground crew on the outside headset to turn the Starter Air Valve to the OPEN position.
Starter engages.
START icon appears horizontally above the N2 readout.
OIL PRESSURE rising, amber icon will turn to green at approximately 35 PSI.
(d) When N2 reaches 15% RPM:
ENGINE RUN switch .............ON
FUEL FLOW indication, approximately 450 − 600 PPH. Light−off indication, ITT approximately 400 − 500° C.
(e) When N2 reaches approximately 42% RPM:
Tell the ground crew on the outside headset to turn the Starter Air Valve to the CLOSED position.
Starter disengages. START icon disappears.
(f) When N2 reaches approximately 62% RPM: N1 stabilizes at approximately 25%.
Check that the oil pressure is rising, and stabilizes at a minimum of 25 PSI.
The amber icon will turn to green at approximately 35 PSI.
Check that the oil temperature is rising. The amber icon will turn green at approximately 20° C.
(g) ENG START .....................AUTO
(h) IGNITION ..........................OFF
The IGN icon will disappear.

Revision: 3
9.17 SECTION 2, MESSAGE ORIENTATED MEL RELIEF
SECTION 2
MESSAGE ORIENTATED
MEL RELIEF

Revision: 3
9.17.1 INTRODUCTION
The following section has been authorized as an alternative to the standard method of MMEL dispatch
relief, as is normally achieved through fault isolation procedures, and subsequent dispatch under
LRU/Component MMEL relief. Section 2,herein, has been developed with the with the objective of
allowing flight crews to dispatch from the displayed CAS (Crew Alerting System) message, without
specifically identifying associated failed LRUs or components.
As Section 2 is intended as an alternative dispatch relief methodology, the LRU/Component relief

(Section 1) will be retained in order to provide maximum flexibility for relief. Flight crews / operators
may dispatch failures with reference to either Section 1 or Section 2 of this MMEL to the advantage that
either may provide.
Upon comparison, it may be recognized in many cases that when comparing dispatch relief provisos for
posted CAS messages to those of the related LRU / Component dispatch relief, the provisos associated
with the CAS message will generally be more restrictive in content and relief interval. Without the
opportunity for fault isolation through maintenance, it must be assumed that worst-case failure
conditions always underlie the posted message - commensurately, dispatch should be more restrictive.
However, where maintenance personnel are available and fault isolation conducted, relief provisos in
Section 1 may be found to provide fewer or less stringent restrictions upon operations and offer a longer
relief interval.
Section 2 has been arranged in alphabetical order of the indicated CAS message, without association to
ATA Chapter. However, to avoid any possible mis-identification, each message is identified beneath as
to its alert level.
Repair intervals (A, B, C & D) associated with CAS message reliefs herein, remain consistent with
those of Section 1, and as described in the Definitions section in the front matter of this MMEL.
In conjunction with Section 2, a new separate dispatch procedures section has also been developed, also
arranged in alphabetical order of the indicated CAS message. Where deemed necessary, the familiar
“(O)” indicates the need for such supporting tasks, the scope of which shall be at the discretion of the
approval authority. Acceptable tasks include, but are not necessarily limited to the following duties:
- Procedures described which exercise cockpit (or cabin) system controls utilized in normal
flight operations;
- Deactivation of affected systems, as achieved by pulling system breaker or use of remote
electronic system isolation;
- Visual inspection behind panels (internal or external) which are accessible without tools via
quick-release latches and which clearly indicate their unlocked or unsafe state;(red/green safe
window; flush fit latches) (candidates to be verified at FOEB);
- Visual confirmation of remote gauge indications, or valve positions as provided by integral
external indicators.
9.17.2 GENERAL:
The engine indication and crew alerting system (EICAS) displays the aircraft/engine parameters, alert messages of
abnormal aircraft/engine conditions, and the status of aircraft/engine systems to the flight crew.
The EICAS provides the flight crew with the types of messages that follow:
- Warning messages, displayed in the color red, require immediate flight crew attention.
- Caution messages, displayed in the color amber, require immediate flight crew awareness; subsequent
flight crew action may be required.
- Advisory messages, displayed in the color cyan, indicate a minor problem or a reduction in a system’s
capability to the flight crew.
- Status messages, displayed in the color white, indicate a current non−normal aircraft
configuration/performance that requires flight crew awareness. Status messages will not be covered in
this document.

Revision: 3
9.17.3 HOW TO USE THE EICAS MESSAGE LIST:

The EICAS message list that follows provides a quick cross reference of the EICAS messages to MMEL items
which may provide dispatch relief.
This list does not cover all possible combinations of system and/or component failures that may cause an EICAS
message to appear. This list should be used for guidance purposes only. Failure of the corresponding aircraft
system/component must be confirmed/identified before the aircraft is dispatched in accordance with the referred
MMEL item.
The EICAS messages are given in alphabetical order. The table includes the level of alert. The last two columns
provide references to possible MMEL relief.
NOTE: An EICAS message that may have more than one possible equipment failure will have multiple MMEL
items listed in the last two columns.
NOTE: For some multiple contributors messages, not all contributors have accepted MMEL relief at this time.

Revision: 3

CAS INDICATION DISPATCH CONSIDERATIONS
ADC 2 DEGRADED (Advisory) B (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) ADC 2 is de-activated,
b) None of the following CAS messages are also
posted:
i) ADC 1 FAIL Advisory;
ii) ADC 3 FAIL Advisory;
iii) ADC 1 DEGRADED Advisory;
iv) ADC 3 DEGRADED Advisory;
c) Reversion Switching System is operative,
d) The four pitot-static probes are functional, including
e) TAT probes of the unaffected ADC’s are operative.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. With ADC 2 degraded, do as follows:
(1) Make sure that the ADC 1 DEGRADED and ADC 3 DEGRADED advisory messages are not posted on the
EICAS.
(2) Make sure that the ADC 1 FAIL and ADC 3 FAIL advisory messages are not posted on the EICAS.
B. Conduct operations in accordance with AFM NON−NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section 05−14, ADC 1 (2) (3) FAIL
(Advisory).

ADC 3 DEGRADED (Advisory) B (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) ADC 3 is de-activated,
b) None of the following CAS messages are also posted:
iv) ADC 2 FAIL Advisory;
v) ADC 1 DEGRADED Advisory;
c) Reversion Switching System is operative,
d) The four pitot-static probes are functional, including
e) TAT probes of the unaffected ADC’s are operative.
(Continued next page)


Revision: 3

ADC 3 DEGRADED (Advisory) (continued....)
1. OPERATIONS (O)
EICAS.

IND/RECORD ADC3 DC ESS
(Advisory).
ADC 2 FAIL (Advisory) B (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:

a) None of the following CAS messages are also
posted:
vi) ADC 3 FAIL Advisory;
vii) ADC 1 DEGRADED Advisory;
b) Reversion Switching System is operative,
d) TAT probes of the unaffected ADC’s are operative.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. With ADC 2 failed, do as follows:
EICAS.
(Advisory).

ADC 3 FAIL (Advisory) B (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
posted:
- ADC 1 FAIL Advisory;
- ADC 2 FAIL Advisory;
- ADC 1 DEGRADED Advisory;
- ADC 2 DEGRADED Advisory;
b) Reversion Switching System is operative,
d) TAT probes of the unaffected ADC’s are operative.

Revision: 3

ADC 3 FAIL (Advisory) (continued....)
1. OPERATIONS (O)
EICAS.

IND/RECORD ADC3 DC ESS
(Advisory).

AFT R/D VALVE OPEN (Advisory) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) Valve is verified CLOSED following each fueling
operation, and
b) Fuel is not added to the Aft Tank.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
After Each Refuelling Operation:
A. Make sure that the aft refuel/defuel valve is closed as follows:
(1) Open the aft equipment−compartment door.
(2) Visually check that the aft refuel/defuel valve indicates CLOSED.
Refer to Figure 1.

ASCA A4 R/D MOTOR VALVES
(4) Close the aft equipment−compartment door.

A. Do not use the aft tank.
NOTE: Circuit breaker may be set closed if refueling operations are required for other tanks. After refueling, the above
procedures must be completed before dispatch.

Revision: 3

AFT R/D VALVE OPEN (Advisory) Figure 1
The procedures contained in this section must not be modified without first consulting Bombardier Business Aircraft
Customer Support.

Revision: 3

AFT XFER FAIL (Caution) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
(GL6000 only) a) Remaining fuel in the AFT tank is considered as
unusable fuel,
b) AFM table from “AFT XFER FAIL” Non−Normal
Procedures for aft tank unusable fuel is used to
determine fuel quantity for landing, and
c) Aft tank SOVs are verified in the CLOSED position.
C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided aft fuel tank is

empty.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Consider any fuel remaining in the aft tank as unusable.
B. For landing fuel requirement refer to AFM NON−NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section 05−11, AFT XFER FAIL (Caution).
C. Make sure that the aft tank transfer SOVs are closed as follows:
(3) Visually check that both the aft tank transfer SOVs indicate CLOSED.
Refer to Figure 2.
D. In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breakers that follow:

OR
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. On the EICAS FUEL Synoptic Page, make sure that the aft tank is empty.
B. If the aft tank is not empty, defuel the aft tank.


Revision: 3

AFT XFER FAIL (Caution) (Figure 1) (GL6000 only)
AFT Transfer SOV – Location, Figure 1 (Sheet 1 of 3)


Revision: 3



Revision: 3



Revision: 3

AFT XFER FAULT (Advisory) (GL6000 only) B (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided, following each
refuelling and with the reference to the FUEL SYNOPTIC
PAGE indications:
a) Aft transfer SOV on the failed side is secured closed
and then deactivated,
b) Aft transfer pump on the failed side is deactivated,
c) Opposite aft transfer SOV is verified operative prior to
each refueling,
d) Opposite DC AUX pump is operative, e) Opposite
wing transfer SOV is operative,
f) Fuel XFEED SOV is verified operative,
g) Both opposite fwd and aft AC pumps are operative,
h) Aft fuel tank quantity indications are operative,
i) Area in vicinity of the aft tank in the aft equipment bay
is inspected for fuel leaks, and
j) Flight planning considers any fuel loaded into the aft
tank as unusable.
C Aircraft may be dispatched provided aft fuel tank remains

empty.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. On the failed side, make sure that the aft tank transfer SOV is closed as follows:
(1) On the EICAS FUEL synoptic page, make sure the aft tank transfer SOV is shown closed.
(3) Visually check that the aft tank transfer SOV indicates CLOSED.
Refer to Figure 3.
B. On the failed side, deactivate the aft pump and associated SOV, and make sure opposite SOV is serviceable, as
follows:
(1) Start the APU or use external AC power.
(2) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the applicable circuit breakers that follow:
Affected left aft tank transfer pump and SOV:

OR
Affected right aft tank transfer pump and SOV:



Revision: 3

AFT XFER FAULT (Advisory) (cont.) (GL6000 only)

Before each refueling:
C. Verify the operation of the operative side aft transfer SOV as follows:
(1) In the flight compartment, on the FUEL control panel, make sure the AFT XFER switch is in the OFF position.
(2) On the EICAS primary page, make sure the AFT XFER FAIL (caution) message does not show.
(3) On the EICAS primary page, make sure you see the AFT FUEL XFER OFF message.
(4) On the FUEL synoptic page, make sure you see the indications that follow:
L AFT XFER PUMP WHITE Contour
R AFT XFER PUMP WHITE Contour
(5) In the flight compartment, on the FUEL control panel, turn the AFT XFER switch to ON. Make sure you see the
(6) For the deactivated left aft tank transfer pump and SOV,
L AFT XFER PUMP AMBER Contour
R AFT XFER PUMP AMBER Contour
R AFT XFER VALVE Open
L AFT XFER LINE EMPTY
R AFT XFER LINE GREEN

OR
For the deactivated right aft tank transfer pump and SOV,
L AFT XFER PUMP GREEN Contour
R AFT XFER PUMP AMBER Contour
L AFT XFER LINE GREEN


Revision: 3

AFT XFER FAULT (Advisory) (cont.) (GL6000 only)

After each refueling:
D. Verify operation of the XFEED SOV as follows:
(1) On the FUEL control panel, make sure that the XFEED SOV PBA does not show OPEN or FAIL.
(2) On the FUEL synoptic page, make sure that XFEED SOV shows CLOSED.
(3) On the FUEL control panel, push the XFEED SOV PBA.
(4) Make sure that the XFEED SOV PBA shows OPEN.
(5) On the FUEL synoptic page, make sure that XFEED SOV shows OPEN.
(7) On the FUEL synoptic page, make sure that XFEED SOV shows CLOSED.
(8) Make sure that the XFEED SOV PBA OPEN and FAIL lights are not illuminated.
E. Open the aft equipment−compartment door.
F. In the aft equipment compartment, inspect the area in the vicinity of the aft fuel tank for fuel leaks.
G. Visually check that the aft tank transfer SOV indicates CLOSED.
Refer to Figure 3.
H. Close the aft equipment−compartment door.
I. Plan flight considering the aft tank fuel contents as unusable fuel.

Revision: 3

AFT XFER FAULT (Advisory) (cont.) (Figure 1)
(GL6000 only)


Revision: 3

(GL6000 only)


Revision: 3

(GL6000 only)


Revision: 3

AP 1 FAIL (Advisory) C In combination with AP 2 FAIL, may be dispatched
provided:
a) Procedures are not dependent on its use, and
b) Intended flights do not exceed three hours.
c) At least one flight director is confirmed operative on
each side.
NOTE: In combination with AP 2 FAIL, automatic
Emergency Descent Mode is inoperative
1. OPERATIONS (O)
Put an "INOP" label on the EDM button on the flight control panel.

AP 2 FAIL (Advisory) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
provided:
a) Approach procedures are not dependent on its use,
and
b) In combination with AP 2FAIL Intended flights do not
exceed three hours.
c) At least one flight director is confirmed operative on
each side.
NOTE: In combination with AP 2 FAIL, automatic
Emergency Descent Mode is inoperative.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
Put an "INOP" label on the EDM button on the flight control panel.

Revision: 3

APU BLEED SYS FAIL (Caution) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
provided:
a) APU BLEED remains selected OFF,
b) Load control valve is confirmed closed,
c) Following Caution messages are not also illuminated:
− L BLEED SYS FAIL, and
− R BLEED SYS FAIL
NOTE 1: All ground engine starts will require ground air
source.
NOTE 2: APU is still available as a source of electrical
power if required.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
Part A of this check to be performed with APU only running.
Part A:
A. In the flight compartment, start the APU.
B. On the BLEED/ANTI-ICE synoptic page, confirm that the APU flow tube below the LOAD CONTROL VALVE is green.
C. On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, set the APU BLEED switch to OFF.
D. On the BLEED/ANTI-ICE synoptic page, confirm that the APU flow tube above the LOAD CONTROL VALVE is empty
and the left bleed pressure indicates 0 psi.
Part B;
E. Start both engines (ground air source is required).
F. On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, set both ENG BLEED switches to ON.
G. On the primary EICAS display, make sure that the messages that follow are not shown:
− L BLEED SYS FAIL
− R BLEED SYS FAIL.
H. Set the APU switch to OFF for dispatch (APU may be re−started to use the APU generator, if required).
NOTE: All ground starts will require ground air source.

APU DOOR FAIL (Caution) B Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched with
APU inlet door fully − OPEN provided:
a) APU is operated continuously during flight, and
b) AFM performance corrections for APU ON are applied.
OR
A Aircraft may be dispatched for one flight day with APU inlet
door partially − OPEN provided APU wind−milling RPM is
monitored per AFM Non−Normal Procedure for APU
DOOR FAIL Caution.
C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched

with APU inlet door fully CLOSED provided APU is
1. OPERATIONS (O)
Do a visual check to make sure that the APU door is fully closed.

APU FADEC FAIL (Advisory) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
provided the system remains switched OFF and the
inlet door is CLOSED.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
B. Do a visual check to make sure that the APU door is fully closed.

Revision: 3

APU FAULT (Advisory) C Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
provided:
a) APU allows normal start and shutdown,
b) APU is only used for in−flight emergency,
c) A minimum of three engine electrical generators are
operative,
d) Engines are started by an external power source.
NOTE: Where APU fault does not allow normal start and
shutdown, APU is to be considered inoperative.
C Aircraft may be dispatched provided APU is considered

inoperative and not used.

APU FIRE FAIL (Caution) C Aircraft may be dispatched provided the APU is
considered inoperative and is NOT used.

APU FIRE FAULT (Advisory) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided the APU fire test
is conducted prior to each use of the APU.
C Aircraft may be dispatched provided the APU is

considered inoperative and is not used.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Conduct APU fire test before each use of the APU.

APU FUEL SOV (Caution) (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
provided:
a) APU fuel valve is visually confirmed CLOSED, and
b) APU switch remains in the OFF position.
OPERATIONS (O)
B. Make sure that the APU fuel SOV is closed as follows:
(2) Visually check that the APU fuel SOV indicates CLOSED.
Refer to Figure 1.

Revision: 3

APU FUEL SOV (Caution) (cont.) (Figure 1)
APU Fuel SOV – Location, Figure 1


Revision: 3

APU GEN FAIL (Advisory) C Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
provided GEN #1, #2, #3 and #4 are operative.

APU NOT AVAILABLE (Advisory) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
1. OPERATIONS (O)

APU OIL HI TEMP (Caution) C O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
1. OPERATIONS (O)

APU OIL LO PRESS (Caution) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
1. OPERATIONS (O)

APU OIL LO QTY (Advisory) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
1. OPERATIONS (O)

APU SHUTDOWN (Advisory) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
1. OPERATIONS (O)

APU SQUIB 1 FAIL (Advisory) C Aircraft may be dispatched provided the APU is

APU SQUIB 2 FAIL (Advisory) C Aircraft may be dispatched provided the APU is

Revision: 3

AT 1 FAIL (Advisory) C Aircraft may be dispatched provided AT 1 is confirmed
disengaged.

AT 2 FAIL (Advisory C Aircraft may be dispatched provided AT 2 is confirmed
disengaged.

AT 1-2 FAIL (Advisory) C Aircraft may be dispatched provided both AT systems are
confirmed disengaged.

AUTOBRAKE FAIL (Caution) C Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) Autobrake selector switch remains in the OFF
position, and
b) BRAKE FAULT Advisory is not also annunciated.

AVIONIC FAN FAIL (Advisory) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided one or both air
conditioning packs are operated during ground
operation.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, set the circuit breaker that follows to LOCKED:


CHECKLIST MISMATCH (Caution) C Aircraft may be dispatched provided
a) Electronic checklist is considered inoperative, and
b) At least two IFIS systems are operative.
OR
C Aircraft may be dispatched provided paper checklists are

available in the cockpit.
Note: Electronic checklist is considered inoperative

Revision: 3

CPLT BRAKE FAULT (Caution) C Aircraft may be dispatched for one flight day provided:
displayed:
− PLT BRAKE FAULT Caution;
− L (R) REV LOCK FAIL Caution;
− L (R) REVERSER FAIL Caution;
− NOSE STEER FAIL Caution;
− BRAKE FAULT Advisory;
− L (R) REV LOCK FAULT Advisory;
− L (R) REVERSER FAULT Advisory;
− FLT SPOILERS FAULT Advisory; and
− GND LIFT DUMP Advisory;
b) Takeoff and landing limited to dry runway operations
only,
c) Multiply normal T/O field length by 2.1,
d) Takeoff and landing tailwind component limited to no
more than 3 knots,
e) Maximum cross−winds limited to 10 kts for both T/O
and landing, and
f) Multiply landing field length by 2.2.

CTR XFER FAIL (Caution) C Aircraft may be dispatched provided the center tank
remains empty.
C Aircraft may be dispatched provided remaining fuel in

center tank is considered as unusable fuel.

CTR XFER FAULT (Advisory) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) Opposite DC AUX pump is operative, b) Opposite
wing transfer SOV is operative,
c) Cross−feed valve is verified operative prior to each
dispatch,
d) Any failure causing continuous center transfer pump
operation is de−activated via EMS CDU power to the
affected transfer pump, and
e) Where mission requirements utilize fuel in the center
tank, fuel planning considers that the quantity in the
wing tanks is adequate to reach a suitable or
alternate destination if the remaining center pump
fails at any time.
C Aircraft may be dispatched provided the center wing tank

remains empty.

Revision: 3

CTR XFER FAULT (Advisory) (cont.)
1. OPERATIONS (O)
Before Dispatch:
A. Verify operation of the XFEED SOV as follows:
(1) Start the engines.
(2) On the FUEL control panel, make sure that the XFEED SOV PBA does not show OPEN or FAIL.
(3) On the FUEL synoptic page, make sure that XFEED SOV shows CLOSED and the associated flow lines are
empty.
(5) Make sure that the XFEED SOV PBA shows OPEN.
(6) On the FUEL synoptic page, make sure that XFEED SOV shows OPEN and the associated flow lines are filled.
(8) On the FUEL synoptic page, make sure that XFEED SOV shows CLOSED and the associated flow lines are
empty.
(9) Make sure that the XFEED SOV PBA OPEN and FAIL lights are not illuminated.
B. For any failure that causes a center transfer pump to run continously, do as follows:
(1) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the applicable circuit breakers that follow:
For the left center tank transfer pump,

FUEL L CTR XFER PUMP AC 1
For the right center tank transfer pump,

FUEL R CTR XFER PUMP AC 4

CVR FAULT (Advisory) C Aircraft may be dispatched provided, if CVR fails Flight
Compartment Originating Check*, dispatch is undertaken
in accordance with provisos for CVR inoperative (see
Section One, item 23-71-01)
NOTE 1: CVR FAULT does not necessarily indicate loss
of normal voice recording.
NOTE 2: * For Flight Compartment Originating Check
ref. FCOM Vol 1, Section 04-04, step 5.5.

ELEC SYS FAULT (Advisory) C Aircraft may be dispatched provided the ELEC SYS FAIL
Caution message is not annunciated.

Revision: 3

EVS DEFOG FAULT (Advisory) C Aircraft may be dispatched providing the EVS image is
acceptable to the pilot.
NOTE1: The EVS image may degrade in high humidity
condition, to the point of disappearance, as the
IR Window misting increases.
NOTE 2: EVS cannot be used in lieu of natural vision
below minimums. EVS may only be used for
C Aircraft may be dispatched provided provisos associated

with EVS HEAT FAIL are observed.
EVS FAIL (Caution) D O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:

a) EVS is considered inoperative and is not used, and
b) EVS HEAT FAIL and EVS HEAT OVHT Caution
messages are not annunciated.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breaker that follows:

NAV EVS DC 2

EVS HEAT FAIL (Caution) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) EVS ice protection is deactivated,
c) Ice detection system is operative.
increases.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
SYSTEM NAME CIRCUIT BREAKER BUS NAME ZONE

B. Operations are not permitted into known or forecast icing conditions.
NOTE: With IR window heat inoperative, the EVS image may degrade in high humidity conditions, to the point of
disappearance, as IR window misting increases.

Revision: 3

EVS HEAT OVHT (Caution) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) EVS ice protection is deactivated,
c) Ice detection system is operative.
increases.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
SYSTEM NAME CIRCUIT BREAKER BUS NAME ZONE

B. Operations are not permitted into known or forecast icing conditions.
NOTE: With IR window heat inoperative, the EVS image may degrade in high humidity conditions, to the point of
disappearance, as IR window misting increases.

FD 1 FAIL (Advisory) C Aircraft may be dispatched with FD 1 failed in AFCS 1
and/or in AFCS 2, provided enroute and/or approach
C In combination with FD 2 FAIL Advisory, except for ER

operations, aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) At least one flight director remains available, and
b) En route and/or approach requirements are met.

FD 2 FAIL (Advisory) C Aircraft may be dispatched with FD 2 failed in AFCS 1
and/or in AFCS 2, provided enroute and/or approach
C In combination with FD 1 FAIL Advisory, except for ER

operations, aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) At least one flight director remains available, and
b) En route and/or approach requirements are met.

FDR ACCEL FAIL (Advisory) A (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
flights with the flight data recorder unserviceable,
b) Not more than 72 hours have elapsed since the flight
data recorder was found to be unserviceable, and
c) Any cockpit voice recorder required to be carried is
operative.

Revision: 3

FDR ACCEL FAIL (Advisory) (cont.)
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. With the Flight Data Recorder (FDR) inoperative, verify the operation of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) as follows:
(1) Connect headphones (600 Ω) to the HEADPHONE jack on the CVR control panel.
(2) On the CVR control panel, push the TEST switch for a minimum of half a second.
(3) Make sure you get the indications that follow within three seconds:
(a) The STATUS LED on the control panel flashes for approximately two seconds and goes out.
(b) A tone (800 Hz) is heard in the headphones for approximately two seconds.
(4) Disconnect the headphones from the CVR control panel.

FDR FAIL (Advisory) A (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
flights with the flight data recorder unserviceable,
b) Not more than 72 hours have elapsed since the flight
data recorder was found to be unserviceable, and
c) Any cockpit voice recorder required to be carried is
operative.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. With the Flight Data Recorder (FDR) inoperative, verify the operation of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) as follows:
(1) Connect headphones (600 Ω) to the HEADPHONE jack on the CVR control panel.
(2) On the CVR control panel, push the TEST switch for a minimum of half a second.
(3) Make sure you get the indications that follow within three seconds:
(a) The STATUS LED on the control panel flashes for approximately two seconds and goes out.
(b) A tone (800 Hz) is heard in the headphones for approximately two seconds.
(4) Disconnect the headphones from the CVR control panel.
FLAP HALFSPD (Advisory) B (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) SLAT HALFSPD Advisory or SLAT FAIL Caution
messages are not also posted, and
HALFSPEED.
NOTE 1: If NO TAKEOFF Advisory message is posted
when aircraft is correctly configured for
take−off and throttles are advanced, dispatch
is not permitted.
NOTE 2: Flap system will operate at half speed.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Confirm with maintenance base that affected SFCU part number is GT415−5900−13 or subsequent.
B. Make sure that the SLAT HALFSPD advisory and SLAT FAIL caution CAS messages are not shown.
C. With engines running and aircraft in the normal take−off configuration, confirm that the following indications do not
D. Conduct operations in accordance with AFM SUPPLEMENT 13, DISPATCH WITH SLATS HALFSPEED OR FLAPS
HALFSPEED.
NOTE: Flap system will operate at half speed.


Revision: 3
AIRCRAFT: Bombardier BD-700-1A10 / -1A11 (Caution)

FLT SPOILERS FAULT (Advisory) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched with one MFS surface or
symmetrical pair inoperative provided:
a) Affected MFS surface or pair is
verified retracted before each take off,
MULTI−FUNCTION FLIGHT OR GROUND
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. On the FLIGHT CONTROLS synoptic page, identify the spoiler panels associated with the FLT SPOILERS FAULT
advisory.
(1) With the hydraulic systems unpressurized, confirm panel attachment by gripping affected spoiler panel and, with
reasonable force, attempt to raise it from its flush position. If panel lifts, do not dispatch.
B. Deactivate the affected flight control module (FCM) by using the EMS CDU to open the applicable circuit breaker:
MFS#4 pair & MFS#1 pair & MFS#2 pair & MFS#3 pair &
OTBD GS pair OTBD GS pair INBD GS pair INBD GS pair
AFFECTED
FLIGHT CIRCUIT
SYSTEM NAME BUS NAME
CONTROL BREAKER NAME
MODULE (FCM)
FCM 1A FLT CONTROLS FLT CTL 1 CH A DC1
FCM 1B FLT CONTROLS FLT CTL 1 CH B DC2
FCM 2A FLT CONTROLS FLT CTL 2 CH A DC ESS
FCM 2B FLT CONTROLS FLT CTL 2 CH B DC ESS


Revision: 3

FLT SPOILERS FAULT (Advisory) (cont.)
C. Carry out FCM dormancy check for HST T/O configuration detection as follows:
(1) Configure aircraft for check as follows:
WOW On Ground
PARK BRAKE OFF
SLAT/FLAPS TAKE−OFF Range
AILERON TRIM TAKE−OFF Range
RUDDER TRIM TAKE−OFF Range
SPOILERS RETRACTED
TQA Levers Below TAKE−OFF Range
HSTAB TRIM NOT in TAKE−OFF Position
(2) Following deactivation of the affected FCM in step 2., above, from the table below, select the respective row from
the left column and read across to perform sequential de−activation of FCMs, confirming NO TAKE−OFF
Advisory annunciation in each case.
FCM 1A FLT FCM 1B FLT FCM 2A FLT FCM 2B FLT

Affected CTL1 CH CTL1 CH CTL2 CH CTL2 CH
FCM: A B A B
(DC1 Bus) (DC2 Bus) (DC ESS Bus) (DC ESS Bus)
FCM 1A Deactivated Step a) Step b) step c)

FCM 1B Step a) Deactivated Step b) step c)
FCM 2A Step a) Step b) Deactivated step c)
FCM 2B Step a) Step b) step c) Deactivated
(3) Step a)
(a) On the EMS CDU, deactivate the FCM circuit breaker identified at the top of this associated Step a) column.
EICAS.
(4) Step b)
(a) On the EMS CDU, deactivate the FCM circuit breaker identified at the top of this associated Step b) column.
(b) Advance power levers to T/O position and confirm NO TAKE−OFF Advisory
CAS message posts on the EICAS.
(5) Step c)
(a) On the EMS CDU, deactivate the FCM circuit breaker identified at the top of this associated Step c) column.

Revision: 3

FLT SPOILERS FAULT (Advisory) (cont.)
(b) Advance power levers to T/O position and confirm NO TAKE−OFF Advisory CAS message posts on the EICAS.
NOTE: If TAKE−OFF Advisory CAS message does not post, in any of the above cases, dispatch is not permitted.
D. Verify the operation of the remaining spoilers as follows:
(1) Pressurize hydraulic systems No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3.
Table that follows:
(5) Make sure that all remaining MFS pairs and GS pairs fully extend.
(6) Make sure that all MFS and GS spoiler positions are in agreement with the positions shown on the EICAS
FLIGHT CONTROL synoptic page.
E. Conduct operations in accordance with AFM SUPPLEMENT 15, DISPATCH WITH ONE PAIR OF MULTI−FUNCTION
FLIGHT AND/OR GROUND SPOILERS INOPERATIVE.
Before Each Flight:

A. On the FLIGHT CONTROLS synoptic page, identify the spoiler panels associated with the FLT SPOILERS FAULT
advisory.
(1) With the hydraulic systems unpressurized, confirm panel attachment by gripping affected spoiler panel and, with
reasonable force, attempt to raise it from its flush position. If panel lifts, do not dispatch.
B. Verify the operation of the remaining spoilers as follows:
(1) Pressurize hydraulic systems No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3.
Table that follows:
(5) Make sure that all remaining MFS pairs and GS pairs fully extend.
(6) Make sure that all MFS and GS spoiler positions are in agreement with the positions shown on the EICAS
FLIGHT CONTROL synoptic page.

Revision: 3

FMS 1 FAIL (Advisory) C (O) Except where operations require its use, aircraft may
be dispatched provided:
a) In combination with any other FMS failure, at least
one FMS is operative for dispatch, and
b) Alternate procedures are established and used.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
B. Before each flight use current aeronautical information to verify status and suitability of navigation facilities used to

1. OPERATIONS (O)

b) Alternate procedures are established and used.
1. OPERATIONS (O)

FUEL TEMP SENSOR (Caution) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) Only one bulk fuel temperature indication on the
FUEL Synoptic page is affected, and
b) AFM Non−Normal procedures are followed for the
respective conditions of amber or dashed
temperature indication, when the FUEL TEMP
SENSOR message is present during flight.
NOTE: WING FUEL LO TEMP and WING FUEL HI
TEMP caution messages will not operate for the
affected system.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
NOTE: In flight, the FUEL TEMP SENSOR Caution message may be posted as a constant indication, or appear
intermittently throughout flight, depending upon the location of the faulted sensor(s), and the prevailing bulk
fuel temperatures at any point in time. During the posting of the message, it will be observed that the affected
Synoptic Page temperature indication will be amber (estimated) or dashed (invalid).
On the ground, the FUEL TEMP SENSOR Caution message will remain constant. During presence of the FUEL TEMP
SENSOR Caution message in flight, operations are to be conducted in accordance with the AFM NON-NORMAL
PROCEDURES, Section 05−11, FUEL TEMP SENSOR (Caution), respective to the condition of the affected Synoptic Page
temperature indication (amber or dashed).

Revision: 3

GEAR SYS FAIL (Caution) A (O) Aircraft may be dispatched for one flight day,
provided:
a) All gear doors (not attached to gear leg) close
normally,
b) Approved ground lock−pins are installed (flags
removed) for flight, and
c) None of the following CAS messages are also
displayed:
− WOW FAULT Advisory;
− ICE DETECTOR FAULT Advisory;
− ICE DETECTOR FAIL Caution;
− L PACK FAIL Caution;
− R PACK FAIL Caution; and
d) TAWS (Terrain Modes) is considered inoperative,
and
e) Aircraft is operated in accordance with AFM
Retraction System Inoperative.
NOTE: Be prepared for NOSE STEER FAIL Caution
upon touchdown. With GEAR DISAGREE posted,
nose−wheel steering cannot operate, but will not
post failure until wheel spin−up.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Install approved ground lock-pins on the landing gear.
NOTE: Make sure that the presence of lock−pins is entered into the aircraft logbook.
B. Make sure that the following CAS advisory messages are not shown:
− ICE DETECTOR FAULT
− WOW FAULT.
C. Make sure that the following CAS caution messages are not shown:
− ICE DETECTOR FAIL
− L PACK FAIL
− R PACK FAIL.
D. Conduct operations in accordance with AFM SUPPLEMENT 27, DISPATCH WITH LANDING GEAR RETRACTION
SYSTEM INOPERATIVE.

GEAR SYS FAULT (Advisory) A Aircraft may be dispatched for one flight day, provided
flights are conducted with gear locked down and in
accordance with all provisos of GEAR SYS FAIL Caution
relief.

Revision: 3

HUD FAIL (Caution) D Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
and
b) The HUD is selected OFF and the combiner is
stowed.
NOTE: Stowing the combiner turns the Global Vision
HUD OFF.
HUD FAN FAIL (Advisory) D Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
and
b) The HUD is selected OFF and the combiner is
stowed.
NOTE: Stowing the combiner turns the Global Vision
HUD OFF.

HUMIDIFIER FAIL (Advisory) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) System is deactivated,
b) Neither L PACK FAIL or R PACK FAIL Caution
messages are also annunciated,
c) TRIM AIR switch is selected and remains OFF,
d) HASOVs are indicated closed on Synoptic Page, and
e) Extended periods of aircraft in−operation or ground
handling during freezing temperatures must be
avoided to prevent system damage due to possible
freezing of water trapped in the system.
NOTE 1: Potential freezing is not of concern provided
ECS is operating.
NOTE 2: Overnight parking in hangar should be
considered where freezing temperatures are
forecast.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Deactivate the humidifier system as follows:
AIR COND/PRESS HUMIDIFIER DC 2
B. In the flight compartment, on the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, set and keep the TRIM AIR switch in the OFF
position.
C. On the primary EICAS display, make sure that the following CAS caution messages do not show:
− L PACK FAIL
− R PACK FAIL.
D. On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the hot−air shutoff valves (HASOVs) show closed.
E. Avoid extended periods of aircraft in−operation or ground handling during freezing temperatures to prevent system
damage due to possible freezing of water trapped in the system.

Revision: 3

HYD PUMP 3A FAIL (Advisory) B (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) Affected pump is switched OFF,
b) Remaining system 3B AC motor pump is operated
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Set the unserviceable hydraulic pump switch to OFF.
B. In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breaker that follows:

HYD HYD PUMP 3A AC 4
After Engine Start:

green.

HYD PUMP 3B FAIL (Advisory) B (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) Affected pump is switched OFF,
b) Remaining system 3A AC motor pump is operated
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Set the unserviceable hydraulic pump switch to OFF.
B. In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breaker that follows:

HYD HYD PUMP 3B AC 1
After Engine Start:

green.
(5) On the overhead HYDRAULIC control panel, select the 1B and 2B hydraulic pumps to the AUTO position.

Revision: 3

ICE (Caution) C Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) When WING ANTI−ICE knob is selected to ON, none
of the following messages are displayed;
− L WING A/I FAIL Caution;
− R WING A/I FAIL Caution;
− L COWL A/I FAIL Caution;
− R COWL A/I FAIL Caution;
− L COWL A/I FAULT Advisory;
− R COWL A/I FAULT Advisory;
and
b) Aircraft is not dispatched into known or forecast icing
conditions.

ICE DETECTOR FAIL (Caution) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided operations are
not conducted in known or forecast icing conditions.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
NOTE: Two ice detection systems are unserviceable if the EICAS ICE DETECTOR FAIL message is shown.
In the flight compartment, open and tag the circuit breakers that follow:

CCBP F7 L ICE DETECTOR
CCBP H8 R ICE DETECTOR

ICE DETECTOR FAULT (Advisory) C Aircraft may be dispatched provided wing and cowl
anti−ice systems are turned ON when icing conditions as
defined in the AFM exist or are anticipated.

IFIS 1 (2) (3) FAULT (Advisory) C Any or all may be inoperative provided alternate source(s)
of approved flight documentation and navigation charts are
available.
NOTE: Any current and operative functions may continue
to be used.
Depending upon operational certification, inoperative IFIS
systems may impact dispatch with paperless cockpit.
Absence of all IFIS will render SMS Target Runway
Identification inoperative.

INT CABIN DOOR (Caution) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided, prior to take off
and landing, the door is physically verified fully open.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
Before Take-Off and Landing:
Make sure that the interior cabin door is fully open.

IRS 1 AUX FAIL (Advisory) C Aircraft may be dispatched provided no other IRS AUX
PWR, IRS AUX FAIL or IRS FAIL messages are posted.

IRS 1 AUX PWR (Advisory) C Aircraft may be dispatched provided no other IRS AUX

Revision: 3

IRS 1 FAIL (Advisory) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
pilot’s station,
available at each pilot’s station,
c) Standby Attitude Indicator is operative, and
d) IRS 2 FAIL and IRS 3 FAIL are not annunciated.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
(1) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breakers that follow:

NAV IRS 1 PWR B BATT
B. Operations to be conducted in IRS reversion mode, select IRS REVERSION as required to obtain independent pilot/co-
pilot attitude and heading sources.

IRS 1 MISCMP (Caution) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
posted:
− IRS 2 MISCMP Caution;
− IRS 2 FAIL Caution;
b) Independent attitude indication is available at each
pilot’s station,
c) Independent directional compass indication is
d) Standby Attitude Indicator is operative.
NOTE: Following an unsuccessful attempt to reset a
miscompare, the IRS should be deactivated.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Following an unsuccessful attempt to reset, deactivate IRS 1 as follows:

NAV IRS 1 PWR B BATT
B. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the following CAS caution messages do not show:
− IRS 2 MISCMP
− IRS 3 MISCMP
− IRS 2 FAIL
− IRS 3 FAIL.
C. Operations to be conducted in IRS reversion mode, select IRS REVERSION as required to obtain independent pilot/co-

Revision: 3


pilot’s station,
1. OPERATIONS (O)

NAV IRS 2 FAN DC 2

Revision: 3

posted:
pilot’s station,
1. OPERATIONS (O)

NAV IRS 2 FAN DC 2
− IRS 1 MISCMP
− IRS 3 MISCMP
− IRS 1 FAIL
− IRS 3 FAIL.

Revision: 3


pilot’s station,
1. OPERATIONS (O)

NAV IRS 3 FAN DC 1

posted:
pilot’s station,
1. OPERATIONS (O)

NAV IRS 3 FAN DC 1


Revision: 3
AIRCRAFT: Bombardier BD-700-1A10 / -1A11 (Caution) (Advisory)

IRS 3 MISCMP (Caution) (cont.)
1. OPERATIONS (O)
− IRS 1 MISCMP
− IRS 2 MISCMP
− IRS 1 FAIL
− IRS 2 FAIL.
ISI FAULT (Advisory) C Aircraft may be dispatched provided:

a) Both ADC and IRS are operative, and
b) Except for ER operations.
C In combination with ADC 2 (3) FAIL and/or IRS 1 (2) (3)

FAIL, aircraft may not be dispatched into ER operations.
NOTE: Failure of second IRS or ADC will cause loss of all
autopilot function.
L AUX FUEL PUMP (Advisory) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
a) Left AUX pump is de−activated,
b) Right centre transfer pump is operative,
c) Right aft tank transfer pump is operative,
d) Right aft tank transfer SOV is operative,
e) Right wing transfer SOV is operative,
f) XFEED FAIL Caution is not posted,
g) L PRI FUEL PUMP Advisory is not posted, and
planned flight.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Deactivate the L AUX fuel pump as follows:

B. On the primary EICAS display, make sure that the CAS caution message that follows does not show:
− XFEED FAIL.
C. On the primary EICAS display, make sure that the CAS advisory message that follows does not show:
− L PRI FUEL PUMP.

Revision: 3

L AUX FUEL PUMP (Advisory) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
a) Left AUX pump is de−activated,
b) Right centre transfer pump is operative,
c) Right wing transfer SOV is operative,
d) XFEED FAIL Caution is not posted,
e) L PRI FUEL PUMP Advisory is not posted, and
planned flight.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Deactivate the L AUX fuel pump as follows:

− XFEED FAIL.

L BLEED FAULT (Advisory) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided, prior to each
flight:
a) None of the following messages are also posted:
− R BLEED SYS FAIL Caution;
− R WING ANTI−ICE FAIL Caution;
− XBLEED FAIL Caution;
− R BLEED FAULT Advisory;
− WING ANTI−ICE FAULT Advisory;
b) Left PRV and HP SOV open and close correctly in
response to L BLEED OFF switch selection, as
indicated on Synoptic Page, and
c) Left HP valve is open at engine idle and closed at
high thrust settings, as indicated on Synoptic Page.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
Before Flight and After Engine Start:
A. On the EICAS primary display, make sure of the following:
(1) The following CAS advisory messages do not show:
− R BLEED FAULT
− WING ANTI−ICE FAULT.
(2) The following CAS caution messages do not show:
− R WING ANTI−ICE FAIL
− XBLEED FAIL.


Revision: 3

L BLEED FAULT (Advisory) (cont.)
B. Verify the operation of the pressure regulator valve (PRV) and high pressure valve (HPV) as follows:
(1) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, set the L ENG BLEED switch to OFF.
(2) On the BLEED/ANTI−ICE synoptic page, make sure that the PRV and HPV show closed.
(3) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, set the L ENG BLEED switch to AUTO.
(4) On the BLEED/ANTI−ICE synoptic page, make sure that the PRV and HPV show open.
C. Verify the operation of the high pressure (HP)/low pressure (LP) switching as follows:
(1) Slowly advance the left throttle until the HPV shows closed on the BLEED/ANTI−ICE synoptic page
(approximately 27 psi). Verify that the LP port is the bleed pressure source.
(2) Slowly retard the left throttle until the HPV shows open on the BLEED/ANTI−ICE synoptic page (approximately
23 psi). Verify that the LP port is not the bleed pressure source.
OR

(1) The following CAS advisory message does not show:
− R BLEED FAULT.
(2) The following CAS caution message does not show:
(1) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, set the L ENG BLEED switch to OFF.
(3) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, set the L ENG BLEED switch to AUTO.
(1) Slowly advance the left throttle until the HPV shows closed on the BLEED/ANTI−ICE synoptic page
(2) Slowly retard the left throttle until the HPV shows open on the BLEED/ANTI−ICE synoptic page (approximately
23 psi). Verify that the LP port is not the bleed pressure source.

L ENG FIRE FAULT (Advisory) A Aircraft may be dispatched for one flight day provided the
Fire Test is conducted before each flight.
C Aircraft may be dispatched provided:

a) Fire test is conducted before each flight, and
b) Operations are conducted not more than 60 minutes

L FADEC FAULT (Advisory) A May be dispatched with FADEC faults provided repairs are
manufacturer.

Revision: 3

L PACK AUTO FAIL (Caution) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
a) Left pack is selected OFF and the FCV is verified
closed on the Synoptic Page,
b) Right pack discharge temperature indications on
Synoptic Page are operative,
c) Right pack is verified operative in MAN mode,
d) Right pack is operated in AUTO mode,
e) Avionics Bay fan is selected OFF,
f) Recirculation system is verified operative,
g) AUX PRESS system is verified operative,
h) TRIM AIR is selected OFF,
i) RAM Air valve is verified operative,
j) None of the following CAS messages are also
posted:
− L BLEED SYS FAIL Caution;
− L BLEED LEAK Caution;
− R BLEED LEAK Caution;
− R PACK TEMP Caution;
− X BLEED FAIL Caution;
− R PACK FAULT Advisory;
and
k) Operations are conducted at or below FL 410.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. In the flight compartment, on the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, select the L PACK PBA to OFF.
(1) On EICAS the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the left flow control valve (FCV) shows
closed.
B. On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the right−pack discharge−temperature indication is shown.
C. Verify the right pack manual pressurization operation as follows:
(This procedure may be done with the engine(s) running or the APU.)
(1) Make sure that all the doors, exits, and access panels on the pressurized area of the fuselage are closed. On the
overhead panel, on the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, make sure that the PACK and BLEED switches are in
AUTO.
(2) On the overhead panel, on the PRESSURIZATION control panel, set the AUTO/MAN switch to MAN, use the
MAN ALT switch in the DN position to pressurize the airplane.
(3) Adjust CAB ALT to 500 feet below current airfield elevation, monitor Δ P and CAB RATE for corresponding
change in indication.
WARNING: FULLY RELEASE THE PRESSURE FROM THE AIRCRAFT BEFORE YOU TRY TO OPEN THE
DOORS. IF YOU DO NOT DO THIS, THE PRESSURE CAN DECREASE SUDDENLY. THIS CAN CAUSE
INJURY TO PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(4) Use the MAN ALT switch in the UP position to return the airplane to field elevation.
D. Operate right pack in AUTO mode.


Revision: 3

L PACK AUTO FAIL (Caution) (cont.)
(GL6000 only)
E. In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, set the circuit breaker that follows to LOCKED:

F. Verify the operation of the recirculation system as follows:

(1) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, push in the RECIRC PBA.
(2) Make sure of the following indications:
− RECIRC PBA shows OFF
− On the EICAS primary page, the CAS status message RECIRC FAN OFF shows
− On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, the message RECIRC OFF shows.
(3) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, push out the RECIRC PBA.
(4) After 20 seconds make sure of the following indications:
− RECIRC PBA does not show OFF
− On the EICAS primary page, the CAS status message RECIRC FAN OFF does not show
− On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, the message RECIRC OFF does not show.
G. Verify the operation of the AUX PRESS system as follows:
(1) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, push in the AUX PRESS PBA.
− AUX PRESS PBA shows ON
− On the EICAS primary page, the CAS status message AUX PRESS ON shows
− On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, the message AUX PRESS ON shows.
(3) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, push out the AUX PRESS PBA.
− AUX PRESS PBA does not show ON
− On the EICAS primary page, the CAS status message AUX PRESS ON does not show
− On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, the message AUX PRESS ON does not show.
H. On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, push in the TRIM AIR PBA. Make sure that the PBA shows OFF.
I. Verify the operation of the RAM AIR valve as follows:
(1) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, push in the RAM AIR PBA.
− RAM AIR PBA shows ON
− On the EICAS primary page, the CAS status message RAM AIR ON shows
− On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, the RAM AIR valve shows open.
− RAM AIR PBA does not show ON
− On the EICAS primary page, the CAS status message RAM AIR ON does not show
− On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, the RAM AIR valve shows closed.
J. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the following CAS advisory messages are not shown:
− R BLEED FAULT
− R PACK FAULT.

Revision: 3

(GL6000 only)
K. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the following CAS caution messages are not shown:
− L BLEED LEAK
− R BLEED LEAK
− R PACK TEMP
− X BLEED FAIL.
L. Conduct operations at or below FL410.

Revision: 3

L PACK AUTO FAIL (Caution) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
a) Left pack is selected OFF and the FCV is verified
b) Right pack discharge temperature indications on
c) Right pack is verified operative in MAN mode,
d) Right pack is operated in AUTO mode,
posted:
− AV RACK FAN FAIL Advisory;
and
1. OPERATIONS (O)
(1) On EICAS the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the left flow control valve (FCV) shows
closed.
B. On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the right−pack discharge−temperature indication is shown.
C. Verify the right pack manual pressurization operation as follows:
AUTO.
D. Operate right pack in AUTO mode.

Revision: 3

(GL5000 only)


− R BLEED FAULT
− R PACK FAULT.

Revision: 3

(GL5000 only)
− L BLEED LEAK
− R BLEED LEAK
− R PACK TEMP
− X BLEED FAIL.

L PACK FAIL (Caution) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
a) Left pack is selected OFF,
b) Left FCV is visually verified closed in aft equipment
bay,
c) Right pack discharge temperature indications on
d) Right pack is verified operative in MAN mode,
e) Right pack FCV opens and closes correctly in
response to PACK OFF switch,
f) Right pack is operated in AUTO mode,
g) Avionics Bay fan is selected OFF,
h) Recirculation system is verified operative,
i) AUX PRESS system is verified operative,
j) TRIM AIR is selected OFF,
k) RAM Air valve is verified operative,
l) None of the following CAS messages are also
posted:
− R PACK AUTO FAIL Caution;
m) Operations are conducted at or below FL 410.
NOTE: If pack closure cannot be confirmed on synoptic,
then manual closure and lock−out is required prior
to dispatch.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
B. Verify that the left flow control valve (FCV) is closed as follows:
(2) Make sure that the mechanical indicator on the left FCV is in the CLOSED position.
If the left FCV does not indicate closed contact maintenance to close the FCV. Refer to Figure 5.


Revision: 3

L PACK FAIL (Caution) (cont.) C
(GL6000 only)
Flow Control Valve Figure 1 (Sheet 1 of 2)


Revision: 3

(GL6000 only)


Revision: 3

(GL6000 only)
1. OPERATIONS (O)
C. On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the right−pack discharge−temperature indication is shown.
D. Verify the right pack manual pressurization operation as follows:
AUTO.
E. On the EICAS AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the right FCV operates correctly as follows:
(1) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, push in the R PACK PBA.
(2) Make sure that the R PACK PBA shows OFF and the FCV shows closed on theAIR CONDITIONING synoptic
page.
(3) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, push out the R PACK PBA.
(4) Make sure that the R PACK PBA does not show OFF or FAIL and the FCV shows open on the AIR
CONDITIONING synoptic page.
F. Operate right pack in AUTO mode.
G. In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, set the circuit breaker that follows to LOCKED:

H. Verify the operation of the recirculation system as follows:

I. Verify the operation of the AUX PRESS system as follows:
(3) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, push out the AUX PRESS PBA

Revision: 3

(GL6000 only)
1. OPERATIONS (O)
J. On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, push in the TRIM AIR PBA. Make sure that the PBA shows OFF.
K. Verify the operation of the RAM AIR valve as follows:
L. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the following CAS advisory messages are not shown:
− R BLEED FAULT
− R PACK FAULT.
M. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the following CAS caution messages are not shown:
− L BLEED LEAK
− R BLEED LEAK
− R PACK TEMP
− R PACK AUTO FAIL
− X BLEED FAIL.
N. Conduct operations at or below FL410.
NOTE: If pack closure cannot be confirmed on the synoptic page, then manual closure and lock−out is required prior
to dispatch.

Revision: 3

L PACK FAIL (Caution) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
a) Left pack is selected OFF,
b) Left FCV is visually verified closed in aft equipment
bay,
c) Right pack discharge temperature indications on
d) Right pack is verified operative in MAN mode,
e) Right pack FCV opens and closes correctly in
f) Right pack is operated in AUTO mode,
l) None of the following CAS messages are also
posted:
− AV RACK FAN FAIL Advisory and
to dispatch.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
B. Verify that the left flow control valve (FCV) is closed as follows:
(2) Make sure that the mechanical indicator on the left FCV is in the CLOSED position.
If the left FCV does not indicate closed contact maintenance to close the FCV. Refer to Figure 5.

Revision: 3

(GL5000 only)


Revision: 3

(GL5000 only)


Revision: 3

(GL5000 only)
1. OPERATIONS (O)
AUTO.
(1) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, push in the R PACK PBA.
(2) Make sure that the R PACK PBA shows OFF and the FCV shows closed on theAIR CONDITIONING synoptic
page.
(4) Make sure that the R PACK PBA does not show OFF or FAIL and the FCV shows open on the AIR



Revision: 3

(GL5000 only)
1. OPERATIONS (O)
− R BLEED FAULT
− R PACK FAULT.
− L BLEED LEAK
− R BLEED LEAK
− R PACK TEMP
− R PACK AUTO FAIL
− X BLEED FAIL.
to dispatch.

L PACK FAULT (Advisory) C Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
provided, prior to each dispatch:
a) The following messages are not posted;
− L BLEED FAULT Advisory;
− L BLEED FAIL Caution;
− R PACK FAIL Caution;
and
b) With bleed air on, left flow control valve correctly
closes and re−opens in response to pack OFF/ON
selection, as confirmed on the Synoptic Page.

Revision: 3

L PRI FUEL PUMP (Advisory) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
posted:
− L AUX FUEL PUMP Advisory;
− R AUX FUEL PUMP Advisory;
− R PRI FUEL PUMP Advisory;
b) Aft position L PRI pump is operative as indicated on
FUEL Synoptic Page,
d) Wing XFEED is verified operative prior to each
dispatch.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
Before Flight:
A. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the CAS advisory messages that follow do not show:
− L AUX FUEL PUMP
− R AUX FUEL PUMP
− R PRI FUEL PUMP.
B. On the FUEL synoptic page, make sure that the aft L PRI pump is operative.
C. Make sure that all fuel quantity indications are operative.
D. Make sure that the XFEED SOV is operative as follows:
(1) On the FUEL control panel, push in the XFEED SOV PBA.
− On the FUEL control panel, the XFEED PBA shows OPEN
− On the FUEL synoptic page, the crossfeed valve shows open
− On the EICAS primary display, the CAS status message XFEED VALVE OPEN shows.
(3) On the FUEL control panel, push out the XFEED SOV PBA.
− On the FUEL control panel, the XFEED PBA does not show OPEN or FAIL
− On the FUEL synoptic page, the crossfeed valve shows closed
− On the EICAS primary display, the CAS status message XFEED VALVE OPEN does not show.

L PROBE MON FAIL (Advisory) B (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
provided:
a) Neither ICE DETECTOR FAULT Advisory or ICE
DETECTOR FAIL Caution messages are displayed,
icing conditions,
d) Dispatch provisos and procedures associated with
YD HEAT1 FAIL, herein, are carried out,
e) Enroute operations do not require it’s use, and
f) Flights are conducted in accordance with the AFM
INOPERATIVE.
NOTE: Both inboard and outboard left brake temperature
indications on the EICAS STATUS Page will be
inoperative.

Revision: 3

L PROBE MON FAIL (Advisory) (cont.)
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the CAS advisory message ICE DETECTOR FAULT and CAS caution
message ICE DETECTOR FAIL are not shown.
B. Do not conduct operations in known or forecast icing conditions.
C. Conduct operations in day VMC only.
D. Carry out dispatch provisos and procedures associated with YD HEAT 1 FAIL advisory.
E. Conduct operations in accordance with AFM, Supplement 12, DISPATCH WITH BRAKE TEMPERATURE
MONITORING SYSTEM INOPERATIVE.
NOTE: Both inboard and outboard left brake temperature indications on the EICAS STATUS page will be inoperative.
OR
F. On the EICAS primary display, with the CAS advisory message R PROBE MON FAIL shown, make sure that the CAS
advisory message ICE DETECTOR FAULT and CAS caution message ICE DETECTOR FAIL are not shown.
G. Do not conduct operations in known or forecast icing conditions.
H. Conduct operations in day VMC only.
I. Carry out dispatch provisos and procedures associated with YD HEAT 1 FAIL and YD HEAT 2 FAIL advisories.
J. Conduct operations in accordance with AFM, Supplement 12, DISPATCH WITH BRAKE TEMPERATURE
NOTE: Both inboard and outboard brake temperature indications on the EICAS STATUS page will be inoperative.

L WING A/ICE FAIL (Advisory) C Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) Anti−Ice “WING” rotary switch is selected to the OFF
position and the valves confirmed closed on the
Synoptic Page,
b) ICE DETECTOR FAULT Advisory and/or ICE
DETECTOR FAIL Caution messages are not also
posted, and
c) Operations are not conducted in known or forecast
icing conditions

L WSHLD HEAT FAIL (Advisory) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) Remaining channels are verified operative by
selecting both WINDSHIELD HEAT switches to ON,
and confirming none of the following messages are
annunciated by the CAS:
− R WSHLD HEAT FAIL Caution;
− R WINDOW HEAT FAIL Caution;
− L WINDOW HEAT FAIL Caution;
and
icing conditions.
OR

Revision: 3

L WSHLD HEAT FAIL (Advisory) (cont.) C (O) In conjunction with other window heat channel
failures, the aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) Only one of the following messages are annunciated:
− R WSHLD HEAT FAIL Caution;
c) Both ice detection systems are operative
1. OPERATIONS (O)
Single Failure
A. To verify that the remaining channels are operative, on the overhead WINDSHIELD HEAT control panel, select both
WINDSHIELD HEAT switches to ON.
B. In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breakers that follow:

ICE R WINDOW HEAT CTL DC 1
C. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the CAS caution messages that follow are shown:
− L WINDOW HEAT FAIL
− L WSHLD HEAT FAIL
− R WINDOW HEAT FAIL
D. In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, close the circuit breakers that follow:

E. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the CAS caution messages that follow are shown:
− R WSHLD HEAT FAIL
F. Operations are not permitted into known or forecast icing conditions.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
Double Failure



Revision: 3

L WSHLD HEAT FAIL (Advisory) (cont.)
C. On the EICAS primary display, in addition to L WSHLD HEAT FAIL and R WSHLD HEAT FAIL (if applicable) make sure
that the CAS caution messages that follow are shown:
NOTE: If the R WSHLD is not the second failure, then R WSHLD HEAT FAIL will not be posted on the EICAS primary
display.

E. Confirm that in addition to L WSHLD HEAT FAIL, only one of the CAS caution messages that follow is shown on
EICAS:
− R WSHLD HEAT FAIL.
F. Operations are not permitted into known or forecast icing conditions

LARGE SERV DOORS (Caution) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided prior to each
flight, Aft Equipment Bay Door, Refuel/Defuel Door,
and Aft Hydraulic Door are verified CLOSED,
LATCHED and LOCKED.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
Following airplane servicing, and immediately prior to dispatch, confirm, via walk−around, that the large service doors that
follow are properly CLOSED and LOCKED:
− AFT EQUIPMENT-COMPARTMENT DOOR
− REFUEL/DEFUEL DOOR
− HYDRAULIC SYSTEM No. 3 SERVICING DOOR

MAN PRESS FAULT (Advisory) A (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
for one flight day, provided flight is conducted in
accordance with AFM for unpressurized flight
configuration, at or below 9,000 ft MSL.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Conduct operations in accordance with AFM NON-NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section 05−04, Unpressurized Flight
Procedure.
B. Operations above FL90 are not permitted.

Revision: 3

MLG BAY OVHT FAIL (Caution) B Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) Landing gear is left extended for ten minutes
following take−off unless there is an engine failure,
b) Brake Temperature Monitoring
System is fully functional, and
c) BTMS indications are monitored after take−off and
gear is not retracted until indications show 09 or
below and decreasing, and
d) Operations are conducted in accordance with AFM
Inoperative while gear remains extended.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Conduct operations in accordance with AFM Supplement 27, DISPATCH WITH LANDING GEAR RETRACTION
SYSTEM INOPERATIVE.
After Take−Off:
B. Monitor brake temperatures for ten minutes before retracting the landing gear.
NOTE: Monitor BTMS to ensure that there is no temperature rise due to overheated brakes and/or tire fire.

MLG BAY OVHT FAULT (Advisory) B Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) Landing gear is left extended for ten minutes
following take−off unless there is an engine failure,
b) Brake Temperature Monitoring System is fully
functional, and
c) BTMS indications are monitored after take−off and
gear is not retracted until indications show 09 or
below and decreasing, and
d) Operations are conducted in accordance with AFM
Inoperative while gear remains extended.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Conduct operations in accordance with AFM Supplement 27, DISPATCH WITH LANDING GEAR RETRACTION
SYSTEM INOPERATIVE.
After Take−Off:
B. Monitor brake temperatures for ten minutes before retracting the landing gear.
NOTE: Monitor BTMS to ensure that there is no temperature rise due to overheated brakes and/or tire fire.

OUTFLOW VLV 1 FAIL (Advisory) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
provided:
a) Forward outflow valve is verified fully OPEN,
MSL, and
runways that may lead to imminent ditching, and

Revision: 3

OUTFLOW VLV 1 FAIL (Advisory) C
1. OPERATIONS (O)
NOTE: If valve indication is inoperative or valve cannot be moved to full open position by manual selection of
OUTFLOW VALVE 1 PBA, dispatch via this relief is not permitted.
B. To select unpressurized configuration prior to take−off set the EMERG DEPRESS PBA to ON.
C. If take−off and landing runway is not located near any bodies of water continue flight at or below FL90 in accordance
with AFM NON-NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section 05−04, Unpressurized Flight Procedure.
D. If take−off and landing runway is located near any body of water close outflow valve 2 by setting the OUTFLOW VALVE
E. To resume unpressurized configuration when flightpath and altitude are clear of potential for unplanned ditching,
F. Continue flight at or below FL90 in accordance with AFM NON-NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section 05−04,
G. If any body of water is located on the approach to the destination runway, close outflow valve 2 by setting OUTFLOW

OUTFLOW VLV 2 FAIL (Advisory) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
provided:
a) Forward outflow valve is verified fully OPEN,
MSL, and
runways that may lead to imminent ditching, and
1. OPERATIONS (O)
NOTE: If valve indication is inoperative dispatch via this relief is not permitted.
B. To select unpressurized configuration prior to take−off set the EMERG DEPRESS PBA to ON.
C. If take−off and landing runway is not located near any bodies of water continue flight at or below FL90 in accordance
with AFM NON-NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section 05−04, Unpressurized Flight Procedure.
D. If take−off and landing runway is located near any body of water close outflow valve 2 by setting the OUTFLOW VALVE
E. If valve cannot be moved to CLOSED position by manual selection of OUTFLOW VALVE 2 PBA, dispatch via this relief
is not permitted.
F. To resume unpressurized configuration when flightpath and altitude are clear of potential for unplanned ditching,
G. Continue flight at or below FL90 in accordance with AFM NON-NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section 05−04,
H. If any body of water is located on the approach to the destination runway, close outflow valve 2 by setting OUTFLOW

Revision: 3

PAX OXY AUTO FAIL (Advisory) C Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
provided:
a) Manual deployment system (OVERRIDE) is
operative,
b) Flight remains at or below FL 300, and c) Minimum
en route altitude does not exceed 10.000 ft MSL.
PITOT 2 HT FAIL (Caution) B (O) Except where operations require its use, including
RVSM, aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) ADC #2 is de−activated,
displayed:
− PITOT 1 HT FAIL Caution;
− STBY PITOT HT FAIL Caution;
− TAT HT 1 FAIL Caution;
− ADC 1 FAIL Advisory;
− ADC 1 DEGRADED Advisory;
icing conditions,
any form,
e) Reversion Switching System is operative, and
f) Operations are conducted in day VMC conditions
only.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Safety the unserviceable pitot probe heater as follows:
LOCATION CIRCUIT BREAKER NAME

CCBP B1 PITOT 2 HT
(2) Make sure that the following Caution messages are not shown on the EICAS:
−PITOT 1 HT FAIL
−PITOT 3 HT FAIL
−STBY PITOT HT FAIL
−TAT HT 1 FAIL
−TAT HT 3 FAIL.
(3) Make sure that the following Advisory messages are not shown on the EICAS:
− ADC 1 FAIL
− ADC 1 DEGRADED
− ADC 3 FAIL
− ADC 3 DEGRADED
− ICE DETECTOR FAULT.
(4) Make sure that the ICE DETECTOR FAIL Caution message is not shown on the EICAS.

Revision: 3

PITOT 3 HT FAIL (Caution) B (O) Except where operations require its use, including
RVSM, aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) ADC #3 is de−activated,
displayed:
− STBY PITOT HT FAIL Caution;
icing conditions,
any form,
e) Reversion Switching System is operative, and
f) Operations are conducted in day VMC conditions
only.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Safety the unserviceable pitot probe heater as follows:

CCBP F6 PITOT 3 HT
(2) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breaker that follows

(3) Make sure that the following Caution messages are not shown on the EICAS:
− PITOT 1 HT FAIL
− PITOT 2 HT FAIL
− STBY PITOT HT FAIL
− TAT HT 1 FAIL
− TAT HT 2 FAIL.
(4) Make sure that the following Advisory messages are not shown on the EICAS:
− ADC 1 FAIL
− ADC 1 DEGRADED
− ADC 2 FAIL
− ADC 2 DEGRADED
− ICE DETECTOR FAULT.
(5) Make sure that the ICE DETECTOR FAIL Caution message is not shown on the EICAS.

Revision: 3

PLT BRAKE FAULT (Caution) A Aircraft may be dispatched for one flight day provided:
displayed:
− CPLT BRAKE FAULT Caution;
− L (R) REV LOCK FAIL Caution;
− L (R) REVERSER FAIL;
− NOSE STEER FAIL Caution;
− BRAKE FAULT Advisory;
− L (R) REV LOCK FAULT Advisory;
− L (R) REVERSER FAULT Advisory;
− FLT SPOILERS FAULT Advisory; and
− GND LIFT DUMP Advisory;
b) Takeoff and landing limited to dry runway operations
only,
c) Multiply normal T/O field length by 2.1,
d) Takeoff and landing tailwind component limited to no
more than 3 knots,
e) Maximum cross−winds limited to 10 kts for both T/O
and landing, and
f) Multiply landing field length by 2.2.

RAD ALT 1 FAIL (Advisory) C Aircraft may be dispatched

RAD ALT 2 FAIL (Advisory) C Aircraft may be dispatched

RAD ALT 1-2 FAIL (Caution) A (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) TAWS is considered inoperative,
b) TCAS is considered inoperative, and
c) Landings are conducted in accordance with the Non-
Normal Procedures for Dual Radio Altimeter Failure,
and
d) Repairs are made within two flight day
R AUX FUEL PUMP (Advisory) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
a) Right AUX pump is de−activated,
b) Left centre transfer pump is operative,
c) Left aft tank transfer pump is operative,
d) Left aft tank transfer SOV is operative,
e) Left wing transfer SOV is operative,
f) XFEED FAIL Caution is not posted,
g) R PRI FUEL PUMP Advisory is not posted, and
planned flight.


Revision: 3

R AUX FUEL PUMP (Advisory) cont. C
(GL6000 only)
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Deactivate the R AUX fuel pump as follows:

− XFEED FAIL.

R AUX FUEL PUMP (Advisory) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
a) Right AUX pump is de−activated,
b) Left centre transfer pump is operative,
c) Left wing transfer SOV is operative,
d) XFEED FAIL Caution is not posted,
e) R PRI FUEL PUMP Advisory is not posted, and
planned flight.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Deactivate the R AUX fuel pump as follows:

− XFEED FAIL.

Revision: 3

R BLEED FAULT (Advisory) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided, prior to each
flight:
a) None of the following messages are also posted:
− L WING ANTI−ICE FAIL Caution;
− XBLEED FAIL Caution;
− WING ANTI−ICE FAULT Advisory;
b) Right PRV and HP SOV open and close correctly in
response to L BLEED OFF switch selection, as
indicated on Synoptic Page, and
c) Right HP valve is open at engine idle and closed at
high thrust settings, as indicated on Synoptic Page.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
(1) The following CAS advisory messages do not show:
− L BLEED FAULT
− WING ANTI−ICE FAULT.
(2) The following CAS caution messages do not show:
− L WING ANTI−ICE FAIL
− XBLEED FAIL.
(1) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, set the R ENG BLEED switch to OFF.
(3) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, set the R ENG BLEED switch to AUTO.
(1) Slowly advance the right throttle until the HPV shows closed on the BLEED/ANTI−ICE synoptic page
(2) Slowly retard the right throttle until the HPV shows open on the BLEED/ANTI−ICE synoptic page
(approximately 23 psi). Verify that the LP port is not the bleed pressure source.

Revision: 3

R ENG FIRE FAULT (Advisory) A Aircraft may be dispatched for one flight day provided the
Fire Test is conducted before each flight.
C Aircraft may be dispatched provided:

a) Fire test is conducted before each flight, and
b) Operations are conducted not more than 60 minutes

R FADEC FAULT (Advisory) A May be dispatched with FADEC faults provided repairs are
manufacturer.

R PACK AUTO FAIL (Caution) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
a) Right pack is selected OFF and the FCV is verified
b) Left pack discharge temperature indications on
c) Left pack is verified operative in MAN mode,
d) Left pack is operated in AUTO mode,
posted:
− L PACK TEMP Caution;
− L PACK FAULT Advisory;
and
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. In the flight compartment, on the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, select the R PACK PBA to OFF.
(1) On EICAS the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the right flow control valve (FCV) shows
closed.
B. On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the left−pack discharge−temperature indication is shown.
C. Verify the left pack manual pressurization operation as follows:
AUTO.

Revision: 3

R PACK AUTO FAIL (Caution) (cont.) (GL5000 only)
1. OPERATIONS (O)
D. Operate left pack in AUTO mode.




Revision: 3

R PACK AUTO FAIL (Caution) (cont.) (GL6000 only)
1. OPERATIONS (O) (cont)
− L BLEED FAULT
− L PACK FAULT.
− L BLEED LEAK
− R BLEED LEAK
− L PACK TEMP
− X BLEED FAIL.

Revision: 3

R PACK AUTO FAIL (Caution) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
a) Right pack is selected OFF and the FCV is verified
b) Left pack discharge temperature indications on
c) Left pack is verified operative in MAN mode,
d) Left pack is operated in AUTO mode,
posted:
and
1. OPERATIONS (O)
(1) On EICAS the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the right flow control valve (FCV) shows
closed.
B. On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the left−pack discharge−temperature indication is shown.
C. Verify the left pack manual pressurization operation as follows:
AUTO.
D. Operate left pack in AUTO mode.

Revision: 3

R PACK AUTO FAIL (Caution) (cont.) (GL5000 only) C
1. OPERATIONS (O)


− L BLEED FAULT
− L PACK FAULT.

Revision: 3

R PACK AUTO FAIL (Caution) (cont.) (GL5000 only) C
1. OPERATIONS (O)
− L BLEED LEAK
− R BLEED LEAK
− L PACK TEMP
− X BLEED FAIL.

R PACK FAIL (Caution) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
a) Right pack is selected OFF,
b) Right FCV is visually verified closed in Aft Equipment
Bay,
c) Left pack discharge temperature indications on
d) Left pack is verified operative in MAN mode,
e) Left pack FCV opens and closes correctly in
f) Left pack is operated in AUTO mode,
l) None of the following messages are also posted:
− L PACK AUTO FAIL Caution;
And
to dispatch.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
B. Verify that the right flow control valve (FCV) is closed as follows:
(2) Make sure that the mechanical indicator on the right FCV is in the CLOSED position.
If the right FCV does not indicate closed contact maintenance to close the FCV. Refer to Figure 1.


Revision: 3

R PACK FAIL (GL6000 only) (Caution) (cont.)


Revision: 3



Revision: 3

R PACK FAIL (GL6000 only) (Caution) (cont.) C
1. OPERATIONS (O)
AUTO.
(1) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, push in the L PACK PBA.
(2) Make sure that the L PACK PBA shows OFF and the FCV shows closed on theAIR CONDITIONING synoptic
page.
(4) Make sure that the L PACK PBA does not show OFF or FAIL and the FCV shows open on the AIR



Revision: 3

1. OPERATIONS (O)
− L BLEED FAULT
− L PACK FAULT.
− L BLEED LEAK
− R BLEED LEAK
− L PACK TEMP
− L PACK AUTO FAIL
− X BLEED FAIL.
to dispatch.

Revision: 3

R PACK FAIL (Caution) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
a) Right pack is selected OFF,
b) Right FCV is visually verified closed in Aft Equipment
Bay,
c) Left pack discharge temperature indications on
d) Left pack is verified operative in MAN mode,
e) Left pack FCV opens and closes correctly in
f) Left pack is operated in AUTO mode,
l) None of the following messages are also posted:
And
to dispatch.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
B. Verify that the right flow control valve (FCV) is closed as follows:
(2) Make sure that the mechanical indicator on the right FCV is in the CLOSED position.
If the right FCV does not indicate closed contact maintenance to close the FCV. Refer to Figure 1.

Revision: 3



Revision: 3



Revision: 3

1. OPERATIONS (O)
AUTO.
(1) On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, push in the L PACK PBA.
(2) Make sure that the L PACK PBA shows OFF and the FCV shows closed on theAIR CONDITIONING synoptic
page.
(4) Make sure that the L PACK PBA does not show OFF or FAIL and the FCV shows open on the AIR



Revision: 3

1. OPERATIONS (O)
− L BLEED FAULT
− L PACK FAULT.
− L BLEED LEAK
− R BLEED LEAK
− L PACK TEMP
− L PACK AUTO FAIL
− X BLEED FAIL.
to dispatch.

R PACK FAULT (Advisory) C Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
provided, prior to each dispatch:
a) The following messages are not posted;
− R BLEED FAIL Caution;
− L PACK FAIL Caution;
and
b) With bleed air on, left flow control valve correctly
closes and re−opens in response to pack OFF/ON
selection, as confirmed on the Synoptic Page.

Revision: 3

R PRI FUEL PUMP (Advisory) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
posted:
− R AUX FUEL PUMP Advisory;
− L AUX FUEL PUMP Advisory;
− L PRI FUEL PUMP Advisory;
b) Aft position R PRI pump is operative as indicated on
FUEL Synoptic Page,
d) Wing XFEED is verified operative prior to each
dispatch.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
Before Flight:
A. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the CAS advisory messages that follow do not show:
− R AUX FUEL PUMP
− L AUX FUEL PUMP
B. On the FUEL synoptic page, make sure that the aft R PRI pump is operative.
C. Make sure that all fuel quantity indications are operative.
D. Make sure that the XFEED SOV is operative as follows:
(1) On the FUEL control panel, push in the XFEED SOV PBA.
− On the FUEL control panel, the XFEED PBA shows OPEN
− On the FUEL synoptic page, the crossfeed valve shows open
− On the EICAS primary display, the CAS status message XFEED VALVE OPEN shows.
(3) On the FUEL control panel, push out the XFEED SOV PBA.
− On the FUEL control panel, the XFEED PBA does not show OPEN or FAIL
− On the FUEL synoptic page, the crossfeed valve shows closed
− On the EICAS primary display, the CAS status message XFEED VALVE OPEN does not show.

R PROBE MON FAIL (Advisory) B (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
provided:
a) Neither ICE DETECTOR FAULT Advisory or ICE
DETECTOR FAIL Caution messages are displayed,
icing conditions,
d) Dispatch provisos and procedures associated with
YD HEAT2 FAIL, herein, are carried out,
e) Enroute operations do not require it’s use, and
f) Flights are conducted in accordance with the AFM
INOPERATIVE.
NOTE: Both inboard and outboard left brake temperature
indications on the EICAS STATUS Page will be
inoperative.

Revision: 3

R PROBE MON FAIL (Advisory) (cont.)
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the CAS advisory message ICE DETECTOR FAULT and CAS caution
message ICE DETECTOR FAIL are not shown.
D. Carry out dispatch provisos and procedures associated with YD HEAT 2 FAIL advisory.
NOTE: Both inboard and outboard left brake temperature indications on the EICAS STATUS page will be inoperative.
OR
A. On the EICAS primary display, with the CAS advisory message R PROBE MON FAIL shown, make sure that the CAS
advisory message ICE DETECTOR FAULT and CAS caution message ICE DETECTOR FAIL are not shown.
D. Carry out dispatch provisos and procedures associated with YD HEAT 1 FAIL and YD HEAT 2 FAIL advisories.
NOTE: Both inboard and outboard brake temperature indications on the EICAS STATUS page will be inoperative.

R WINDOW HEAT FAIL (Caution) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
− L WSHLD HEAT FAIL Caution;
and
icing conditions.
OR
C (O) In conjunction with other window heat channel


Revision: 3

R WINDOW HEAT FAIL (Caution) (cont.)
1. OPERATIONS (O)
Single Failure


2. OPERATIONS (O)
Double Failure



Revision: 3

R WINDOW HEAT FAIL (Caution) (cont.)

E. Confirm that in addition to R WSHLD HEAT FAIL, only one of the CAS caution messages that follow is shown on
EICAS:

R WING A/ICE FAIL (Caution) C Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) Anti−Ice “WING” rotary switch is selected to the OFF
position and the valves confirmed closed on the
Synoptic Page,
b) ICE DETECTOR FAULT Advisory and/or ICE
DETECTOR FAIL Caution messages are not also
posted, and
icing conditions

R WSHLD HEAT FAIL (Caution) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
and
icing conditions.

Revision: 3

R WSHLD HEAT FAIL (Caution) (cont.) C (O) In conjunction with other window heat channel
1. OPERATIONS (O)
Single Failure

− R WSHLD HEAT FAIL

2. OPERATIONS (O)
Double Failure



Revision: 3

R WSHLD HEAT FAIL (Caution) (cont.)
NOTE: If the L WSHLD is not the second failure, then L WSHLD HEAT FAIL will not be posted on the EICAS primary
display.

E. Confirm that in addition to R WSHLD HEAT FAIL, only one of the CAS caution messages that follow is shown on
EICAS:

Revision: 3

RECIRC FAN FAIL (Advisory) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
provided neither, L PACK FAIL or R PACK FAIL
Caution messages are posted.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the CAS caution messages that follow do not show:
− L PACK FAIL
− R PACK FAIL.
B. In the flight compartment, on the BLEED/AIR COND control panel make sure that the RECIRC switch/light is in the OFF
position.
C. Deactivate the recirculation fans as follows:

AIR COND/PRESS L RECIC FAN AC 1
AIR COND/PRESS R RECIC FAN AC 4

SAFETY VALVE OPEN (Advisory) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
provided:
a) Both air conditioning packs operate normally,
b) Operations are conducted unpressurized at or below
9,000 ft MSL,
c) Take−offs and landings are not conducted on
runways near bodies of water, and
d) Extended over−water operations are prohibited.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Conduct operations in accordance with AFM NON-NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section 05−04, Unpressurized Flight
Procedure.
B. Extended overwater operations are not permitted.
C. Take-offs and landings are not permitted on runways near bodies of water.

Revision: 3

SLAT HALFSPD (Advisory) B (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) FLAP HALFSPD Advisory and/or FLAP FAIL Caution
messages are not also posted, and
HALFSPEED.
NOTE 1: If NO TAKEOFF Advisory message is posted
when aircraft is correctly configured for
take−off and throttles are advanced, dispatch
is not permitted.
NOTE 2: Slat system will operate at half speed.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Confirm with maintenance base that affected SFCU part number is GT415−5900−13 or subsequent.
B. Make sure that the FLAP HALFSPD advisory and FLAP FAIL caution CAS messages are not shown.
C. With engines running and aircraft in the normal take−off configuration, confirm that the following indications do not
D. Conduct operations in accordance with AFM SUPPLEMENT 13, DISPATCH WITH SLATS HALFSPEED OR FLAPS
HALFSPEED.
NOTE: Slat system will operate at half speed.

SLAT−FLAP BIT (Advisory) C Aircraft may be dispatched.

SMALL SERV DOOR (Caution) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided prior to each
flight, all small service doors are verified CLOSED,
LATCHED and LOCKED.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
Following airplane servicing, and immediately prior to dispatch, confirm, via walk-around, that the small service doors that
follow are properly CLOSED and LOCKED:
− LH Forward Equipment-Compartment
− External Communications Servicing-Connection
− Oxygen Fill and Indicator
− Radome
− RH Forward Equipment-Compartment
− Forward Overboard Servicing-Connection
− Potable Water Servicing-Connection
− Aft Overboard Servicing-Connection
− Ground Air Servicing-Connection
− DC Ground-Power-Connection
− AC Ground-Power-Connection.
Refer to Figure 1.


Revision: 3

SMALL SERV DOOR (Caution) (cont.) C
Small Service Doors Figure 1 (Sheet 1 of 1)


Revision: 3
AIRCRAFT: Bombardier BD-700-1A10 / -1A11 / -1A11

SMOKE AFT LAV FAIL (Caution) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
b) Lavatory waste receptacle is empty, c) Lavatory door
is locked closed and placarded, “INOPERATIVE DO
NOT ENTER”,
“INOPERATIVE − DO NOT USE”, and
B (O) May be inoperative for non−passenger carrying

operations provided crew members are the only
occupants of the aircraft and are briefed as to which
smoke detection system(s) is/are inoperative.
NOTE: These provisos are not intended to prohibit
lavatory use or inspections by crewmembers.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Make sure that the aft lavatory is made safe as follows:
(1) Empty the lavatory waste receptacle.
(2) Lock the lavatory door closed and placard “INOPERATIVE − DO NOT ENTER”.
(3) Secure closed access to waste receptacle from outside lavatory and placard.“INOPERATIVE − DO NOT USE”.
B. The lavatory is not used by passengers for any purpose.
C. Lavatory is used only by crew members.
D. Flight crew to inspect locked lavatory periodically.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. May be inoperative for non−passenger carrying operations provided crew members are the only occupants of the
aircraft.
B. Alternate procedures are to be established and used to notify the crew members which smoke detection system(s)
is/are inoperative.

SMOKE AV RACK FAIL (Caution) C Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
(GL5000 only) a) Following messages are not also posted:
− AVFANS FAIL Caution;
− AVIONIC FAN FAIL Advisory;
− RECIRC FAN FAIL Advisory;
and
b) Aircraft is not dispatched in unpressurized
configuration.

SMOKE BAGGAGE FAIL (Caution) C Aircraft may be dispatched provided cargo is not carried in
the associated compartment.
NOTE: Where fitted for carriage, Unit Load Devices
(ULDs − terminology used by the air transport
industry for containers and loading units that are
used for the carriage of cargo) may be carried in
the associated compartment provided no cargo is
carried on or in these devices.
For ballast purposes, use of bags (made of glass
fibre or kevlar) of sand or ingots of non−magnetic
metals (such as lead) is acceptable.

Revision: 3
AIRCRAFT: Bombardier BD-700-1A10 / -1A11 / -1A11

SMOKE CLO AFT FAIL (Caution) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) Closet is empty, and
b) Cabin closet door is locked CLOSED and placarded,
“DO NOT USE”.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Make sure that the aft closet is made safe as follows:
(1) Empty the closet.
(2) Make sure the closet door is locked CLOSED and placarded “DO NOT USE”.
(3) Flight crew to inspect locked lavatory periodically.

SMOKE CLO FWD FAIL (Caution) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) Closet is empty, and
b) Cabin closet door is locked CLOSED and placarded,
“DO NOT USE”.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Make sure that the aft closet is made safe as follows:
(1) Empty the closet.
(2) Make sure the closet door is locked CLOSED and placarded “DO NOT USE”.
(3) Flight crew to inspect locked lavatory periodically.

SMOKE FWD LAV FAIL (Caution) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
b) Lavatory waste receptacle is empty, c) Lavatory door
is locked closed and placarded, “INOPERATIVE DO
NOT
ENTER”,
“INOPERATIVE − DO NOT USE”, and
B (O) May be inoperative for non−passenger carrying

operations provided crew members are the only
occupants of the aircraft and are briefed as to which
smoke detection system(s) is/are inoperative.
NOTE: These provisos are not intended to prohibit
lavatory use or inspections by crewmembers.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Make sure that the forward lavatory is made safe as follows: (1) Empty the lavatory waste receptacle.
(2) Lock the lavatory door closed and placard “INOPERATIVE − DO NOT ENTER”.
(3) Secure closed access to waste receptacle from outside lavatory and placard.“INOPERATIVE − DO NOT USE”.
B. The lavatory is not used by passengers for any purpose.
C. Lavatory is used only by crew members.
D. Flight crew to inspect locked lavatory periodically.
2. OPERATIONS (O)
A. May be inoperative for non−passenger carrying operations provided crew members are the only occupants of the
aircraft.
B. Alternate procedures are to be established and used to notify the crew members which smoke detection system(s)
is/are inoperative.

Revision: 3

SMS NOT AVAIL (Advisory) C Aircraft may be dispatched provided SMS is selected OFF.

SPLRS/STAB BIT (Advisory) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) All multi−function spoilers are operative in roll assist
mode,
b) Visual check is made to verify that the MFS surfaces
operate normally prior to take−off,
c) Ground Lift Dump is manually armed for take−off, and
d) All flight control modules are operative*.
(*All flight control modules are operative assumes MMEL
relief has not already been undertaken for Item
27−61−02 − Flight Control Modules (FCM) Channels).
1. OPERATIONS (O)
Before Take-Off:
NOTE: Relief limited to aircraft S/N 9193 and Subs and previous S/Ns incorporating Service Bulletins SB 700−27−053
and SB 700−27−058.
A. Visually check that the multi−function spoiler (MFS) panels operate normally.
B. On the GND LIFT DUMPING/AUTO BRAKE control panel, set the GND LIFT DUMPING switch to MANUAL ARM.

SUPP FAN 1 FAIL (Advisory) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. De-activate SUPP FAN 1 via EMS CDU.

SUPP FAN 2 FAIL (Advisory) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. De-activate SUPP FAN 2 via EMS CDU.

SVS FAIL (Advisory) D Aircraft may be dispatched with SVS remains deselected.

SVS FAULT (Advisory) D Aircraft may be dispatched with SVS remains deselected.

SVS OBSTACLE FAIL (Advisory) D Aircraft may be dispatched with SVS remains deselected.

SVS RUNWAYS FAIL (Advisory) D Aircraft may be dispatched with SVS remains deselected.

SVS TAWS ALERT FAIL (Advisory) D Aircraft may be dispatched.
NOTE: TWAS alerts on MFD Map and aural are not
affected

Revision: 3

TAT 2 FAIL (Advisory) B (O) Except where enroute operations, including RVSM,
require its use, aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) ADC 2 remains de−selected,
b) None of the following CAS messages are posted:
− TAT 1 FAIL Advisory;
− TAT HT 1 FAIL Advisory;
c) Reversion switching is operative, and d) The four
pitot−static probes are functional.
NOTE 1: R FADEC FAULT Advisory may also post with
TAT 2 FAIL annunciated.
NOTE 2: Transponder and Flight Director/Autopilot must
1. OPERATIONS (O)
On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the CAS advisory messages that follow are not shown:
− ADC 1 DEGRADED
− ADC 1 FAIL
− ADC 3 DEGRADED
− ADC 3 FAIL
− TAT 1 FAIL
− TAT 3 FAIL
− TAT HT 1 FAIL
− TAT HT 2 FAIL
− TAT HT 3 FAIL.
NOTE: R FADEC FAULT advisory may be shown with TAT 2 shown.

NOTE: Transponder and flight director/autopilot must use the same ADC data for RVSM.

Revision: 3

TAT 3 FAIL (Advisory) B (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) ADC 3 is de−activated,
b) None of the following CAS messages are posted:
and
c) The four pitot−static probes are functional.
NOTE 1: R FADEC FAULT Advisory may also post with
TAT 2 FAIL annunciated.
NOTE 2: Transponder and Flight Director/Autopilot must
1. OPERATIONS (O)

B. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the CAS advisory messages that follow are not shown:
− ADC 1 DEGRADED
− ADC 1 FAIL
− ADC 2 DEGRADED
− ADC 2 FAIL
− TAT 1 FAIL
− TAT 2 FAIL
− TAT HT 1 FAIL
− TAT HT 2 FAIL
− TAT HT 3 FAIL.

TAT HT 1 FAIL (Advisory) B (O) Except where enroute operations require its use,
aircraft may be dispatched provided:
posted:
b) Operations are not conducted in visible moisture
only.

Revision: 3

TAT HT 1 FAIL (Advisory) (cont.) B
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Safety the unserviceable TAT probe heater as follows:

CCBP F3 TAT HT 1
B. Make sure that the following Advisory messages are not shown on the EICAS:
− TAT HT 2 FAIL
− TAT HT 3 FAIL.
C. Make sure that the ICE DETECTOR FAIL Caution message is not shown on the EICAS.

posted:
only.
1. OPERATIONS (O)

CCBP F9 TAT HT 2
− TAT HT 1 FAIL
− TAT HT 3 FAIL.

Revision: 3

posted:
only.
1. OPERATIONS (O)

CCBP D4 TAT HT 3
− TAT HT 1 FAIL
− TAT HT 2 FAIL.

TAWS GPWS FAIL (Advisory) C (O) The aircraft may be dispatched provided:
b) Repairs are made within 2 flight days or a maximum
of 6 flights, whichever occurs first.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Increased flight crew situational awareness is required.
B. When enroute flights are prohibited below MEA respective MORA whichever is higher.
C. Take-offs and landings are not permitted in known or forecast windshear conditions.

TAWS MAP FAIL (Advisory) C The aircraft may be dispatched provided TERRAIN is
selected OFF at MAP OVRLY menu.

Revision: 3

TAWS SYSTEM FAIL (Advisory) C (O) The aircraft may be dispatched provided:
b) Repairs are made within 2 flight days or a maximum
of 6 flights, whichever occurs first, and
c) Takeoffs and landings are not conducted into forecast
Windshear conditions..
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Increased crew situational awareness is required.
TAWS TERRAIN FAIL (Advisory) C The aircraft may be dispatched provided:

a) TERRAIN is selected OFF at the TAWS panel, and
b) TERRAIN is selected OFF at MAP OVRLY menu.
TAWS WINDSHEAR FAIL (Advisory) C O) The aircraft may be dispatched provided:

b) Takeoffs and landings are not conducted into forecast
Windshear conditions.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Increased crew situational awareness is required.
TCAS FAIL (Caution) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided system is

deactivated and secured.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Make sure that the inoperative TCAS is deactivated and secured as follows:
(1) In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the circuit breaker that follows (AMM24−00−00−863−801).
Increased crew situational awareness is required.

NAV TCAS DC ESS

Revision: 3

TRIM AIR FAIL (Caution) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) TRIM AIR switch is selected OFF,
b) Both HASOVs are verified CLOSED,
c) L PACK FAIL and R PACK FAIL Cautions messages
are not displayed,
d) AUX PRESS is selected and remains OFF, and
e) Provisions associated with HUMIDIFIER FAIL
Advisory message are observed.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, set the TRIM AIR switch to OFF.
B. On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, make sure that the AUX PRESS is selected and remains off.
C. In the aft equipment compartment, ensure that both HASOVs are in the CLOSED position.
Refer to Figure 1.

E. Observe the provisos associated with the HUMIDIFIER FAIL advisory message.

Revision: 3

TRIM AIR FAIL (Caution) (cont.) C
View in Aft Equipment Bay Figure 1 (Sheet 1 of 3)


Revision: 3

HASOVS Figure 1 (Sheet 2 of 3)


Revision: 3

Hot Air Shutoff Valve Figure 1 (Sheet 3 of 3)


Revision: 3

TRIM AIR FAULT (Advisory) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) Duct temperature indications are operative for all
three ducts,
b) Either HASOV showing incorrect indication on
Synoptic Page is verified CLOSED, and
c) L PACK FAIL and R PACK FAIL Cautions messages
are not displayed.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. By alternating the TRIM AIR switch on the BLEED/AIR COND control panel from ON to OFF to ON, on the AIR
CONDITIONING synoptic page, identify any HASOV showing incorrect indication.
B. Ensure that any identified HASOV is in the CLOSED position in the aft equipment compartment.
Refer to Figure 1.
C. In the flight compartment, on the EMS CDU, open the applicable circuit breaker that follows:

D. On the AIR CONDITIONING synoptic page, make sure that the duct temperature indications are operative.
E. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the CAS caution messages that follow do not show:
− L PACK FAIL
− R PACK FAIL.

Revision: 3

TRIM AIR FAULT (Advisory) C


Revision: 3



Revision: 3



Revision: 3

TRIM AIR LEAK (Caution) C (O) Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched
provided:
a) TRIM AIR switch is selected OFF,
b) Both HASOVs are verified CLOSED, c) AUX PRESS
is selected OFF and remains OFF,
d) L PACK FAIL and R PACK FAIL Cautions messages
are not displayed, and
e) Provisions associated with HUMIDIFIER FAIL
message are observed.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, set the TRIM AIR switch to OFF.
B. On the BLEED/AIR COND control panel, make sure that the AUX PRESS is selected and remains off.
C. In the aft equipment compartment, ensure that both HASOVs are in the CLOSED position.
Refer to Figure 1.

E. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the CAS caution messages that follow do not show:
− L PACK FAIL
− R PACK FAIL.
F. Observe the provisos associated with the HUMIDIFIER FAIL advisory message.

Revision: 3

TRIM AIR LEAK (Caution) C


Revision: 3



Revision: 3



Revision: 3

TRU 1 FAIL (Advisory) C (O) Except where ER operations are conducted, aircraft
may be dispatched provided:
a) TRU 2 FAIL advisory message is not displayed,
normally, and
c) Affected unit is de−activated.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Safety the failed TRU as follows:

CCBP A2 TRU 1
(1) On the DC ELECTRICAL synoptic page, check the indications that follow:
(a) Amps and Volts indications and green flow lines are normal.
empty.
(b) Ensure none of the remaining TRUs are outlined in amber.

TRU 2 FAIL (Advisory) C (O) Except where ER operations are conducted, aircraft
may be dispatched provided:
a) TRU 1 FAIL advisory message is not displayed,
normally, and
c) Affected unit is de−activated.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Safety the failed TRU as follows:

CCBP C2 TRU 2
(1) On the DC ELECTRICAL synoptic page, check the indications that follow:
(a) Amps and Volts indications and green flow lines are normal.
empty.
(b) Ensure none of the remaining TRUs are outlined in amber.

Revision: 3

WING A/ICE FAULT (Advisory) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided prior to each
departure:
conditions,
b) A power−up test is performed by cycling WING A/ICE
switch from OFF to ON, and
c) None of the following CAS messages are also
posted:
− ICE DETECT FAIL Caution;
− ICE DETECT FAULT Advisory;
− L BLEED SYS FAULT Advisory;
− R BLEED SYS FAULT Advisory.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Perform a power−up test as follows:
(1) On the ANTI−ICE control panel, cycle the WING switch from OFF to ON.
(2) On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the following CAS status message is shown:
− WING A/ICE ON.
(3) On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the following CAS caution message is not shown:
− L WING A/ICE FAIL or R WING A/ICE FAIL.
B. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the following CAS advisory messages are not shown:
− ICE DETECT FAULT
− L BLEED SYS FAULT
− R BLEED SYS FAULT.
C. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the following CAS caution messages are not shown:
− ICE DETECT FAIL
D. On the ANTI−ICE control panel, alternately move the WING XBLEED switch from AUTO to FROM L and FROM R and
do the following:
(1) On the EICAS secondary display , on the BLEED/ANTI−ICE synoptic page, monitor the operation of the wing
anti−ice valve (WAIV) and the wing cross bleed valve (CBW) for the following:
− If the CBW does not close in AUTO, both WAIVs must close.
− If either WAIV fails to close in AUTO, no dispatch is permitted.
− Adhere to the MMEL provisos associated with the respective BLEED FAULT advisory message.
− If any two valves fail to close in AUTO, do not dispatch.
NOTE: If the CBW is failed open, the L WAIV will be maintained closed by the BMC.

Revision: 3

WING A/ICE LEAK (Caution) C Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) Selecting wing anti−ice system OFF extinguishes the
WING A/ICE LEAK Caution message,
b) Wing Anti−Ice remains selected OFF,
c) Neither ICE DETECTOR FAULT Advisory nor ICE
DETECTOR FAIL Caution messages are also
posted, and
d) Operations are not conducted in known or forecast
icing conditions.

WING A/ICE LO HEAT (Caution) C Aircraft may be dispatched in accordance with MMEL relief
provisos for L WING A/ICE FAIL or R WING A/ICE FAIL
Caution message.

WING A/ICE SENSOR (Advisory) C Aircraft may be dispatched in accordance with MMEL relief
provisos for L WING A/ICE FAIL or R WING A/ICE FAIL
Caution message.

WOW FAULT (Advisory) C (O) Aircraft may be dispatched provided:
a) Prior to each departure, refuel/defuel panel(s) is/are
verified selected OFF, and
b) MANUAL mode of cabin pressure control is verified
operative.
NOTE: Subsequent in−flight WOW system failure will
impact continued operation of some systems, as
described in AFM Non−Normal Procedures for
WOW FAIL CAUTION.
1. OPERATIONS (O)
A. Before each departure make sure that the refuel/defuel panel(s) is(are) set to OFF as follows:
− Set the MODE SELECTOR rotary switch to OFF.
B. Conduct operations in accordance with AFM NON−NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section 05−04, Unpressurized Flight
Procedure.
NOTE: Subsequent in−flight WOW system failure will impact continued operation of some systems, as described in
AFM NON−NORMAL PROCEDURES, Section 5−15, LANDING GEAR, WHEEL AND BRAKE SYSTEM for
WOW FAIL Caution.

YD 1 FAIL (Advisory) C Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched.

YD 2 FAIL (Advisory) C Except for ER operations, aircraft may be dispatched.

Revision: 3
Page Intentionally Left Blank

Om Part B VJT Bd700 Easa Mel Rev3

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Om Part B VJT Bd700 Easa Mel Rev3

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Om Part B VJT Bd700 Easa Mel Rev3

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Minimum Equipment List (MEL)

This MEL is created for the aircrafts

BD700 – 1A10, - 1A11

SkyParks Business Centre

This MEL has been created upon latest revision of:

- EASA MMEL Rev. 1, Jun. 28, 2013 and

Part B Date: 10.11.14

Part B Date: 10.11.14

LINKS FOR LRU / COMPONENT ORIENTATED MEL RELIEF

Part B Date: 10.11.14

Part B Date: 10.11.14

Part B Date: 10.11.14

And has been considered in the compilation of this MEL.

Rectifications are to be accomplished at the earliest opportunity.

9.2 Contents of MEL

9.3 Criteria for dispatch

Part B Date: 10.11.14

9.4 Maintenance Action

9.5 Rectification Intervals

9.6 Rectification Interval Extensions in Accordance with ORO.MLR.105 (f).

9.6.1 MEL TIME LIMITATION OVERRUN / RECTIFICATION INTERVAL EXTENSION (RIE)

Part B Date: 10.11.14

9.7 Centralised Message Systems

9.8 Operations Outside the Scope of the MEL

9.9 Ferry Flights

Part B Date: 10.11.14

The letter designators are inserted adjacent to Column 2.

Part B Date: 10.11.14

- NOTES provide additional information for crewmember or maintenance consideration. Notes

"Administrative Control Item"

Part B Date: 10.11.14

"Deactivated" and "Secured"

Part B Date: 10.11.14

Part B Date: 10.11.14

"Visual Meteorological Conditions"

9.11 MEL Approval

9.12 MEL Revision

Part B Date: 10.11.14

9.13 Defect Deferral Guide

1. If the defect is listed in the MEL and no maintenance is available:

Part B Date: 10.11.14

9.14 ATA 100 – List

ATA. SYSTEM PAGE

9.15 (O) & (M) Procedures

Part B Date: 10.11.14

9.16 SECTION 1, LRU / COMPONENT ORIENTATED MEL RELIEF

Part B Date: 10.11.14

AIRCRAFT: Bombardier BD-700-1A10 / -1A11

For the left FCV,

For the right FCV,

Part B Date: 10.11.14

AIRCRAFT: Bombardier BD-700-1A10 / -1A11

2 0 (M) Except for ER operations, both may be inoperative

Part B Date: 10.11.14

AIRCRAFT: Bombardier BD-700-1A10 / -1A11

C 2 0 (O)(M) Except for ER operations both may be inoperative

Part B Date: 10.11.14

AIRCRAFT: Bombardier BD-700-1A10 / -1A11

A 2 0 (O) Except for ER operations, both MANUAL channels